Está en la página 1de 405

Electrical EquipmentS

Control Components
Wiring and Cable accessories

INDEX

NEW

TS2 22/25 SERIES CONTROL COMPONENTS


DIMENSIONS (mm)

PANEL CUT-OUT
22 / 25 Series

22

SERIES

25

Pilot Lamp Push button Selector

31 min.

Mushroom Head

39 min.

CONTACT RATING
AC

AC11

AC24V

AC110V

AC220V

AC380V

AC440V

Inductive load

7.5A

4.5A

3A

2A

2A

Resistive Load

7.5A

7.5A

4.5A

4A

All types

11.2

12.7

All types

22.4

25.4

DC

DC11
Inductive load
DC14
Resistive Load

4A

DC24

DC110V

DC220V

DC380V

1.5A

0.5A

0.2A

0.1A

10A

2A

0.6A

0.2A

CHARACTERISTICS
Operating Frequency

Mechanically
Electrically
Mechanically

Service life
Shock
Vibration

Push button (momentary) 60 cycles/min. others 30 cycles/min.


30 cycles / min.
Push button (momentary) 3,000,000 operations., others 300,000 operations.

Electrically

Push button (momentary) 500,000 operations., others 200,000 operations.

Durability

1000 m/S2

Malfunction

Push button (momentary) 1,000 m/S2, others 250 m/S2

Malfunction

10-55 Hz double amplitude 1.5 mm

Contact resistance

50 mW max. (initial value)

Insulation resistance

100 MW min. (500 VDC)


2500 VAC, 50/60 HZ for 1 minute

Dielectric strength

-20 C ~ +60 C

Ambient temperature

45 ~ 85% RH

Humidity

WIRING DIAGRAM
Type
Contact

TS2-A

TS2-B

TS2-C

TS2-2A

TS2-2B

1a

1b

1a1b

2a

2b

Contact Arrangement

BULB TYPE AND CHARACTERISTICS


Lamp Type

Incandescent

LED

Signal

Rated Voltage

Signal

Operating Voltage

Rated Current Color Code Signal

6V AC/DC

6V AC/DC

150 mA

12V AC/DC

12

12V AC/DC

100 mA

18V AC/DC

18

18V AC/DC

66 mA

24V AC/DC

24

24V AC/DC

50 mA

30V AC/DC

30

30V AC/DC

40 mA

6V AC/DC

6V AC/DC

9-13 mA

12V AC/DC

12

12V AC/DC

24V AC/DC

24

24V AC/DC

110V AC

110

220V AC

220

None

None

Red

9-13 mA

Blue

BL

8-13 mA

Green

110V AC

3-5 mA

White

220V AC

3-5 mA

Orange

Designation

L - 110 - R

DIMENSIONS OF BULB
Incandescent Bulb

LED Bulb

G,W,BL,R,O

6V
12V
18V
24V
30V
1

NEW

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH (TS2 22/25)


Designation
Signal
1. Mounting Hole TS2
BF
2. Type
BL
BM

MODEL DESIGNATIONS

TS2 BF R - A
1

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


TS2BF :

3. Lens Color

TS2BF-2A, 2B
TS2BF-1C

TS2BF -1A, 1B

4. Type of Contact
Blocks Fitted

TS2BL :

Red

Green

Yellow

White

Black

1a

1b

1a1b

2A

2a

2B

2b

TS2BM :

TS2BL-2A, 2B
TS2BL-1C

TS2BL -1A, 1B

Description
22 mm / 25 mm
Flat Head
Long Head
Mushroom Head

TS2BM-2A, 2B
TS2BM-1C

TS2BM -1A, 1B

TS2 22/25
ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (DIRECT
POWER)

MODEL DESIGNATION

TS2 IL 1 R - I A
2

1
Designation

Signal

1. Mounting Hole

TS2
IL
IM
1
2
5
6
7
8
9

2. Type

3. Voltage

3 4

Description

5 6
Designation

22 mm / 25 mm
Long Head
Mushroom Head
110 VAC LED
220 VAC LED
6 VAC/DC Incandescent - LED
18 VAC/DC Incandescent
24 VAC/DC Incandescent - LED
30 VAC/DC Incandescent
12 VAC/DC Incandescent - LED

4. Lens Color

5. No. of Contact
Fitted

Signal

Description

Red

Green

Orange

White

BL

Blue

Incandescent

LED

6. Type of Contact

1a

Block Fitted

1b

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


TS2IL :

TS2IL-L (R,O,G,W,BL)

TS2IM :

TS2IM-L (R,O,G,W,BL)

TS2IL -I

TS2IM -I

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON


(DIRECT POWER) CONTACT BLOCKS

METHOD TO REPLACE LAMP :

Type
Contact

Contact Arrangement

TN2-A

TN2-B

1a

1b

Put the fixing-disassembling tool into the lamp, turn clockwise and the
lamp is fixed.
If counter-clockwise, the lamp is disassembling.

NEW

SELECTOR SWITCH (TS2 22/25)


MODEL DESIGNATIONS

TS2 SS 1 R - A
1

Designation

Signal

Description

1. Mounting Hole

TS2

f22 mm / f25 mm

2. Type

SS

Knob Operator

3. Positions

90x 2 Position

45x 2 3 Position

45x 2 3 Position
Spring return from right

45x 2 3 Position
Spring return from left

45x 2 3 Position
2-Way Spring return

Designation

4. Lens Color

5. Type of Contact
Block Fitted

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


TS2SS

Signal

Description

Red

Green

Black
2-Position

3-Position

1a

-----

1b

-----

1a1b

1a 0 1a

2A

2a

-----

2B

2b

-----

TS2SH
TS2SH-1-1A,1B
TS2SH-1-1C
TS2SH-1-2A,2B
TS2SH-2-2A
TS2SH-3-2A
TS2SH-4-2A
TS2SH-5-2A

f21.8

TS2SS-1-1A,1B
TS2SS-1-1C
TS2SS-1-2A,2B
TS2SS-2-2A
TS2SS-3-2A
TS2SS-4-2A
TS2SS-5-2A

SELECTOR SWITCH 2-POSITIONS CONTACT ARRANGEMENT SELECTOR SWITCH


3-POSITIONS CONTACT
ARRANGEMENT
Type
Contact

Contact
Arrangement

TS2-A

TS2-B

TS2-C

TS2-2A

TS2-2B

1a

1b

1a1b

2a

2b

Type
Contact

TS2-C
1a 0 1a

Contact
Arrangement

NEW

TS2 22/25
PILOT LAMP (DIRECT
POWER )(LED)

(LED) 22/25

MODEL DESIGNATIONS

TS2 D 1 - R
1

PILOT LAMP (DIRECT POWER)


DIMENSIONS
TS2D : ( LED)

TS2D (R,O,G,W,BL)

TS2F (R,O,G,W,BL)

Designation

Signal

1. Mounting Hole

TS2

22 mm / 25 mm

LED Continuous light

LED Flashing light

110 VAC

220 VAC

380 VAC

440 VAC

24 VAC/DC

12 VAC/DC

2. Type

3. Voltage

Description

4. Lens Color

Red

Green

Orange

White

BL

Blue

BUZZER AND BUZZER PILOT LAMP (TS2 22/25)


The color of lens for Buzzer pilot lamp is Red.
The color of lens for Buzzer is Black.

MODEL DESIGNATIONS

TS2 BC 1
1

Designation

Signal

1. Mounting Hole

TS2

22 mm / 25 mm

BC

Continuous buzzer

BI

Intermittence buzzer

2. Type

3. Voltage

Description

BCL

Continuous light with Audible alarm

BIL

Flashing light with Audible alarm

110 VAC

220 VAC

24 VAC/DC

12 VAC/DC

BUZZER AND BUZZER PILOT LAMP DIMENSIONS


TS2BCL : (LED)
TS2BCL LED
TS2BIL LED

TS2BC
TS2BI
TS2BC :

TN 22/25/30 SERIES CONTROL COMPONENTS


The operating head and contact block of TN2 series are detachable. The protection structure for this series is
IP65 (IEC144) for waterproof, oil tight and dust proof in harsh environment except Twin-Touch push button and
switches which are IP40.

CONFIGURATION OF SWITCHES

FEATURES
TN2 series switches are detachable in 3 sub-assembly. It consists of upper base, fixing block and contact block
Assembly and disassembly of fixing block with upper base

Assembly and disassembly of fixing block with contact block

Assembly :

Assembly :

Align the hole on top of fixing block with


groove on the upper base and push them
together.
Disassembly : Place downward by hand or use flat screwdriver to push down the orange button thru
the hole on top of fixing block.

Align the fixing slot on the fixing block to


clip slot on the contact block.
Disassembly : Use flat screwdriver toward fixing slot to
lift up clip and snap for disassembly.

TN 22/25/30 SERIES CONTROL COMPONENTS


PANEL CUT OUT
f22/f25/f30 Series

DIMENSIONS (mm.)

SERIES
All types except Twin-touch &
Joystick
Twin-touch

22

30

50 min.
60 min.

Joystick
Light push button & selector

25

90 min.
31

With name plate


Mushroom, Push-Lock, Long & Lever
Selector, Twin-touch
Joystick

31

35

41 min.
39 min.
90 min.

All types

11.2

12.7

15.2

All types

22.4

25.4

30.4

MOUNTING METHOD

Operating Head rubber ring panel stop ring fixing ring fixing tool

INDICATION OF LETTERS AND SYMBOLS


Transparent printing paper

f22/MM /f25/MM SERIES ARE THE


SAME DIMENSIONS WITH COMMON
FIXING RING

Install the operating head and rubber ring through the front
panel and tighten fixing ring with fixing tool.

METHOD TO REPLACE LAMP


Disassembly fixing block from operating read and
turn the lamp.

THE ASSEMBLY METHOD FOR


f30 SERIES

TN 22/25/30 SERIES CONTROL COMPONENTS


TYPES OF FIXING BLOCK
STANDARD Fixing Block (TN2-1)

There are three different types of fixing blocks.


Direct Fixing Block (TN2-2)

Transformer type Fixing Block (TN2-3)

TYPES OF CONTACT BLOCK AND EXTENTION OF CONTACT BLOCK THERE


ARE 1a(1NO), 1b(1NC) AND 1c(1NO, 1NC), 1ab(1NO+1NC)
TN2-ab(1NO+1NC)
1a (1NO)
4C ( 8a)
TN2-A(1a)

1b (1NC)
4C ( 8b)
TN2-B(1b)

1C (1NO,1NC)
2C ( 4a, 4b)
TN2-C(1c)

CONTACT BLOCKS CAN HAVE FOLLOWING 3 STYLES. IT DEPENDS ON THE FIXING BLOCKS
1. Standard contact block: standard fixing block with contact block. It can be extended to 4C (or 8a or 8b) used in
non-illuminated products.
2. Direct contact block: direct fixing block with contact block. It can be extended to 4C (or 8a or 8b) used in illuminated products.
3. Transformer type contact block: transformer type fixing block with contact block. It can be extended to 2C (or 4a
or 4b) used in transformer illuminated products.

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD CONTACT BLOCK

DIMENSIONS OF DIRECT CONTACT BLOCK

TN2-1a~TN2-8a
TN2-1b~TN2-8b

TN2-I1a~TN2-I8a
TN2-I1b~TN2-I8b
TN2-1a @ 110.TN2-1b @ 110.-

TN2-1c~TN2-4c

TN2-I1a @ 230.TN2-I1b @ 230.-

TN2-I1c~TN2-I4c
TN2-1c
TN2-1ab
TN2-2a
TN2-2b
TN2-2c

TN2-I1c
TN2-I1ab
TN2-I2a
TN2-I2b
TN2-I2c

TN 22/25/30 SERIES CONTROL COMPONENTS


DIMENSIONS OF TRANSFORMER TYPE OF CONTACT BLOCK.
TN2-T1a , TN2-T2a , TN2-T1ab (1NO+1NC)
TN2-T1b , TN2-T2b

TN2-T1c(1NO,1NC)
TN2-T2c(2NO,2NC)

CONTACT RATING
AC

AC11
Inductive load

AC24V

AC110V

AC220V

AC380V

AC440V

10A

6A

4A

2.5A

2A

Resistive Load

10A

10A

6A

5A

4A

CHARACTERISTICS

Operating Frequency
Service life
Shock
Vibration
Contact resistance
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
Ambient temperature
Humidity

Mechanically
Electrically
Mechanically
Electrically
Durability
Malfunction
Malfunction

DC

DC11
Inductive load

DC24

DC110V

DC220V

DC380V

1.5A

0.5A

0.2A

0.1A

DC14
Resistive Load

10A

2A

0.6A

0.2A

Push button (momentary) 60 cycles/min. others 30 cycles/min.


30 cycles / min.
Push button (momentary) 3,000,000 operations., others 300,000 operations.
Push button (momentary) 500,000 operations., others 200,000 operations.
Transformer series 600 m/S2, others 1000 m/S2
Push button (momentary) 1000 m/S2, others 250 m/S2
10-55 Hz double amplitude 1.5 mm
500 mW max. (initial value)
100 mW min. (500 VDC)
2500 VAC, 50/60 HZ for 1 minute
-20 C ~ +60 C
45 ~ 85% RH

STANDARD CONTACT BLOCKS


Type
Contact

TN2-1A

TN2-1B

TN2-1C

TN2-2A

TN2-2B

TN2-2C

1a

1b

1c

2a

2b

2a2b

TN2-3A

TN2-3B

TN2-3C

TN2-4A

TN2-4B

TN2-4C

3a

3b

3c

4a

4b

4a4b

Contact Arrangement

Type
Contact

Contact Arrangement

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH (TN2 22/25/30)


IP 65 IEC144
The contact block of this series is standard

Designation
1. Mounting Hole

MODEL DESIGNATION

TN2 BF R - 1 A 06
1

2. Type

It must use transparent button to have marking printing


on buttons. The colors can be distinguished by using different color guard ring.
3. Lens Color

1
4. NO. of contact Fitted

5. Type of contact
Block Fitted

Signal
TN2
TN3
BF
BL
BM
BA
BK
BP
BT
R
G
O
W
B
1
2
3
4
A
B
C

Description
22 mm/ 25 mm
30 mm
Flat Head
Long Head
Mushroom Head
Long Head(Alternate)
Push-Lock
Push-Pull
Twin-Touch w
Red
Green
Yellow
White
Black
1
2
3
4
1a
1b
1a1b

w
Only used with AB contact

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


TN3BF

TN2BF
TN2BF -1A, 1B
TN2BF-1C
TN2BF-1AB

TN3BF-1A, 1B
TN3BF-1C
TN3BF-1AB

TN3BL

TN2BL
TN2BL -1A, 1B
TN2BL-1C
TN2BL-1AB

TN2BM

TN3BL-1A, 1B
TN3BL-1C
TN3BL-1AB

TN3BM
TN2BM-1A, 1B
TN2BM-1C
TN2BM-1AB

TN2BA

TN3BM-1A, 1B
TN3BM-1C
TN3BM-1AB

TN3BA
TN2BA-1A, 1B
TN2BA-1C
TN2BA-1AB

TN3BA-1A, 1B
TN3BA-1C
TN3BA-1AB

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH (TN2 22/25/30)


IP 65 IEC144
TN2BK

TN3BK
TN2BK-1A, 1B
TN2BK-1C
TN2BK-1AB

TN3BK-1A, 1B
TN3BK-1C
TN3BK-1AB

(ONLY RED COLOR)

(ONLY RED COLOR)

TN2BP

TN2BT

TN3BP
TN2BP-1A, 1B
TN2BP-1C
TN2BP-1AB

TN3BP-1A, 1B
TN3BP-1C
TN3BP-1AB

(ONLY RED COLOR)

(ONLY RED COLOR)

22/25 . TN3BT
( IP40)

30 .
( IP40)

TN2BT-1AB

TN3BT-1AB

BULB TYPE AND CHARACTERISTICS


Lamp

Incandescent

Neon Bulb

LED Bulb

Signal

Rated Voltage

Waterproof Cap
for Twin
Touch Push
Button Switch for
T2BTL, T3BTL
Type No.
TN2-BTW

Signal

Operating Voltage

BA9S - 11 x 28 mm. - 1.2 Wmax.


Rated Current

6V AC/DC

6V AC/DC

150 mA

12V AC/DC

12

12V AC/DC

100 mA

18V AC/DC

18

18V AC/DC

66 mA

24V AC/DC

24

24V AC/DC

50 mA

30V AC/DC

30

30V AC/DC

40 mA

110V AC/DC

110

110V AC/DC

1.3 mA

220V AC/DC

220

220V AC/DC

2.2 mA

380V AC/DC

380

380V AC/DC

1.15 mA

440V AC/DC

440

440V AC/DC

1.4 mA

6V AC/DC

6V AC/DC

9 ~ 13 mA

24V AC/DC

24

24V AC/DC

30V AC/DC

30

30V AC/DC

110V AC/DC

110

220V AC/DC

220

Color Code Signal

None

None

Red

Green

Blue

BL

Red

8 ~ 13 mA

Green

8 ~ 13 mA

Orange

110V AC/DC

3 ~ 5 mA

Blue

BL

220V AC/DC

3 ~ 5 mA

White

DIMENSIONS BULB
Incandescent

6V
12V
18V
10

Neon Bulb

24V
30V

LED Bulb R,O,G,W,BL

Designation

I - 6

N - 110 R

L - 24 R

22/25/30
ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON ( TN2
DIRECT POWER )

IP 65

The contact block for this series is direct contact block

MODEL DESIGNATION

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS

TN2 IF 1 R - N 1 A 06

TN2IF


TN2IF-N1A,1B
TN2IF-N1C
TN2IF-N1AB

It must use transparent button to have marking printing


on buttons. The colours can be distinguished by using
different colour guard ring.
Designation
1. Mounting
Hole

2. Type

3. Voltage

4. Lens Color

5. Lamp

6. NO. of
Contacts
Fitted

7. Type of
contact Block
Fitted

Signal
TN2

Description
f22 mm / f25 mm

TN3

f30 mm

IF

Flat Head

IL

Long Head

IM

Mushroom Head

IA

Long Head (Alternate)

IK

Push - Lock

IT

Twin - Touch

110 VAC (Neon LED Bulb)

220VAC (Neon LED Bulb)

380VAC (Neon Bulb)

440 VAC (Neon Bulb)

6V AC/DC (Incandescent LED Bulb)

18V AC/DC (Incandescent)

24V AC/DC (Incandescent LED Bulb)

30V AC/DC (Incandescent LED Bulb)

12V AC/DC (Incandescent )

Red

Green

Orange

White

YG

Olivine

Incandescent

Neon Bulb

LED Bulb

1a

1b

1a1b

AB

1a+1b

TN2IF-I1A,1B
TN2IF-I1C
TN2IF-I1AB

TN2IF-L1A,1B
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN2IF-L1C
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN2IF-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN3IF
TN3IF-N1A,1B
TN3IF-N1C
TN3IF-N1AB

TN3IF-I1A,1B
TN3IF-I1C
TN3IF-I1AB

TN3IF-L1A,1B
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN3IF-L1C
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN3IF-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN2IL
TN2IL-N1A,1B
TN2IL-N1C
TN2IL-N1AB

TN2IL-I1A,1B
TN2IL-I1C
TN2IL-I1AB

TN2IL-L1A,1B
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN2IL-L1C
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN2IL-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN3IL
TN3IL-N1A,1B
TN3IL-N1C
TN3IL-N1AB

TN3IL-I1A,1B
TN3IL-I1C
TN3IL-I1AB

TN3IL-L1A,1B
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN3IL-L1C
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN3IL-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)
11

22/25/30
ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON ( TN2
DIRECT POWER )

IP 65
TN2IM

TN2IM-I1A,1B
TN2IM-I1C
TN2IM-I1AB

TN3IM
TN2IM-N1A, 1B
TN2IM-N1C
TN2IM-N1AB


TN3IM-N1A,1B
TN3IM-N1C
TN3IM-N1AB

TN2IM-L1A,1B
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN2IM-L1C
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN2IM-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN3IM-L1A,1B
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN3IM-L1C
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN3IM-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN2IA

TN2IA-I1A,1B
TN2IA-I1C
TN2IA-I1AB

TN3IA

TN2IA-N1A,1B
TN2IA-N1C
TN2IA-N1AB


TN3IA-N1A,1B
TN3IA-N1C
TN3IA-N1AB

TN2IA-L1A,1B
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN2IA-L1C
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN2IA-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN3IA-L1A,1B
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN3IA-L1C
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN3IA-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN2IK

TN2IK-I1A,1B
TN2IK-I1C
TN2IK-I1AB

TN3IM-I1A,1B
TN3IM-I1C
TN3IM-I1AB

TN3IA-I1A,1B
TN3IA-I1C
TN3IA-I1AB

TN3IK

TN2IK-N1A,1B
TN2IK-N1C
TN2IK-N1AB


TN3IK-N1A, 1B
TN3IK-N1C
TN3IK-N1AB

TN2IK-L1A,1B
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN2IK-L1C
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN2IK-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN3IK-L1A,1B
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN3IK-L1C
(R,O,G,W,BL)
TN3IK-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)

( IP 40)

TN2IT

TN2IT-I1AB
TN2IT-N1AB
TN2IT-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN3IK-I1A, 1B
TN3IK-I1C
TN3IK-I1AB

TN3IT

( IP 40)
TN3IT-I1AB
TN3IT-N1AB
TN3IT-L1AB
(R,O,G,W,BL)

Waterproof Cap for Twin Touch Push Button Switch for TN2IT, TN3IT
Type No. TN2-BTW
12

22/25/30
ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON ( TN2
DIRECT POWER )

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (DIRECT POWER) CONTACT BLOCKS


Type
Contact

IP 65

TN2-I1A

TN2-I1B

TN2-I1C

TN2-I2A

TN2-I2B

TN2-I2C

1a

1b

1a1b

2a

2b

2a2b

TN2-I3A

TN2-I3B

TN2-I3C

TN2-I4A

TN2-I4B

TN2-I4C

3a

3b

3a3b

4a

4b

4a4b

Contact Arrangement

Type
Contact

Contact Arrangement

13

TN2 22/25/30
ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (WITH
TRANSFORMER )

IP 65
This series of switches come with transformers at the
secondary voltage of 5V and (6V) incandescent used.

MODEL DESIGNATION

Designation

3. Voltage

TN2 TF 1 R - 1 A
1

Designation
1. Mounting
Hole

2. Type

3 4
Signal
TN2
TN3
TF
TL
TM
TA
TK
TT

Description
f22 mm / f25 mm
f30 mm
Flat Head
Long Head
Mushroom Head
Long Head (Alternate)
Push - Lock
Twin - Touch

4. Lens Color

5. NO. of
Contacts
Fitted
6. Type of
contact Block
Fitted

Signal
1
2
3
4
R
G
O
W
BL
1
2
A
B
C
AB

Description
110 VAC
220VAC
380VAC
440 VAC
Red
Green
Orange
White
Blue
1
2
1a
1b
1a1b
1a+1b

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


TN2TF

TN3TF
TN2TF-1A, 1B
TN2TF-1AB
TN2TF-1C

TN2TL

TN3TF-1A, 1B
TN3TF-1AB
TN3TF-1C

TN3TL
TN2TL-1A, 1B
TN2TL-1AB
TN2TL-1C

TN2TM

TN3TL-1A, 1B
TN3TL-1AB
TN3TL-1C

TN3TM
TN2TM-1A, 1B
TN2TM-1AB
TN2TM-1C

TN2TA

TN3TA
TN2TA-1A, 1B
TN2TA-1AB
TN2TA-1C

14

TN3TM-1A, 1B
TN3TM-1AB
TN3TM-1C

TN3TA-1A, 1B
TN3TA-1AB
TN3TA-1C

TN2 22/25/30
ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (WITH
TRANSFORMER )

IP 65
TN2TK

TN3TK
TN2TK-1A,1B
TN2TK-1AB
TN2TK-1C

TN3TK-1A,1B
TN3TK-1AB
TN3TK-1C

TN2TT

TN3TT
TN2TT-1AB
TN2TT-1C

TN3TT-1AB
TN3TT-1C

: Waterproof Cap for Twin Touch Push Button Switch for TN2TT, TN3TT

Type No. TN2-BTW

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON CONTACT BLOCKS (with Transformer) DIMENSION


Type

TN2-T1A
1a

Contact

TN2-T1B
1b

TN2-T1AB
1a+1b

TN2-T2A
2a

TN2-T2B
2b

TN2-T2C
2a2b

Contact Arrangement

SELECTOR SWITCH (TN2 22/25/30)


IP 65 IEC144
The contact block of this series of switches is standard 2 Positions contact block arrange, 1C contact block arrangement for
2 Positions is 1a1b, 1C contact block arrangement for 3 Positions is 1a 0 1a (2a)

MODEL DESIGNATION

Designation

TN2 SS 1 1 R - 1 A
1

3 4

Signal
1

0 1. Key with-drawable

0 Key with-drawable

Designation
1. Mounting
Hole

2. Type

Signal

Description

TN2

f22 mm / f25 mm

TN3

f30 mm

SS

Knob Operator

SH

Lever Operator

KS

Key Operator

4.Key
Withdrawable

3 Positions

90x 2 3 Positions

90 2 Positions

90 2 Positions
Spring return from right

4
5

6
7

6. NO. of
Contacts
Fitted

1 Key with-drawable
0.1 2 Key with-drawable

3 Positions

45 x 2 3 Positions
45 x 2 3 Positions
Spring return from right
45 x 2 3 Positions
Spring return from left
45 x 2 3 Positions
2-Ways Spring return

2 Positions

4
5

5. Lens Color

Description

0 Key with-drawable
0.1 2 Key with-drawable

3 Positions

0 Key with-drawable

Red

Green

Black

3
4

7. Type of
contact
Block Fitted

2-Positions

3-Positions

1a

1b

1a1b

1a 0 1a (2a)

AB

1a+1b

1a+1b

15

SELECTOR SWITCH (TN2 22/25/30)


IP 65 IEC144

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS

22/25 .

TN2SS

TN3SS

30 .

TN2SS-1A, 1B
TN2SS-1C
TN2SS-2A, 2B
TN2SS-1AB
TN2SS-2C
TN2SS-4A

TN2SH

22/25 .

TN3SS-1A, 1B
TN3SS-1C
TN3SS-2A, 2B
TN3SS-1AB
TN3SS-2C
TN3SS-4A

TN3SH

TN2SH-1A, 1B
TN2SH-1C
TN2SH-2A, 2B
TN2SH-1AB
TN2SH-2C
TN2SH-4A

TN2KS

22/25 .

30 .
TN3SH-1A, 1B
TN3SH-1C
TN3SH-2A, 2B
TN3SH-1AB
TN3SH-2C
TN3SH-4A

TN3KS

TN2KS-1A, 1B
TN2KS-1C
TN2KS-2A, 2B
TN2KS-1AB
TN2KS-2C
TN2KS-4A

30 .
TN3KS-1A, 1B
TN3KS-1C
TN3KS-2A, 2B
TN3KS-1AB
TN3KS-2C
TN3KS-4A

SELECTOR SWITCH 2 - POSITIONS CONTACT ARRANGEMENT


Type
Contact

TN2-1A
1a

TN2-1B
1b

TN2-1C
1a1b

TN2-2A
2a

TN2-2B
2b

Contact Arrangement

SELECTOR SWITCH 3 - POSITIONS CONTACT ARRANGEMENT


Type
Contact

Contact Arrangement

16

TN2-2A
1a 0 1a

TN2-4A
2a 0 2a

TN2-2C
2a2b

22/25/30
ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH ( TN2
DIRECT POWER )

IP 65
The contact black used in this type of switch is a direct contact block type. The type and specification of bulb
used are the same as those for direct type illuminated push button switch.
Designation

MODEL DESIGNATION

TN2 IS 1 1 R - N 1 A
2

Designation
1. Mounting
Hole

3 4

Description

110VAC

(Neon LED Bulb)

220VAC

(Neon LED Bulb)

380VAC

(Neon Bulb)

440 VAC

(Neon Bulb)

6V AC/DC

(Incandescent LED Bulb)

Description

18V AC/DC

(Incandescent)

TN2

f22 mm / f25 mm

24V AC/DC

(Incandescent LED Bulb)

30V AC/DC

(Incandescent LED Bulb)

TN3

f30 mm

12V AC/DC

(Incandescent LED Bulb)

Signal

IS

Knob Operator

IH

Lever Operator

90 x 2 3-Positions

90 2-Positions

90 2-Position
Spring return from right

45 x 2 3-Positions

2. Type

3 Positions

4.Key
Withdrawable

Signal

5
6
7

45 x 2 3-Positions
Spring return from right
45 x 2 3-Positions
Spring return from left
45 x 2 3-Positions
2-Ways Spring return

5. Lens Color

R
G
O
W
BL

Red
Green
Orange
White
Blue

6.Lamp

I
N
L

Incandescent
Neon Bulb
LED Bulb

7. NO. of
Contacts
Fitted

1
2
3
4

1
2
3
4

8. Type of
contact
Block Fitted

A
B
C
AB

2-Positions

3-Positions

1a
1b
1a1b
1a+1b

1a 0 1a
-

OPERATING HEADS DIMENSIONS


TN2IS

22/25 .
TN2IS-I1A, 1B
TN2IS-I1C
TN2IS-I2A
TN2IS-I1AB
TN2IS-N1A, 1B
TN2IS-N1C
TN2IS-N2A
TN2IS-N1AB

TN3IS

30 .
TN3IS-I1A, 1B
TN3IS-I1C
TN3IS-I2A
TN3IS-I1AB

TN3IS-N1A, 1B
TN3IS-N1C
TN3IS-N2A
TN3IS-N1AB


TN2IS-L1A, 1B
(R, O, G, W, BL)

TN3IS-L1A, 1B
(R, O, G, W, BL)

TN2IS-L1C
(R, O, G, W, BL)

TN3IS-L1C
(R, O, G, W, BL)

TN2IS-L2A
(R, O, G, W, BL)

TN3IS-L2A
(R, O, G, W, BL)

TN2IS-L1AB
(R, O, G, W, BL)

TN3IS-L1AB
(R, O, G, W, BL)

17

22/25/30
ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH ( TN2
DIRECT POWER )

IP 65

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS

22/25 .

TN2IH-I1A, 1B
TN2IH-I1C
TN2IH-I2A
TN2IH-I1AB

TN2IH-N1A, 1B
TN2IH-N1C
TN2IH-N2A
TN2IH-N1AB
LED
TN2IH-L1A, 1B
(R, O, G, W, BL)
TN2IH-L1C
(R, O, G, W, BL)
TN2IH-L2A
(R, O, G, W, BL)
TN2IH-L1AB
(R, O, G, W, BL)

TN2IH

TN3IH

30 .

TN3IH-I1A, 1B
TN3IH-I1C
TN3IH-I2A
TN3IH-I1AB

TN3IH-N1A, 1B
TN3IH-N1C
TN3IH-N2A
TN3IH-N1AB
LED
TN3IH-L1A, 1B
(R, O, G, W, BL)
TN3IH-L1C
(R, O, G, W, BL)
TN3IH-L2A
(R, O, G, W, BL)
TN3IH-L1AB
(R, O, G, W, BL)

ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH (DIRECT POWER) 2 - POSITIONS CONTACT ARRANGEMENT


Type
Contact

TN2-I1A
1a

TN2-I1B
1b

TN2-I1C
1a1b

TN2-I2A
2a

TN2-I2B
2b

TN2-I2C
2a2b

Contact Arrangement

ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH (DIRECT POWER) 3 - POSITIONS CONTACT ARRANGEMENT


Type
Contact

Contact Arrangement

18

TN2-I2A
1a 0 1a

TN2-I4A
2a 0 2a

TN2 22/25/30
TRANSFORMER )
ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH ( with

IP 65

The contact block of this series of switches is the transformer type contact block. This series of switches come
with transformers at secondary voltage of 5V and (6V) Incandescent used.

MODEL DESIGNATION

TN2 TS 1 1 R - 1 A
1

3 4

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


TN2TS 22/25 .

TN2TS-I1A, 1B
TN2TS-I2A
TN2TS-I1AB

TN2TH 22/25 .

TN2TH-I1A, 1B
TN2TH-I2A
TN2TH-I1AB

TN3TS 30 .

TN3TS-I1A, 1B
TN3TS-I2A
TN3TS-I1AB

TN3TH 30 .

TN3TH-I1A, 1B
TN3TH-I2A
TN3TH-I1AB

19

22/25/30
ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON ( TN2
DIRECT POWER )

ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH (TRANSFORMER) 2 - POSITIONS CONTACT ARRANGEMENT


Type
Contact

TN2-T1A

TN2-T1B

TN2-T1AB

TN2-T2A

TN2-T2B

TN2-T2C

1a

1b

1a+1b

2a

2b

2a2b

Contact
Arrangement

ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH (TRANSFORMER) 3 - POSITIONS CONTACT ARRANGEMENT


Type
Contact

Contact
Arrangement

20

TN2-2A

TN2-4A

1a 0 1a

2a 0 2a

22/25/30
PILOT LAMP ( TN2
DIRECT POWER )


This series of bulbs used are same as those for direct
type illuminated push button switch.

Designation

MODEL DESIGNATION

TN2 P 1 R N
1

3 4

3. Voltage

4. Lens Color

Signal

Description

110 VAC

(Neon LED Bulb)

220 VAC

(Neon LED Bulb)

380 VAC

(Neon Bulb)

440 VAC

(Neon Bulb)

6 V AC/DC

(Incandescent LED Bulb)

18 V AC/DC

(Incandescent)

24 V AC/DC

(Incandescent LED Bulb)

30 V AC/DC

(Incandescent LED Bulb)

12 V AC/DC

(Incandescent)

Red

Green

Orange

White

BL

Blue

YG
I
5. Lamp

N
L

Olivine

Incandescent
Neon Bulb
LED Bulb

PILOT LAMP (DIRECT POWER) DIMENSIONS


TN2P 22/25 .
TN3P 30 .

TN2PI
TN3PI

TN2PN
TN3PN
TN2PL
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN2L

22/25 .
TN2LI
TN2LN
TN2LL
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN2N 22/25 .
TN2NI
TN2NN
TN2NL
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN3L

30 .
TN3LI
TN3LN
TN3LL
(R,O,G,W,BL)

LED

TN3N 30 .

TN3NI
TN3NN
TN3NL
(R,O,G,W,BL)

LED

TN2D 22/25 .
TN2DL
(R,O,G,W,BL)

TN3PL
(R,O,G,W,BL)

LED

TN3D 30 .

LED

LAMP HOLDER BLOCKS (DIRECT POWER)

IP 65

TN3DL
(R,O,G,W,BL)

LED

LED

LED
LED
LED

TNPS-1

21

PILOT LAMP (TN2 22/25/30)


IP 65

This series of pilot lamp are equipped with transformers at the secondary voltage of 5V and (6V) bulb used.

MODEL DESIGNATION

TN2 TP 1 R
2

3 4

PILOT LAMP DIMENSIONS

LAMP HOLDER BLOCKS (WITH TRANSFORMER)

TN2TP

TNPS-2

TN3TP

22/25 . 30 .

JOY STICK (TN2 22/25/30)


MODEL DESIGNATION

TN2 MR 2 L - 2
2

3 4

The contact block Joystick will have printed marking


UDLR for Up, Down, Left, Right direction. The contact
block is only for Joystick and can not be used in any other
type of switches.

JOY STICK DIMENSIONS


TN2MR2 22/25 .

TYPE
TN2MR2L2
TN2MR4L4
TN2MR2R2
TN2MR4R4
TN2MR2L4
TN2MR2R4
TN2MR4L8
TN2MR4R8
TN3MR2L2
TN3MR4L4
TN3MR2R2
TN3MR4R4
TN3MR2L4
TN3MR2R4
TN3MR4L8
TN3MR4R8

22

DESCRIPTION

2 22 .
4 22 .
2 22 .
4 22 .
2a -
2a -
4 2a -
4 2a -
2 30 .
4 30 .
2 30 .
4 30 .
2a -
2a -
4 2a -
4 2a -

TN3MR4 30 .

PRICE

INSULATED ENCLOSURES (TN2 22)


The mounting holes of this series of insulated enclosures are 22 mm. Single-hole insulated enclosures are available
in yellow and gray. All the others are in gray, the upper base and contact block are of exclusive type, which is different
from those of 22/30 series control components. The dimension and type of the upper buse are same as those of
22/30 series control components.
TN2-BA (TN2-B1A)

TN2-BB (TN2-B1B)

TN2-BC (TN2-B1C) 1NO, 1NC

1A (1NO) 1B(1NC) 1C (1NO,1NC)

THE ASSEMBLY OF INSULATED ENCLOSURES AND SWITCH


1.
2.

3.

Take apart the upper cover and the lower base of the insulated enclosure.
Fix the contact block on the lower base, and the upper base on the upper cover.
(standard contact block needs underneath packing)
Connect the upper cover with the lower base into one kit.
The protection structure for this series of insulated enclosures is IP65 (IBC144).
All the illuminated switches used in the insulated enclosures are direct type.

STANDARD CONTACT BLOCK FOR INSULATED ENCLOSURES


TN2-B1ab TN2-B2a

()
NO 2TN2B104

NO 2TN2B105

NO 2TN2B104
TN
NO 2TN2B104
T2
TN2

ILLUMINATED CONTACT BLOCK FOR INSULATED ENCLOSURES


TN2-BI1ab TN2-BI2a
TN2-BI1ab (1NO +1NC)
TN2-BI2a (2NO)
TN2-BI2b (2NC)
TN2-BI1a (1NO)
TN2-BI1b (1NC)
TN2-BI1c (1NO, 1NC)
TN2-BI2c (2NO, 2NC)

TN2-B1ab (1NO +1NC)


TN2-B2a (2NO)
TN2-B2b (2NC)
TN2-B2c (2NO, 2NC)

LAMP HOLDER BLOCKS (FOR INSULATED ENCLOSURES)

TNPS-3

SERIES CABLE GLAND HPF-12 (TG-20) @ 115.Diameter of Cables: 7 - 12.5 Operating temperature : -40 C 100 C

INSULATED ENCLOSURES DIMENSIONS TN2 : 22mm TN3 : 30mm


TN2-B1

TN2-B2

TN2-B3

TN2-B4

22 . 1

22 . 2

22 . 3

22 . 4

TN2-B5

22 . 5

TN3-B1

TN3-B2

TN3-B3

TN3-B4

TN3-B5

30 . 1

30 . 2

30 . 3

30 . 4

30 . 5

23

CONTROL STATIONS
The mounting hole of this series of insulated enclosures
is 22. The illuminated push button and pilot lamp are all
direct type.
The insulated enclosures of mushroom-head and chain
type push button are in yellow or gray. Others in gray.

Designation
3. Lens Color

4. Name Plate

ONE BUTTON MODEL DESIGNATION

TNB1 BF R 1 2 N
2

3 4 5

6
5. Voltage

Designation Signal
Description
1. NO.of Button TNB1 1 Button
2. Type
BF Flat Head Push Button
BL

Long Head Push Button

BM

Mushroom Head Push Button

BK

Push-Lock Push Button

IF

Flat Head Illuminated Push Button

IL

Long Head Illuminated Push Button

IM

Mushroom Head Illuminated Push Button

IK

Push-Lock Illuminated Push Button

S2

Selector Switch (2 Positions)

S3

Selector Switch (3 Positions)

6. Bulb Type

Type

Description

Contact

Spec

Signal
R
Red
G
Green
B
Black

Description

OFF

ON

EM.STOP

OFF-ON

ON-OFF-ON

110 VAC

220 VAC

380 VAC

4
5
6
7
8
9
I
N
L

440 VAC
6 V AC/DC
18 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
30 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
Incandescent
Neon Bulb
LED Bulb

Price

Type

Description

Contact

Spec

TN2B1-BFR1 1C

22 .

1C

TN2B1-BFG2 1C

22 .

1C

TN3B1-BFR1 1C

30 .

1C

TN3B1-BFG2 1C

30 .

1C

TN2B1-BFR1 1B

22 .

1B

TN2B1-BFG2 1A

22 .

1A

TN3B1-BFR1 1B

30 .

1B

TN3B1-BFG2 1A

30 .

1A

TN2B1-BFR1 2N1B

22 . 220 V

1B

Neon

TN2B1-IFG2 2N1A

22 . 220 V

1A

Neon

TN3B1-BFR1 2N1B

30 . 220 V

1B

Neon

TN3B1-IFG2 2N1A

30 . 220 V

1A

Neon

TN2B1-IFR11 to 14

22 . 110,220,380,440 V

1B

Neon

TN2B1-IFG21 to 24

22 . 110,220,380,440 V

1A

Neon

TN3B1-IFR11 to 14

30 . 110,220,380,440 V

1B

Neon

TN3B1-IFG21 to 24

30 . 110,220,380,440 V

1A

Neon

TN2B1-IFR15 to 19

22 . 6,12,18,24,30 V

1B

Incandescent

TN2B1-IFG25 to 29

22 . 6,12,18,24,30 V

1A

Incandescent

TN3B1-IFR15 to 19

30 . 6,12,18,24,30 V

1B

Incandescent

TN3B1-IFG25 to 29

30 . 6,12,18,24,30 V

1A

Incandescent

24

Price

CONTROL STATIONS

Type
TN2B1-BLR1
TN3B1-BLR1
TN2B1-ILR11
to 14
TN3B1-ILR11
to 14
TN2B1-ILR15
to 19

TN3B1-ILR15
to 19

Description

Contact

22 .

30 .

22 .
110, 220, 380, 440 V

30 .
110, 220, 380, 440 V

22 .
6, 12, 18, 24, 30 V

30 .
6, 12, 18, 24, 30 V

Spec

Price

Type
TN2B1-BLG2

1C

TN3B1-BLG2
TN2B1-BLG2 1A

1C

TN3B1-BLG2 1A

1B

Neon

TN2B1-ILG21
to 24

1B

Neon

TN3B1-ILG21
to 24

1B

Incandescent

TN2B1-ILG25
to 29

1B

Incandescent

TN3B1-ILG25
to 29

Contact

22 .
30 .
22 .
30 .

22 .
110, 220, 380, 440 V

30 .
110, 220, 380, 440 V

22 .
6, 12, 18, 24, 30 V

30 .
6, 12, 18, 24, 30 V

1C

Spec

1C
1A
1A
1A

Neon

1A

Neon

1A

Incandescent

1A

Incandescent

Type

Description

Contact

Type

Description

Contact

TN2B1-BMR3

22
30

22 . 220 V

30 . 220 V

22 .
110, 220, 380, 440 V

30 .
110, 220, 380, 440 V

22 . 6,12,18,24,30V

1C

TN2B1-BKR3

1C

1C

TN3B1-BKR3

1B

Neon

TN2B1-IKR3
2N1B

1B

Neon

TN3B1-IKR3
2N1B

1B

Neon

TN2B1-IKR31
to 34

1B

Neon

TN3B1-IKR31
to 34

1B

Incandescent

TN2B1-IKR35
to 39

1B

Incandescent

TN3B1-IKR35
to 39

22
30

22 . 220 V

30 . 220 V

22 .
110, 220, 380, 440 V

30 .
110, 220, 380, 440 V

22 . 6,12,18,24,30 V

30 . 6,12,18,24,30 V

TN3B1-BMR3
TN2B1-IMR3
2N1B
TN3B1-IMR3
2N1B
TN2B1-IMR31
to 34

TN3B1-IMR31
to 34
TN2B1-IMR35
to 39
TN3B1-IMR35
to 39

30 . 6,12,18,24,30 V

Price

Type

Price

Spec

Description

Spec

Price

1B
1B

Neon

1B

Neon

1B

Neon

1B

Neon

1B

Incandescent

1B

Incandescent

Description

Contact

Spec

Price

Type

Description

Contact Spec

TN2B1-S2B4

ON-OFF 22 .

1C

TN2B1-S3B5

ON-OFF-ON 22 .

1AA

TN3B1-S2B4

ON-OFF 30 .

1C

TN3B1-S3B5

ON-OFF-ON 30 .

1AA

Price

25

CONTROL STATIONS
TWO BUTTONS

Type

Description

Name Plate

Buttons

TN2B2-BF

ON-OFF 22 .

ON OFF

2 Flat Head Push Buttons

1C

TN3B2-BF

ON-OFF 30 .
ON-OFF
220V 22 .
ON-OFF
220V 30 .
ON-OFF
24V 22 .
ON-OFF
24V 30 .

ON OFF

2 Flat Head Push Buttons

1C

ON OFF

2 Flat Head Illuminated


Push Buttons

220 VAC 1A or 1B

Neon

ON OFF

2 Flat Head Illuminated


Push Buttons

220 VAC 1A or 1B

Neon

ON OFF

2 Flat Head Illuminated


Push Buttons

24 V

1A or 1B

Incandescent

ON OFF

2 Flat Head Illuminated


Push Buttons

24 V

1A or 1B

Incandescent

TN2B2-IF2
TN3B2-IF2
TN2B2-IF7
TN3B2-IF7

Voltage

Contact

Spec

Price

THREE BUTTONS

Type
TN2B3-BF
TN3B3-BF
TN2B3-IF2
TN3B3-IF2
TN2B3-IF7
TN3B3-IF7
TN2B3-PF2
TN3B3-PF2
TN2B3-PF7
TN3B3-PF7

26

Description

ON-OFF-ON 22 .

ON-OFF-ON 30 .

ON-OFF-ON 220V 22 .

ON-OFF-ON 220V 30 .

ON-OFF-ON 24V 22 .

ON-OFF-ON 24V 30 .
ON-OFF
220V 22 .
ON-OFF
220V 30 .
ON-OFF
24V 22 .
ON-OFF
24V 30 .

Name Plate

Buttons

Contact

ON OFF ON

3 Flat Head Push Buttons

1C

ON OFF ON

3 Flat Head Push Buttons

1C

Spec

220 V ON OFF ON

3 Flat Head Illuminated


Push Buttons

1A or 1B

Neon

220 V ON OFF ON

3 Flat Head Illuminated


Push Buttons

1A or 1B

Neon

24 V ON OFF ON

3 Flat Head Illuminated


Push Buttons

1A or 1B

Incandescent

24 V ON OFF ON

3 Flat Head Illuminated


Push Buttons

1A or 1B

Incandescent

220 V ON OFF

1 Pilot Lamp 2 Flat Head


Push Buttons

1C

Neon

220 V ON OFF

1 Pilot Lamp 2 Flat Head


Push Buttons

1C

Neon

24 V ON OFF

1 Pilot Lamp 2 Flat Head


Push Buttons

1C

Incandescent

24 V ON OFF

1 Pilot Lamp 2 Flat Head


Push Buttons

1C

Incandescent

Price

NAME PLATES (TN2 22/25/30)


PLATES FOR ENCLOSURES
TBP

FOR PUSH BUTTON ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON, PILOT LAMP


TBP-01

TBP-02

TBP-03

TBP-04

TBP-05

TBP-06

TBP-07

TBP-08

TBP-09

TBP-10

ON

OFF

START

STOP

UP

TBP-11

TBP-12

TBP-13

TBP-14

TBP-15

TBP-16

TBP-17

TBP-18

TBP-19

TBP-20

DOWN

SOURCE

HAND

AUTO

RUN

FWD

REV

CLOSE

OPEN

FAST

TBP-21

TBP-22

TBP-23

TBP-24

TBP-25

TBP-26

TBP-27

TBP-28

TBP-29

TBP-30

SLOW

RESET

EM.STOP

12V

24V

30V

110V

220V

TBP-31

TBP-32

TBP-33

TBP-34

TBP-35

TBP-36

TBP-37

TBP-38

TBP-39

TBP-40

INCH

TBP-41

TBP-42

TBP-43

B1

B2

CLEAN

TBP-54

TBP-55

TBP-56

TBP-57

TBP-58

TBP-59

TBP-60

ON

ON

REV

ON

REV
OFF
FWD

AUTO

OFF

ON
OFF
ON

FOR SELECTOR SWITCH


TBP-51

TBP-52

TBP-53

TBP-61

TBP-62

TBP-63

TBP-64

TBP-65

TBP-66

TBP-67

AUTO
OFF
HAND

START

UP

STOP

DOWN

UP
OFF
DOWN

1
0
2

1
2
3

FWD

HAND

27

NAME PLATES (TN2 22/25/30)


22/25/30 LEGEND PLATES FOR OPERATING DEVICES, Aluminum (M) OR Acrylic (P)
TN22P
TN22M
(Acrylic 22) (22 Aluminum)

TN25P
TN25M
(Acrylic 25) (25 Aluminum)

TN30P
TN30M
(Acrylic 30) (30 Aluminum)

TN22P

22.3

41

32

52.5

TN22M

22.2

31

27

42

TN25P

25.5

41

32

52.5

TN25M

24.9

31

27

42

TP30P

30.5

41

32

52.5

TP30M

30.3

38.5

32.5

52

01

02

03

04

05

06

ON

OFF

START

STOP

UP

DOWN

13
OFF

14
ON

ON

ON

ON FWD

20

21
MANU OFF AUTO

08

SOURCE MANUEL

09

10

11

12

AUTO

RUN

FWD

REV

17
REV

FWD

OFF

18
REV

AUTO

19
MANU

AUTO OFF MANU

00

73
II

TN 22M, 25M, 30M

22

42
I

TN 22P, 25P, 30P-01 74


()

07

16

OFF

STOP START

71
O

15
ON

TN 22P, 25P, 30P-00


()

CLEAN

74
II

II

III

BUTTON PLATES FOR 22/25/30 OPERATING DEVICES


TPP

TPP-01

TPP-02

TPP-03

TPP-04

TPP-05

TPP-06

TPP-07

TPP-08

TPP-09

TPP-10

TPP-11

ON

OFF

START

STOP

UP

DOWN

TPP-12

TPP-13

TPP-14

TPP-15

TPP-16

TPP-17

TPP-18

TPP-19

TPP-20

TPP-21

TPP-22

SOURCE

HAND

AUTO

RUN

FWD

REV

CLOSE

OPEN

FAST

SLOW

RESET

TPP-23

TPP-24

TPP-25

TPP-26

TPP-27

TPP-28

TPP-29

TPP-30

TPP-31

TPP-32

TPP-33

INCH

12V

24V

30V

110V

220V

TPP-34

TPP-35

TPP-36

TPP-37

TPP-38

TPP-39

TPP-40

TPP-41

TPP-42

TPP-43

B1

B2

B3

B4

28

22/25/30 ,
TN2-BFW (TN2-BF/IF)

TN2-BTW (TN2-BT/IT)

TN2BF, TN2IF, T2BF, T2IF

ON-OFF
TN2BT, TN2IT, T2BT, T2IT

TN2GR -
TN3GR -

TN2-EA
TN3-EB

TN2 T2
TN3 T3

TN2BK, TN2IK, T2BK, T2IK

22/25/30

Model

Model

TN22E-01

22

22

60

Price

TN22E-02

22 (stop)

22

60

TN25E-01

25

25

60

TN25E-02

25 (stop)

25

60

TN30E-01

30

30

60

TN30E-02

30 (stop)

30

60

TN22EL-01

22

22

90

TN22EL-02

22 (stop)

22

90

TN25EL-01

25

25

90

TN25EL-02

25 (stop)

25

90

TN30EL-01

30

30

90

TN30EL-02

30 (stop)

30

90

Price

29

SERIES CONTROL COMPONENT (22/25/30) ISO 9002


IEC 144 IP 65
The upper base and contact block of this series of control components are detachable. IP65 (IEC144) , The protection
structure for this series except Twin-Touch push button (IP40), makes the components waterproof, oiltight, dustproof
and suitable for use in worse environment.

PANEL CUT-OUT (22/25/30) Series

DIMENSIONS (mm.)
22

25

11.1

12.7

15.2

22.2

25.5

30.5

Series

30

Standard spacing (Round type, Square type) 45 min. 45 min. 45 min.


A

MOUNTING METHOD

Lever operator selector

50

50

50

Twin-Touch push button

59

59

59

Metal plate

45

45

50

Standard spacing (Round type, Square type)

30

30

40

Lever operator selector

45

45

50

Twin-Touch push button

36

36

36

Metal plate

31

31

40

37 Mushroom

38

38

40

CONTACT BLOCKS ASSEMBLY AND


DISASSEMBLY

Place the upper base and rubber


ring on the panel, thrust into the
hole, put the stop ring inside the
panel, aim at the upper bases
and panels fixing groove and
press tight, then lock up the fixing ring
1

upper base rubber ring

3
stop ring

fixing ring

contact
block

fixing
instrument

Indication of letters and symbols


Transparent printing pager

22mm/25mm series are of same dimension


and with common fixing ring

30

Put the contact block in the corresponding positions, one


large the other small, on the upper base after the latters
fixed. Turn in the arrowed direction of Close and its
fixed. In disassembling, just turn in the arrowed direction
of Open

Method to replace lamp:


Put the fixing-disassembling tool into the lamp, turn
clockwise and the lamp is fixed. If counter-clockwise, the
lamp is disassembling.

The assembly method for 30 mm series

SERIES CONTROL COMPONENT (22/25/30) ISO 9002


IEC 144 IP 65

CONTACT RATING
AC125V

AC250V

AC440V

AC600V

AC Inductive load

6A

4A

2A

1A

Resistive load

10A

6A

4A

1.5A

DC Inductive load
Resistive load

DC125

DC250

DC380

0.5A

0.2A

0.1A

2A

0.6A

0.2A

CHARACTERISTICS
Ambient Temperature
Humidity

- 20 C ~ + 60 C
45-85% RH

Contact resistance

50 mW max. (intial value)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min. (at 500 VDC)

Dielectric Strength

2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute

Service life

Mechanically
Electrically

Push Button / Illuminated Push Botton (Momentary) 3,000,000 Other 500,000


500,000 operations

STANDARD CONTACT BLOCKS


Type
Contact

TC-1A
1a

TC-1B
1b

TC-1C
1a1b

TC-2A
2a

TC-2B
2b

TC-2C
2a2b

TC-3A
3a

TC-3B
3b

TC-3C
3a3b

TC-4A
4a

TC-4B
4b

TC-4C
4a4b

Contact Arrangement

Type
Contact

Contact Arrangement

STANDARD TYPES OF CONTACT BLOCK AND ASSEMBLY METHOD


Short contact block is available in 1a, 1b, 1a1b, 2a and 2b. The contact may be increased to 2a2b by replacing the
short block with the long one. If more contacts are needed, just add the short one to the long one (The short one is not
designed for being added by other block at its rear end). 3a, 3b, 3a3b, 4a and 4b will be available with one-long-oneshort blocks. By replacing the short block with another long one and becoming two-long blocks, 4a4b will be obtainable.

STANDARD CONTACT BLOCKS DIMENSIONS

TC-1A TC-1B TC-1C TC-2A TC-2B

TC-3A TC-3B TC-3C TC-4A TC-4B

TC-2C

TC-4C

M3 x 44 SCREW 2PCS.
M3 NUT 2PCS

M3 x 44 SCREW 2PCS.
M3 NUT 2PCS

31

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH (22/25/30)

ISO 9002
IEC 144 IP 65

The contact block of this series of switches is standard.

MODEL DESIGNATION

Designation

T2 BF R R - 1 C
1

Designation
1. Mounting Hole

2. Type

3. Shape

Signal

Description

Signal

Description

Round

Square

Rectangular

Red

T2

22 mm / 25 mm

Green

Yellow

White

T3

30 mm

BF

Flat Head

BL

Long Head

Black

BM

Mushroom Head

BL

Blue

BA

Long Head (Alternate)

5. No. of Contact blocks

1-4

Mushroom Head (Alternate)

Fitted

1-4

BB
BK

Push-Lock

BT

Twin-Touch

PB

Simple

4. Lens Color

6. Type of Contact
blocks Fitted

1a

1b

1a1b

1. The upper base and contact block in simple type are of one unit, available with 1a1b contact, 22 mm /25 mm fixing hole, round type only.
2. The mounting holes of square series are 22 mm / 25 mm available.
3. Twin-Touch Push Button is available with rectangular shape.

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


T2BFR

T3BFR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

2a2b

2a2b

4a4b

4a4b

T2BLR

T3BLR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

2a2b

2a2b

4a4b

4a4b

T2BMR

T3BMR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

2a2b

2a2b

4a4b

4a4b

T2BAR

T3BAR
Price.

32

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

2a2b

2a2b

4a4b

4a4b

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH (22/25/30)

ISO 9002
IEC 144 IP 65

T2BBR

T3BBR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

2a2b

2a2b

4a4b

4a4b

T2BKR

T3BKR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

2a2b

2a2b

4a4b

4a4b

T2BTL

T3BTL
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

2a2b

2a2b

4a4b

4a4b

T2BFS

Price.

T2BLS

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

2a2b

2a2b

4a4b

4a4b

T2BMS

T2BAS
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

2a2b

2a2b

4a4b

4a4b

T2BBS

T2BKS
Price.

T2PB

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

3a,3b,3a3b, 4a,4b

2a2b

2a2b

4a4b

4a4b

:
Waterproof Cap for Twin
Touch Push Button Switch for
T2BTL, T3BTL
Type No. TN2-BTW @ 120.33

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (22/25/30)

ISO 9002
IEC 144 IP 65

BULB TYPE AND CHARACTERISTICS


BA9S - 11 x 2 mm. 1.2 W max.
NEON BULB

INCAN BULB
Type
TS9-1R
TS9-1G
TS9-2R
TS9-2G
TS9-3R
TS9-3G
TS9-4R
TS9-4G

Voltage
110VAC
220VAC
380VAC
440VAC

Lamp Color
Lens Color
Red
Green
Red lamps for use
Red
with red, orange,
Green
white lens
Red
Green
lamps for use
Green
with green, blue lens.
Red
Green

Type
TS9-5
TS9-6
TS9-7
TS9-8
TS9-9

Voltage
6V
18V
24V
30V
12V

Price.

BULB EXTRATOR
T2-A

MODEL DESIGNATION

Designation

T2 IF R 1 R - 1 C
1

Designation
1. Mounting
Hole

2. Type

3. Shape

3 4

Signal
T2
T3
IF
IL
IM
IA
IB
IK
IT
R
S
L

Description
22 mm / 25 mm
30 mm
Flat Head
Long Head
Mushroom Head
Long Head (Alternate)
Mushroom Head (Alternate)
Push-Lock
Twin-Touch
Round
Square
Rectangular

1. The mounting holes of square series are 22 mm / 25 mm available.


2. Twin-Touch illuminated push button is available with rectangular
shaper, various colors, and transparent.

4. Voltage

5. Lens Color

6. No. of Contact
blocks Fitted
7. Type of
Contact blocks
Fitted

Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
R
G
O
W
BL

Description
110 VAC (Neon Bulb)
220 VAC (Neon Bulb)
380 VAC (Neon Bulb)
440 VAC (Neon Bulb)
6 VAC (Filament Bulb)
18 VAC (Filament Bulb)
24 VAC (Filament Bulb)
30 VAC (Filament Bulb)
12 VAC (Filament Bulb)
Red
Green
Orange
white
Blue

1-3

1-3

A
B
C

1a
1b
1a1b

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


T2IFR

T3IFR
Price.

34

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a3b

3a3b

: LED

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (22/25/30)

ISO 9002
IEC 144 IP 65

T2ILR

T3ILR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a3b

3a3b

T2IMR

T3IMR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a3b

3a3b

T2IAR

T3IAR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a3b

3a3b

T2IBR

T3IBR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a3b

3a3b

T2IKR

T3IKR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a3b

3a3b

(
IP40 )

T2ITL

(
IP40 )

T3ITL

Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a3b

3a3b

T2IFS

T2ILS
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a3b

3a3b

T2IMS

T2IAS
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a3b

3a3b

Waterproof Cap for Twin Touch Push Button Switch for T2ITL, TN3ITL
Type No. TN2-BTW
: LED

35

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (22/25/30)

ISO 9002
IEC 144 IP 65

T2IBS

T2IKS
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a,3b,2a2b,4a

3a3b

3a3b

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (DIRECT POWER) CONTACT BLOCKS


Type
Contact

TC-I1A
1a

TC-I1B
1b

TC-I1C
1a1b

TC-I2A
2a

TC-I2C
2a2b

TC-I3A
3a

TC-I3B
3b

TC-I4A
4a

Contact
Arrangment

Type
Contact

TC-I3C
3a3b

Contact
Arrangment

TYPES OF ILLUMINATED (DIRECT POWER) CONTACT BLOCK AND ASSEMBLY METHOD


Short contact block is available in 1a, 1b. Long contact block is available in 1a1b, 2a. If more contact are needed, just
add the short one to the long one (The short one is not designed for being added by other block at its rear end), 2b,
2a2b, 3a, 3b, 4a will be available with one-long-one-short blocks. By replacing the short block with another long one
and becoming two-long blocks, 3a3b. will be obtainable.

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (DIRECT POWER) CONTACT BLOCK DIMENSIONS

TC-I1A, TC-I1B

TC-I3A, TC-I3B, TC-I2C, TC-I4A

TC-I1C, TC-I2A, TC-I2B

TC-I3C

36

: LED

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (WITH22/25/30


TRANSFORMER )

ISO 9002
IEC 144 IP 65

This series of switches are equipped with transformers at the secondary voltage of 5V and TS9-5 (6V) bulb used.

MODEL DESIGNATION

Designation

T2 TF R 1 R - 1 C
1

Designation
1. Mounting
Hole

2. Type

3. Shape

3 4

Signal
T2
T3
IF
IL
IM
IA
IB
IK
IT
R
S
L

Description
22 mm / 25 mm
30 mm
Flat Head
Long Head
Mushroom Head
Long Head (Alternate)
Mushroom Head (Alternate)
Push-Lock
Twin-Touch
Round
Square
Rectangular

Signal
1
4. Voltage
(50Hz~60Hz)
2
R
G
O
5. Lens Color
W
BL
6. No. of Contact
1-2
blocks Fitted
A
7. Type of
Contact blocks B
Fitted
C

Description
110/5 VAC
220/5 VAC
Red
Green
Orange
white
Blue
1-2
1a
1b
1a1b

1. The mounting holes of square series are 22 mm / 25 mm available.


2. Twin-Touch illuminated push button is available with rectangular
shape, various colors, and transparent.
3. The voltages of illuminated push button are 110/5VAC and 220/5VAC.

TYPES OF ILLUMINATED CONTACT BLOCK AND ASSEMBLY METHOD


Long or short contact block is same as standard one. After disassembling the transformer base, the assembly method
of contact block is same as that of standard type.

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


T2TFR

T3TFR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

2a2b

2a2b

T2TLR

T3TLR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

2a2b

2a2b

T2TMR

T3TMR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

2a2b

2a2b

T2TAR

T3TAR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

2a2b

2a2b

37

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (WITH22/25/30


TRANSFORMER )

ISO 9002
IEC 144 IP 65

T2TBR - 22/25 . 380V, 220V

T3TBR - 30 . 380V, 220V

Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

2a2b

2a2b

T2TKR - 22/25 . 380V, 220V

T3TKR - 30 . 380V, 220V

Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

2a2b

2a2b

T2TTL - 22/25 . 380V, 220V

Price.

T3TTL - 30 . 380V, 220V

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

2a2b

2a2b

IP 40
T2TFS - 22/25 . 380V, 220V

Price.

IP 40
T2TLS - 22/25 . 380V, 220V

Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

2a2b

2a2b

T2TMS - 22/25 . 380V, 220V

T2TAS - 22/25 . 380V, 220V

Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

2a2b

2a2b

T2TBS - 22/25 . 380V, 220V

T2TKS - 22/25 . 380V, 220V

Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b

2a2b

2a2b

: Waterproof Cap for Twin Touch Push Button Switch for TN2TTL, TN3TTL
Type No. TN2-BTW

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON CONTACT BLOCKS (WITH TRANSFORMER) DIMENSIONS


Type
Contact

TC-T1A
1a

TC-T1B
1b

TC-T1C
1a1b

TC-T2A
2a

TC-T2B
2b

Contact
Arrangement

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON CONTACT BLOCKS (WITH TRANSFORMER) DIMENSIONS

TC-T1A, TC-T1B TC-1C TC-T2A TC-T2B TC-T1C

38

TC-T2C

TC-T2C
2a2b

SELECTOR SWITCH (22/25/30)

ISO 9002
IEC 144 IP 65

The contact block of this series of switches is standard.

T2 SS R 1 1 R - 1 C

MODEL DESIGNATION

1
Designation
1. Mounting
Hole

2. Type

3 4

7 8

Signal

Description

T2

f22 mm / f25 mm

T3

f30 mm

SS

Knob Operator

Lever Operator

SH
KS
R

Designation

Signal

01. Key withdrawable

2
5.Key
Withdrawable

Key Operator

0 Key withdrawable

0.1 2 Key withdrawable

45 2 Positions

90 2 Positions

0 Key withdrawable

3 Positions

Round
Square

1 Key withdrawable

2 Positions

6. Lens Color

3.Shape
S

Description

7.No. of
Contacts
Fitted

Red

Green

Black

1-4

1-4
2-Positions

4. Positions

45 2 Positions
Spring return from right

45 x 2 3 Positions

5
6
7

8.Type of
Contact
Blocks
Fitted

3-Positions

1a

1b

1a1b

1a 0 1a

45 x 2 3 Positions
Spring return from right
45 x 2 3 Positions
Spring return from left
45 x 2 3 Positions
2-Ways spring return

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


T2SSR

T3SSR
Price.
2 Positions
2 Positions
3 Positions
3 Positions

Price.
2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
2a2b
1a 0 1a
2a 0 2a

T2SHR

T3SHR
Price.

Price.
2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

T2KSR

T3KSR
Price.

Price.

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

T2SSS

T2SHS
Price.
2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

Price.
2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

39

SELECTOR SWITCH (22/25/30 DIRECT POWER) ISO 9002


IEC 144 IP 65
T2KSS
Price.
2 Positions
2 Positions
3 Positions
3 Positions

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
2a2b
1a 0 1a
2a 0 2a

SELECTOR SWITCH 2-POSITIONS CONTACT ARRANGEMENT


Type

TC-1A
1a

Contact

TC-1B
1b

TC-1C2
1a1b

TC-2A
2a

TC-2B
2b

TC-2C2
2a2b

Contact Arrangement

SELECTOR SWITCH 3-POSITIONS CONTACT ARRANGEMENT


Type

TC-1C3
1a 0 1a

Contact

TC-2C3
2a 0 2a

Contact Arrangement

22/25/30
ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH (DIRECT
POWER )

ISO 9002
IEC 144 IP 65

The contact block of this series of switches is illuminated type.


This type and specification of bulb used are same as those for direct type illuminated push buuton switch.

MODEL DESIGNATION

T2 IS R 1 1 R - 1 C
1

Designation
1. Mounting
Hole

Signal

Description

3 4

6
Designation

Description

T2

f22 mm / f25 mm

220VAC (Neon Bulb)

T3

f30 mm

380VAC (Neon Bulb)

440VAC (Neon Bulb)

6VAC (Filament Bulb)

18VAC (Filament Bulb)

24VAC (Filament Bulb)

30VAC (Filament Bulb)

IS

Knob Operator

IH

Lever Operator

Round

Square

5.Voltage

3.Shape
1

45 2 Positions

90 2 Positions

3
4
5
6
7

40

Signal
1

2. Type

4. Positions

7 8

6. Lens Color

45 2 Positions
Spring return from right
45x2 3 Positions
45x2 3 Positions
Spring return from right
45x2 3 Positions
Spring return from left
45x2 3 Positions
2-Ways spring return

7. NO. of
Contacts
Fitted
8. Type of
contact
Block Fitted

110VAC (Neon Bulb)

12VAC (Filament Bulb)

Red

Green

Orange

White

BL

Blue

1-3

A
B
C

1-3
2-Positions

3-Positions

1a
1b
1a1b

1a 0 1a

22/25/30
ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH (DIRECT
POWER )

ISO 9002
IEC 144 IP 65

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


T2ISR

T3ISR
Price

Price

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

T2IHR

T3IHR
Price

Price

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

T2ISS

T2IHS
Price

Price

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH (DIRECT POWER) 2-POSITIONS CONTACT


ARRANGEMENT
Type
Contact

TC-I1A
1a

TC-I1B
1b

TC-I1C
1a1b

TC-I2A
2a

TC-I2B
2b

TC-I2C2
2a2b

Contact Arrangement

ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH (DIRECT POWER) 3-POSITIONS CONTACT


ARRANGEMENT
Type
Contact

TC-I1C3
1a 0 1a

TC-I2C3
2a 0 2a

Contact Arrangement

: LED 45.-

41

ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH ( WITH22/25/30


TRANSFORMER ) ISO 9002
IEC 144 IP 65
The contact block of this series of switches is standard.
This series of switches are equipped with transformers at the secondary voltage of 5V and TS9-5(6V) bulb used.

MODEL DESIGNATION

T2 TS R 1 1 R - 1 C
1

Designation
1. Mounting
Hole

Signal

Description

T2

f22 mm / f25 mm

T3

f30 mm

TS

Knob Operator

TH

Lever Operator

3 4

Designation
5.Voltage
(50-60Hz)

2. Type
R

Round

Square

45 2 Positions

90 2 Positions

45 2 Positions
Spring return from right

45x2 3 Positions

6. Lens Color

3.Shape

4. Positions

5
6
7

7. NO. of
Contacts
Fitted

8. Type of
contact
Block Fitted

45x2 3 Positions
Spring return from right
45x2 3 Positions
Spring return from left
45x2 3 Positions
2-Ways spring return

7 8
Signal
1

Description
110 VAC / 5 VAC

220 VAC / 5 VAC

Red

Green

Orange

White

BL

Blue

1-2

A
B
C

1-2
2-Positions

3-Positions

1a
1b
1a1b

1a 0 1a

The mounting holes of square series are f22 mm /f25 mm available.

OPERATING HEAD DIMENSIONS


T2TSR

T3TSR
Price.

Price.

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

T2THR

T3THR
Price.

Price.

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b


2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

T2TSS

T2THS
Price.
2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

42

Price.
2 Positions 1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
2 Positions
2a2b
3 Positions
1a 0 1a
3 Positions
2a 0 2a

ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH ( WITH22/25/30


TRANSFORMER ) ISO 9002
IEC144 IP 65

ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH (TRANSFORMER) 2-POSITION CONTACT ARRANGEMENT


Type

TC-T1A
1a

Contact

TC-T1B
1b

TC-T1C2
1a1b

TC-T2A
2a

TC-T2B
2b

TC-T2C2
2a2b

Contact Arrangement

ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH (DIRECT POWER) 3-POSITION CONTACT ARRANGEMENT


Type

TC-T1C3
1a 0 1a

Contact

TC-T2C3
2a 0 2a

Contact Arrangement

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON (22/25/30)


This series of bulbs used are same as those for direct types
illuminated push button switch.

Designation

MODEL DESIGNATION

T2 P R 1 R
1

Designation
1. Mounting
Hole

2. Type

3.Shape

4.Voltage

Signal

Description

Signal

Description

110VAC (Neon Bulb)

220VAC (Neon Bulb)

380VAC (Neon Bulb)

440VAC (Neon Bulb)

6VAC (Filament Bulb)

18VAC (Filament Bulb)

24VAC (Filament Bulb)

30VAC (Filament Bulb)

12VAC (Filament Bulb)

Red

Green

Orange

T3

f22 mm / f25 mm
f30 mm

Direct Power

Simple (Screw Terminal in the rear)

White

Simple (Screw Terminal on the side)

BL

Blue

Round

Square

T2

5. Lens Color

()

The upper and lower bases of simple type pilot lamp are one unit and
undetachable.
The mounting holes of square series are f22 mm /f25 mm available.

PILOT LAMP (DIRECT POWER) DIMENSIONS.


T2PR

T3PR

T2LR

T3LR

: LED

43

PILOT LAMP (22/25/30 DIRECT POWER)

ISO 9002
IEC144 IP 65

PILOT LAMP (DIRECT POWER) DIMENSIONS.


T2NR

T3NR

T2PS

T2LS

T2NS

TPS-1

PILOT LAMP (22/25/30 WITH TRANSFORMER) ISO 9002


IEC144 IP 65
This series of pilot lamp are equipped with transformers at the secondary voltage of 5V and TS9-5 (6V) bulb used.

MODEL DESIGNATION

T2 TP R 1 R
1
Designation
1. Mounting
Hole
2. Type
3.Shape

3 4
Signal
T2
T3

Designation

5
Description

4. Voltage
(50-60Hz)

f22 mm / f25 mm
f30 mm

TP

With Transformer

Round

Square

T2TPR

5. Lens Color

Signal
1

Description
110VAC (Neon Bulb) / 5 VAC

220VAC (Neon Bulb) / 5 VAC

Red

Green

Orange

White

BL

Blue

The mounting holes of square series are f22 mm /f25 mm available.

T3TPR

PILOT LAMP DIMENSIONS


T2TPS

LAMP HOLDER BLOCKS (WITH TRANSFORMER)


TPS-2

44

: LED

KEY OPERATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH (22/25/30) ISO 9002


IEC144 IP 65
The contact block of this series of switches is standard.

Designation Signal

Description
1.Key Return Type

MODEL DESIGNATION

T2 KL R 1 1 - 1 C
1
Designation
1. Mounting
Hole
2. Type
3.Shape

3 4

Signal

2) It will become return type push button after being


pressed down when the key is turned right.
2. Key Chain Type

7
2

Description

T3

f22 mm / f25 mm
f30 mm

KL

Long Head

KM

Mushroom Head

T2

Round

Square

1) It can't be pressed down when it's in still.

1) Press it down when it's in still and it'll become


chain type push button.
2) It will return after being pressed down when the
key is turned right.
3. Key Fixing Type

4. Movement
Way

1)It can't be pressed down when it's in still.


3

2) It can be pressed down when the key is turned


right. It will be further fixed after the key is turned
left.
3) It will return when the key is turned right.

1. The mounting holes of square series are f22mm/f25mm available.


2. The symbol for the position where the key is drawn out for key
chain return type is blank.
3. The key switching way is 2-sections.

4. Key Chain Return Type

1) It will become chain type after being pressed


down when the key is in still and will return when
the key is turned right.
2) It will become return push button when the key is
turned right and drawn out.

5. Key
Withdrawable
6. No. of
Contact
Blocks Fitted
7. Type of
Contact
Blocks Fitted

OPERATING HEADS DIMENSIONS


T2KLR

It may be drawn out both in stillness and being


turned right.

It may be drawn out in stillness

1-3

1-3

1A

1B

1A1B

T3KLR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
3a, 3b, 3a3b, 4a,4b
2a2b
4a4b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
3a, 3b, 3a3b, 4a,4b
2a2b
4a4b

T2KMR

T3KMR
Price.

Price.

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
3a, 3b, 3a3b, 4a,4b
2a2b
4a4b

1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
3a, 3b, 3a3b, 4a,4b
2a2b
4a4b

T2KLS

T2KMS
Price.
1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
3a, 3b, 3a3b, 4a,4b
2a2b
4a4b

Price.
1a,1b,1a1b, 2a,2b
3a, 3b, 3a3b, 4a,4b
2a2b
4a4b

45

INSULATED ENCLOSURES (22/25/30)

ISO 9002
IEC144 IP 65

The mounting holes of this series of insulated enclosures are f22 mm/f30 mm. Single-hole insulated enclosures are available in
yellow and gray. All the others are in gray. The upper base and contact block are of exclusive type, which is different from those of
f22/f30 series contact components.
The dimension and type of the upper base are same as those of f22/f30 series control components. The symbol of this type is : by
adding B to the type No. of f22/f30 series control components. For example : T2BFR stands for the upper base of f22 flat-head
round type push button : and T2BFR-B refers to the exclusive upper base of the insulated enclosures.

THE ASSEMBLY OF INSULATED ENCLOSURES AND SWITCH


1) Take apart the upper cover and the lower base of the insulated enclosures.
2) Fix the contact block on the lower base, and the upper base on the upper cover.
(Standard contact block needs underneath packing)
3) Connect the upper cover with the lower base into one kit.
The protection structure for this series of insulated enclosures is IP65 (IEC144)
All the illuminated switches used in the insulated enclosures are direct type.

STANDARD CONTACT BLOCK FOR INSULATED ENCLOSURES


TC-B1A TC-B1B TC-B1C (1NO, 1NC, 1NO+1NC)
TC-B2A TC-B2B (2NO, 2NC)

TC-B2C (2NO+2NC)

ILLUMINATED CONTACT BLOCK FOR INSULATED ENCLOSURES


TC-BI1A TC-BI1B (1NO+1NC)

TC-BI1C TC-BI2A (1NO+1NC, 2 NO)

LAMP HOLDER BLOCKS (FOR INSULATED ENCLOSURES)

()

TPS-3

NO 2TN2B105
T2 TN2

2TN2B105
22B103

INSULATED ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS T2: 22mm T3: 30mm

T2-B1
T3-B1

T2-B2
T3-B2

Mounting Dimensions.

T2-B3
T3-B3

T2-B5
T3-B5

T2 : 22 T3 : 30
Type
T2-B1, T3-B1

46

T2-B4
T3-B4

A
82

B
72

C
63

D
42

E
41

F
-

G
63

H
54

T2-B2, T3-B2

127

72

63

42

41

45

108

54

T2-B3, T3-B3

172

72

63

42

41

45

153

54

T2-B4, T3-B4

217

72

63

42

41

45

198

54

T2-B5, T3-B5

262

72

63

42

41

45

243

54

CONTROL STATIONS

ISO 9002

IEC144 IP 65
The mounting hole of this series of insulated enclosures is f22. The illuminated push button and pilot lamp are all direct type.
The contact of the switches are all 1A1B. The shape is round.
The insulated enclosures of mushroom-head and chain type push button are in yellow or gray. Others in gray.

MODEL DESIGNATION
ONE BUTTON
Designation
1. No.
Of Button

2. Type

B1 - BF R 1 2
2

3 4

Designation

Signal

Description

B1
B2
B3
BF
BL
BM
BK
KM
IF
IL
IM
IK
S2
S3

1 Button
2 Buttons
3 Buttons
Flat Head Push Button
Long Head Push Button
Mushroom Head Push Botton
Push-Lock Push Button
Key Push-Lock Mushroom
Flat Head Illuminated Push Button
Long Head Illuminated Push Button
Mushroom Head Illuminated Push Botton
Push-Lock Illuminated Push Button
Selector Switch (2 Positions)
Selector Switch (3 Positions)

3. Lens Color

4. Name Plate

5. Voltage

Signal
R
G
B
1
2
3
4
5
None
2
7

Description
Red
Green
Black
OFF
ON
EM. STOP
OFF-ON
ON-OFF-ON
Non-Illuminated
220VAC
24V

ONE BUTTON

25mm

30mm

25mm

30mm

25mm

30mm

25mm

30mm

25mm

B1-BFR1

B1-BFG2

B1-BLR1

B1-BLG2

B1-BMR3

B1-IFR1

B1-IFG2

B1-ILR1

B1-ILG2

B1-IMR3

25mm

30mm

30mm

B1-BKR3

B1-IKR3

25mm

30mm

B1-KMR3

25mm

30mm

B1-S2B4

25mm

30mm

B1-S3B5

TWO BUTTONS
B2-BF
B2-IF2
B2-IF7
Type

Name Plate

Buttons

Voltage

B2-BF

ON

OFF 2 Flat Head Push Buttons

B2-IF2

ON

OFF 2 Flat Head Illuminated Push Buttons

220 VAC

B2-IF7

ON

OFF 2 Flat Head Illuminated Push Buttons

24 V

25mm

30mm

47

CONTROL STATIONS

ISO 9002
IEC144 IP 65

THREE BUTTONS

Type

Name Plate

Buttons

25mm

B3-BF ON

OFF ON 3 Flat Head Push Buttons

B3-IF2 ON

OFF ON 3 Flat Head Illuminated Push Buttons

30mm

B3-PF2 220V ON OFF 1 Pilot Lamp 2 Flat Head Illuminated Push Buttons
B3-PF7 24V ON OFF 2 Flat Head Illuminated Push Buttons

B3-BF
B3-IF
B3-PF2
B3-PF7

NAME PLATES (22/25/30)


PLATES FOR ENCLOSURES
TBP

FOR PUSH BUTTON, ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON, PILOT LAMP.


TBP-01

TBP-02

TBP-03

TBP-04

TBP-05

TBP-06

TBP-07

TBP-08

TBP-09

TBP-10

ON

OFF

START

STOP

UP

TBP-11

TBP-12

TBP-13

TBP-14

TBP-15

TBP-16

TBP-17

TBP-18

TBP-19

TBP-20

DOWN*

SOURCE

HAND

AUTO

RUN

FWD

REV

CLOSE

OPEN

FAST

TBP-21

TBP-22

TBP-23

TBP-24

TBP-25

TBP-26

TBP-27

TBP-28

TBP-29

TBP-30

SLOW

RESET

EM.STOP

12V

24V

30V

110V

220V

TBP-31

TBP-32

TBP-33

TBP-34

TBP-35

TBP-36

TBP-37

TBP-38

TBP-54

TBP-55

TBP-56

TBP-57

TBP-58

TBP-59

TBP-60

ON

ON

REV

ON

REV
OFF
FWD

AUTO

OFF

ON
OFF
ON

FOR SELECTOR SWITCH


TBP-51

TBP-52

TBP-53

TBP-61

TBP-62

TBP-63

TBP-64

TBP-65

TBP-66

TBP-67

AUTO
OFF
HAND

START

UP

STOP

DOWN

UP
OFF
DOWN

1
0
2

1
2
3

48

FWD

HAND

NAME PLATES (22/25/30)

ISO 9002

LEGEND PLATES FOR f22/f25/f30 OPERATING DEVICES


( 22) T22P
( 25) T25P
( 30) T30P
FOR PUSH BUTTON, ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON, PILOT LAMP, T22P---, T25P--, T30P-06

07

08

09

10

ON

OFF

START

STOP

UP

11

12

13

DOWN SOURCE HAND

14

15

16

17

AUTO

RUN

FWD

REV

FOR SELECTOR SWITCH, T22P , T25P, T30P


51

52

53

54

DIMENSIONS

TYPE

55

56

OFF ON

ON NO

T22P

f22

31

27

42

T25P

f25

31

27

42

59

60

61

T30P

f30

52

FWD OFF REV

AUTO HAND

AUTO OFF HAND

38.5 32.5

57

58

ON OFF ON FWD REV

62
STOP

START

BUTTON PLATES FOR f22/f25/f30 OPERATING DEVICES


TPP

TPP-01

TPP-02

TPP-03

TPP-04

TPP-05

TPP-06

TPP-07

TPP-08

TPP-09

TPP-10

ON

OFF

START

STOP

UP

TPP-11

TPP-12

TPP-13

TPP-14

TPP-15

TPP-16

TPP-17

TPP-18

TPP-19

TPP-20

DOWN

SOURCE

HAND

AUTO

RUN

FWD

REV

CLOSE

OPEN

FAST

TPP-21

TPP-22

TPP-23

TPP-24

TPP-25

TPP-26

TPP-27

TPP-28

TPP-29

TPP-30

SLOW

RESET

INCH

12V

24V

30V

110V

220V

TPP-31

TPP-32

TPP-33

TPP-34

TPP-35

TPP-36

TPP-37

TPP-38

49

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH


MODEL DESIGNATIONS

15 A 250 VAC UL Approved Micro Switch

TBFM - 25 A R
2

Designation

1. Type

CHARACTERISTICS
2. Mounting Hole

Operating Speed

0.01 mm to 1 m/sec

Operating frequency

Mechanically: 240 operations/min.


Electrically : 20 operations/min.

Contact resistance

15 mW max. (initial)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min. (at 500 V DC)

Service life

Mechanically : 20,000,000 operations/ min


Electrically : 500,000 operations/min.

SPECIFICATIONS
RATINGS
Rated
Voltage
(V)

3. Terminal Type

4. Lens Color

Signal
TBFM
TBLM
TBMM
25
30
B
A
C
R
G
Y
B
W

CONTACT CONFIGURATION

Noninductive load (A)


Inductive load (A)
Inrush
Resistive
Inductive
Lamp load
Motor Load current (A)
Load
load
NC NO NC NO NC NO NC NO NC NO

125 VAC

15

1.5

15

2.5

250 VAC

15

2.5

1.25

15

1.5

500 VAC

1.5

0.75

2.5

1.5

0.75

8 VDC

15

1.5

15

2.5

14 VDC

15

1.5

10

2.5

2.5

30 VDC

6 (2)

1.5

125 VDC

0.4

0.4

0.4

0.05

0.05 0.05

250 VDC

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.03

0.03 0.03

TERMINAL TYPE

30
15
max max

TBFM-25

TBFM-30

TBLM-25

TBLM-30

TBMM-25

50

Description
Flat Head
Long Head
Mushroom Head
25 m/m
30 m/m
Screw Terminal
Solder Terminal
Tab Terminal
Red
Green
Yellow
Black
White

@390.-

TBMM-30

TBKM-25
TBKM-30

TSSM-25B
TSSM-30B

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH


MODEL DESIGNATIONS

Designation

TBF - 25 1 a R
1

3 4

note : TBD, TBMR, TBDR are 30 m/m only.

SPECIFICATIONS
CURRENT RATINGS

1. Type

Signal

Description

TBF

Flat Head

TBL

Long Head

TBM

Mushroom Head

TBW

Rainproof

TBK

Push-Lock

TBKL Push-Lock (Large Head)


TBD

Alternate
Current

AC125V

AC250V

AC500V

AC600V

10 A

6A

3A

2A

Direct
Current

DC125A

DC250A

DC600A

2A

1A

0.4 A

Dielectric Strength : AC220V for duration of one minute.


Insulation Resistance : Over 100 mW @ DC500 V
Temperature Rise :

At Contacts
Less than 30 degrees.

At Terminals
Less than 25 degrees.
(@ Ambient temperature of 40C ,

and a continuous current of 10 amperes)
Contact Resistance : Less than 30 mW
Ambient Temperature Allowable : -20C ~ 60C

Special Duty

TBMR Mushroom Head with Guard Ring


TBDR Special Duty with Guard Ring
2. Mounting Hole
3. No. of Contact
Blocks Fitted

25

25 m/m

30

30 m/m

1~4

1~4

(None) 1a1b (NO-NC)


4. Type of Contact
Blocks Fitted

5. Head Color

1a (NO)

1b (NC)

Red

Green

Yellow

Black

White

CONTACT BLOCK

TBC-1A
TBF-251

TBM-251

TBC-1B

TYPE

1A 1B

25

35

32.5

1A or 1B

25

26

32.5

TBC-1A1B

25 mm

25 mm

TBF-301

30 mm

TBM-301

30 mm

51

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH


1A1B
1A, 1B

TBL-301

30 mm

1A1B

TBR-301

30 mm

1A, 1B

1A1B

TBW-251 25 mm

1A1B
1A, 1B

TBW-301

30 mm

1A1B
1A, 1B

TBK-251 25 mm

1A1B
1A, 1B

TBK-301

30 mm

1A1B
1A, 1B

TBKL-251 25 mm

1A1B

1A, 1B

TBKL-301 30 mm

TBD-301 30 mm

1A1B
1A, 1B

TBMR-301

TBL-251 25 mm

TBR-251

25 mm

TBDR-301 30 mm

52

1A1B

1A, 1B

1A1B
1A, 1B

1A, 1B

1A1B

30 mm

1A, 1B

1A1B

1A, 1B

SELECTOR SWITCH
MODEL DESIGNATIONS

TSS - 25 1 a 2 B
1

3 4

SPECIFICATIONS
CURRENT RATINGS
Alternate
Current
Direct
Current

Designation

AC125V

AC250V

AC500V

AC600V

10A

6A

3A

2A

DC125A

DC250V

DC600V

2A

1A

0.4A

Dielectric Strength : AC220V for duration of one minute.


Insulation Resistance : Over 100 mW @ DC500V
Temperature Rise :

At Contacts
Less than 30 degrees

At Terminals
Less than 25 degrees
(@ Ambient temperature of 40C ,

and a continuous current of 10 amperes)
Contact Resistance : Less than 30 mW
Ambient Temperature Allowable : -20C ~ +60C
TSS-251
25 mm


TSS-251-2 25 mm ON-OFF

TSS-251-3 25 mm ON-OFF-ON

TSSL-251

TKS-251

25 mm

25 mm

1. Type

Signal

Description

TSS

Knob Type Selector Switch

TKS

Key Type Selector Switch

TSSL

Long Knob Selector Switch

25

25 m/m

30

30 m/m

1-4

1-4

(None)

1a1b (NO-NC)

1a (NO)

2. Mounting Hole
3. No. of Contact
Blocks Fitted
4. Type of Contact
Blocks Fitted
5. Positions

1b (NC)

2 Positions

5. Knob Color

3 Positions

Red

Green

Black

TSS-301

TSS-301-2

30 mm

30 mm

ON-OFF

TSS-301-3

30 mm


ON-OFF-ON

1A1B
1A, 1B

TSSL-301

30 mm

1A1B
1A, 1B

TKS-301

1A1B
1A, 1B
1A1B
1A, 1B

30 mm

(Knob Type
Only)

1A1B
1A, 1B
1A1B
1A, 1B

1A1B
1A, 1B

1A1B
1A, 1B

53

PILOT LAMP WITH TRANSFORMER


MODEL DESIGNATIONS

Designation

Signal

Description

TPR

Round Type

TPS

Square Type

TPF

Flat Type

TPL

Large Type

TPR - 25 2 R
2

Classification

Bulb Type

Price

1. Type

25 m/m
TPR Series
TPF Series
TPS Series

E-10

6.3V

0.15 A

E-10

12 V

1W

E-10

24 V

1W

E-10

30 V

1W

E-10

110 V

1W

TPRF

Flash Type (Round)

TPSF

Flash Type (Square)

TPLF

Flash Type (Large)

2. Mounting Hole

25

25 m/m

30

30 m/m

110VAC

220VAC

380VAC

440VAC

6.3 VAC (DC)

18 VAC (DC)

24 VAC (DC)

30 m/m
E-12
TPR Series
TPF Series
TPS Series
TPL Series

18V

0.11 A

E-12

24 V

1W

E-12

30 V

1W

E-12

110V,220V

1W

E-12

380 V

3. Rated Voltage

1W

Dielectric Strength :

AC 220 V for duration of one minute.
Insulation Resistance :

Over 100 megaohm @ DC 500 V

25 mm

220V @ 90.-

TPS-252

25 mm

R, G, Y, W

TPF-252

25 mm

R, G, Y

54

380V

TPR-302

R, G, Y, B, W

30 VAC (DC)
Red

Green

Orange

White

BL

Blue

4. Lens Color

DIMENSIONS
TPR-252

8
R

TPS-302

30 mm

220V @ 135.- 380V


R, G, Y, B, W

30 mm

R, G, Y, W

220V

R, G, Y

220V

220V

TPF-302

Without
Transformer

30 mm

LED @

PILOT LAMP WITH TRANSFORMER


TPRR-252

TPFR-252

TPL-302

25 mm

TPRR-302

TPFR-302

FLASH LAMP
TPSF-302

TPFF-302

TPLF-302

TPRF-302

LED @

55

NEON LAMP
These types of Pilot lamps are direct type, without transformers. AC 110V, AC 220V, AC 380V, AC 440V are
Neon lamps.

Designation

Signal

MODEL DESIGNATIONS

TPNR - 25 2 R
3

TPNR

Round Neon Lamp

TPNF

Flat Neon Lamp

TPNRR

Round Type (With Ring)

TPNFR

Flat Type (With Ring)

TPNS

Square Neon Lamp

TPN-11, TPN-15 SERIES are 110 VAC , 220 VAC only.

TPN

Neon Lamp

1. Type

Description

DIMENSIONS
TPN-082

8 mm (R, Y, G, BL, W)

TPN-122

2. Mounting Hole

12 mm (R, Y, G, BL, W)

3. Rated Voltage

TPN-162

16 mm

(R, Y, G, BL, W)

4. Lens Color

TPNR-252

25 mm (R, Y, B, W, G)

TPNR-302

TPNF-252

25 mm (R, Y, G, BL, W)

56

25

25 m/m

30

30 m/m

11

11 m/m

12

12 m/m

15

15 m/m

16

16 m/m

110VAC

220VAC

380VAC

440VAC

6.8 VAC (DC)

18 VAC (DC)

24 VAC (DC)

30 VAC (DC)

12 VAC (DC)

Red

Green

Orange

White

BL

Blue

30 mm (R, Y, B, W, G)

TPNF-302

30 mm (R, Y, G, BL, W)

LED @

NEON LAMP
TPNRR-252

TPNS-252

TPNRR-302

TPNFR-252

TPN-112

12

TPNS-302

TPNFR-302

TPN-152

15

FLASH LAMP
TSL-25 Mountig Hole 20 x 45 M/M
(R, G, Y, W, BL)

220V, 24V

TSL-36 Mountig Hole 29 x 53 M/M

220V, 24V

(R, G, Y, W, BL)

TSL-36-1 1 Lamp 1
TSL-36-2 2 Lamps 2

LED @

57

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

MODEL DESIGNATION

TIB - 25 2 R
2

Designation

3 4

SPECIFICATIONS
CURRENT RATINGS
Alternate
Current
Direct
Current

1. Type

AC125V

AC250V

AC500V

AC600V

10 A

6A

3A

2A

DC125A

DC250V

DC600V

2A

1A

0.4 A

Dielectric Strength : AC220V for duration of one minute.


Insulation Resistance : Over 100 mW @ DC500V
Temperature Rise :

At Contacts
Less than 30 degrees

At Terminals
Less than 25 degrees
(@ Ambient temperature of 40C ,

and a continuous current of 10 amperes)
Contact Resistance : Less than 30 mW
Ambient Temperature Allowable : -20C ~ +60C

2. Mounting Hole

3. Rated Voltage

4. Lens Color

Signal

Description

TIB

Standard

TIBN

Standard (Neon Lamp)

TIBR

With Ring

TIBNR

With Ring (Neon Lamp)

25

25 m/m

30

30 m/m

110 VAC

220 VAC

380 VAC

440 VAC

6.3 VAC (DC)

18 VAC (DC)

24 VAC (DC)

30 VAC (DC)

Red

Green

Orange

White

Without
Transformer

DIMENSIONS
TIB-252

TIB-302

TIBN-252 1A1B @ 200.- / 1A, 1B

TIBN-302 1A1B @ 220.- / 1A, 1B

(R, G, Y)

(R, G, Y)

(R, G, Y)

(R, G, Y)

TIBR-252

TIBNR-252

1A1B @ 220.- / 1A, 1B

58

TIBR-302

TIBNR-302

1A1B @ 240.- / 1A, 1B

LED @

16m/m ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES


MODEL DESIGNATION

CHARACTERISTICS

TT16 - AI R 4 1 R 1
2

1
Designation

4 5 6

Signal

Contact resistance
Insulation resistance

50 mW max (initial)
100 mW min. (at 500 VDC)
1000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute
between non-continuous terminals
2000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute
between current-carrying part and ground.
Mechanical durability: 10 to 55 Hz
1.5 mm double amplitude
Mechanical durability:
Approx. 500 m/sec2 (approx.50 G's)
Malfunction durability:
Approx. 500 m/sec2 (approx. 50G's)
Operating : - 25C to 55C
Storage : -30C to 80C
45% to 80% RH
Momentary : 2,000,000
Alternate : 250,000
Momentary : 100,000 (1800 operations/hour)
Alternate : 100,000 (1200 operations/hour)

7
Dielectric Strength

Description

1. Mounting Hole TT16 16 m/m Series


2. Type

AI

Illuminated Push Button (Alternate)(LED Lamp)

ML

Illuminated Push Button (Momentary)(LED Lamp)

PL
3.Shape

4. Operator
Protection

5. Voltage

6. Lens Color

Pilot Lamp (LED Lamp)

Round

Square

Rectangular

Shock
Ambient Operating
Temperature
Humidity
Mechanical Life
(min)

IP40

IP65

110 VAC LED Lamp

220 VAC LED Lamp

6 V LED Lamp

24 V LED Lamp

12 V LED Lamp

Red

White

Green

BL

Blue

Yellow

Electrical Life (min)

RATING (CONTACT)

1a1b (1 NO 1 NC)

2a2b (2 NO 2 NC)

7. Contact Blocks

Rated insulation voltage


Rated continuous current (A)
Rated operating current (A)
AC
Voltage
AC13
AC12
110 V
0.7 A
1A
220 V
0.5 A
0.5 A

250 VAC
3A

125 VAC
5A
DC
DC13
0.7 A
0.7 A

Voltage
12 V
24 V

DC12
1A
1A

AC13/DC13 : Inductive load; AC12/DC12 : Resistive load

PANEL CUT-OUT
R.S. Type

Vibration

TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT

L Type
16.2 +- 0.2
0

16.2 +- 0.2
0

Illuminated
Push Button

Push Button
Push-Lock

(TOP)

(TOP)

Pilot Light
(TOP)

18

18

18

24
Lamp
Terminal +

Lamp
Terminal -

Lamp
Terminal +

Lamp
Terminal -

LAMP DESIGNATION
LAMP Type Signal Rated Voltage

LED

TL

6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
110 V AC
220 V AC

Signal

Operating Voltage Rated Current

6
12
24
110
220

6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
110 V AC
220 V AC

26 mA
26 mA
26 mA
1.5 mA
1.5 mA

Color Code
Red
Blue
Green
Orange
White

Signal
R
G
O

Designation

BL
TL - 6 R
W

Designation need to be completed according to signals.

LAMP DIMENSIONS (For TT16)


(LED)

12.5

9.2

TL -

59

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH, PUSH BUTTON SWITCH


IP 40, IP 65 ,

BULB

Type

IP

Description

Contact

TT16-MIR-4

IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-MIR-4

IP44

2NO 2NC

1NO 1NC

TT16-MIR-6

IP65

1NO 1NC

2NO 2NC

TT16-MIR-6

IP65

2NO 2NC

TT16-ALR-4 IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-MLR-4

IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-ALR-4 IP44

2NO 2NC

TT16-MLR-4

IP44

2NO 2NC

TT16-ALR-6 IP65

1NO 1NC

TT16-MLR-6

IP65

1NO 1NC

TT16-ALR-6 IP65

2NO 2NC

TT16-MLR-6

IP65

2NO 2NC

TT16-ANR-4 IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-MNR-4 IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-ANR-4 IP44

2NO 2NC

TT16-MNR-4 IP44

2NO 2NC

TT16-ANR-6 IP65

1NO 1NC

TT16-MNR-6 IP65

1NO 1NC

TT16-ANR-6 IP65

2NO 2NC

TT16-MNR-6 IP65

2NO 2NC

Type

IP

Description

Contact

TT16-AIR-4

IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-AIR-4

IP44

2NO 2NC

TT16-AIR-6

IP65

TT16-AIR-6

IP65

INCAN

LED

NEON

BULB

NEON

60

Price

BULB

INCAN

LED

NEON

Price

Type

IP

Description

Contact

TT16-AIS-4

IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-AIS-4

IP44

2NO 2NC

INCAN

LED

NEW

Price

BULB

Type

IP

Description

Contact

TT16-MIS

IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-MIS

IP44

2NO 2NC

INCAN

TT16-AIS-6

IP65

1NO 1NC

TT16-MIS

IP65

1NO 1NC

TT16-AIS-6

IP65

2NO 2NC

TT16-MIS

IP65

2NO 2NC

TT16-ALS-4 IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-MLS

IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-ALS-4 IP44

2NO 2NC

TT16-MLS

IP44

2NO 2NC

TT16-ALS-6 IP65

1NO 1NC

TT16-MLS

IP65

1NO 1NC

TT16-ALS-6 IP65

2NO 2NC

TT16-MLS

IP65

2NO 2NC

TT16-ANS-4 IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-MNS

IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-ANS-4 IP44

2NO 2NC

TT16-MNS

IP44

2NO 2NC

TT16-ANS-6 IP65

1NO 1NC

TT16-MNS

IP65

1NO 1NC

TT16-ANS-6 IP65

2NO 2NC

TT16-MNS

IP65

2NO 2NC

LED

NEON

Price

ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH, PUSH BUTTON SWITCH


,

NEON

IP

Description

Contact

TT16-MIL

IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-MIL

IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-MIL

IP65

2NO 2NC

TT16-MIL

IP65

2NO 2NC

Description

Contact

TT16-AIL

IP44

1NO 1NC

TT16-AIL

IP44

TT16-AIL

IP65

TT16-AIL

IP65

TT16-ALL

IP44

2NO 2NC

TT16-ALL

IP44

TT16-ALL

IP65

TT16-ALL

IP65

TT16-ANL

IP44

TT16-ANL

IP44

TT16-ANL

IP65

TT16-ANL

IP65

PILOT

NEW
Type

IP

INCAN

LED

Type

BULB

IP 40, IP 65

Price

BULB

1NO 1NC

TT16-MLL

IP44

2NO 2NC

TT16-MLL

IP44

TT16-MLL

IP65

2NO 2NC

TT16-MLL

IP65

1NO 1NC

TT16-MNL

IP44

TT16-MNL

IP44

TT16-MNL

IP65

TT16-MNL

IP65

2NO 2NC

1NO 1NC

2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC

INCAN

LED

NEON

Price

2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC

LAMP )

TT16-PLR

TT16-PLL

TT16-PLS

Type

IP

Description

Contact

TT16-PLR

IP44

LED

1NO 1NC

TT16-plr

IP654

LED

1NO 1NC

Type

IP

Description

Contact

TT16-PLL

IP44

LED

1NO 1NC

TT16-PLL

IP65

LED

1NO 1NC

Type

IP

Description

Contact

TT16-PLS

IP44

LED

1NO 1NC

TT16-PLS

IP65

LED

1NO 1NC

Price

Price

Price

COVER
TT16-FS
Square Cover

TT16-FL
Rectangular Cover

TT16-FR
Round Cover

TT16-TC
Terminal Cover

61

16 m/m SELECTOR SWITCHES / KEY SWITCHES


IP44, IP65

TT16 - KS R 4 B 1 1 1 A
1

MODEL DESIGNATION
Designation
1. Mounting Hole
2. Type

3.Shape

4. Operator
Protection

5. Lens Color

Signal

Description

TN-16 16 m/m Series


SS

Knob Operator

KS

Key Operator

3 4

5 6

7 8

KSR/KSS/KLS only black.

Designation

Signal

7. Type of
Contact
Blocks Fitted

Description
2- Positions

3- Positions

1a1b

2a2b

1a1b

Round

0.1 Key withdrawable

Square

0 Key withdrawable

Rectangular

IP 40

IP 65

Red

Green

8. Key Withdrawable

0.1.2 Key withdrawable

5 3 Positions 0 Key withdrawable


A
9. Key No.

Black

90 2 Positions

90 2 Positions
Spring return from right

90 3 - Positions

90 3 - Positions
Spring return from right

90 3 - Positions
Spring return from left

90 3 - Positions
2-Way s Spring return

6 Positions

3 2 Positions 1 Key withdrawable

331

311

131

KEY WITHDRAWABLE

DIMENSION
TT16-SSR

TT16-KSR

TT16-SSR
TT16-SSR
TT16-SSR
TT16-SSR

IP44
IP44
IP65
IP65

1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC

TT16-SSS

IP44
IP44
IP65
IP65

1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC

IP44
IP44
IP65
IP65

1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC

IP44
IP44
IP65
IP65

1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC

TT16-KSS

TT16-SSS
TT16-SSS
TT16-SSS
TT16-SSS

IP44
IP44
IP65
IP65

1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC

TT16-SSL

TT16-KSS
TT16-KSS
TT16-KSS
TT16-KSS
TT16-KSL

TT16-SSL
TT16-SSL
TT16-SSL
TT16-SSL
62

TT16-KSR
TT16-KSR
TT16-KSR
TT16-KSR

IP44
IP44
IP65
IP65

1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC
1NO 1NC
2NO 2NC

TT16-KSL
TT16-KSL
TT16-KSL
TT16-KSL

1a1b

16 m/m PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES


IP44, IP65

TT16 - AB R 4 R 1
1

MODEL DESIGNATION
Designation Signal
Description
1. Mounting Hole TT16 16 m/m Series
AB Push Button (Alternate)
MB Push Button (Momentary)
2. Type
MM Push Button (Momentary)(Mushroom Head)
BK Push-lock Turn-reset)
BKL Push-lock Turn-reset) (Mushroom Head)
R
Round
S
Square
3.Shape
L
Rectangular
4
IP40
4. Operator
6
IP65
Protection
R
Red
G
Green
O
Orange
5. Lens Color
W
White
BL
Blue
B
Black
1
1a1b
6. Contact Blocks
2
2a2b

5 6

CHARACTERISTICS
Contact resistance

50 mW max (initial)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min. (at 500 VDC)


1000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute
between non-continuous terminals
2000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute
current-carrying part and ground.
Mechanical durability: 10 to 55 Hz
1.5 mm double amplitude
Mechanical durability:
Approx. 500 m/sec2 (approx.50 G's)
Malfunction durability:
Approx. 500 m/sec2 (approx. 50G's)
Operating : - 25C to 55C
Storage : -30C to 80C
45% to 80% RH

Dielectric Strength

Vibration

Shock
Ambient Operating
Temperature
Humidity
Mechanical Life
(min)
Electrical Life
(min)

Momentary : 2,000,000
Alternate/BKR : 250,000
Momentary : 100,000 (1800 operations/hour)
Alternate/BKR : 100,000 (1200 operations/hour)

BK/BKL only Round and Red..

DIMENSION
TT16-ABR/MBR

Type
IP Contact Price
TT16-ABR
TT16-ABR IP44 1NO 1NC
TT16-ABR IP44 2NO 2NC
TT16-ABR IP65 1NO 1NC
TT16-ABR IP65 2NO 2NC

TT16-ABS/MBS

TT16-MBS
TT16-MBS IP44 1NO 1NC
TT16-MBS IP44 2NO 2NC
TT16-MBS IP65 1NO 1NC
TT16-MBS IP65 2NO 2NC

TT16-MBR
TT16-MBR IP44 1NO 1NC
TT16-MBR IP44 2NO 2NC
TT16-MBR IP65 1NO 1NC
TT16-MBR IP65 2NO 2NC
TT16-ABL/MBL

Type
IP Contact Price
TT16-ABL
TT16-ABL IP44 1NO 1NC
TT16-ABL IP44 2NO 2NC
TT16-ABL IP65 1NO 1NC
TT16-ABL IP65 2NO 2NC

TT16-AMR/MMR

Type
IP Contact Price
TT16-AMR
TT16-AMR IP44 1NO 1NC
TT16-AMR IP44 2NO 2NC
TT16-AMR IP65 1NO 1NC
TT16-AMR IP65 2NO 2NC
TT16-MMR
TT16-MMR IP44 1NO 1NC
TT16-MMR IP44 2NO 2NC
TT16-MMR IP65 1NO 1NC
TT16-MMR IP65 2NO 2NC

TT16-MBL
TT16-MBL IP44 1NO 1NC
TT16-MBL IP44 2NO 2NC
TT16-MBL IP65 1NO 1NC
TT16-MBL IP65 2NO 2NC
TT16-BKR

Type
IP Contact Price
TT16-ABS
TT16-ABS IP44 1NO 1NC
TT16-ABS IP44 2NO 2NC
TT16-ABS IP65 1NO 1NC
TT16-ABS IP65 2NO 2NC

TT16-BKLR
Type
IP Contact Price
TT16-BKR
TT16-BKR IP44 1NO 1NC
TT16-BKR IP44 2NO 2NC
TT16-BKR IP65 1NO 1NC
TT16-BKR IP65 2NO 2NC

Type
IP Contact Price
TT16-BKLR
TT16-BKLR IP44 1NO 1NC
TT16-BKLR IP44 2NO 2NC
TT16-BKLR IP65 1NO 1NC
TT16-BKLR IP65 2NO 2NC

63

16m/m ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES


MODEL DESIGNATION

T16 - I R 1 R 1
1

2 3 4

5 6

Designation

Signal

1. Mounting
Hole

2. Type

3.Shape

4. Voltage

5. Lens Color

CHARACTERISTICS
Contact resistance

15 mW max

6. Contact
Blocks

Insulation resistance 100 mW min (at 500 VDC)


Dielectric Strength

95% RH max.

Operation Force

150 g

Service life

Mechanically : 1,000, 000 Operations min.


Electrically : 100, 000 Operations min.
10 gr (1a1b)

24V DC

15 gr (4a4b)

12V DC

Illuminated Push Button (Alternate)

Illuminated Push Button (Momentary)

Pilot Lamp

Key Switch

Switch Guard

Sealing Cap

Round

Square

Rectangular

110 V AC

220 V AC

6V

18 V

24 V

28 V

12 V

Red

Green

Orange

White

BL

Blue

1a1b (1 NO 1 NC)

2a2b (2 NO 2 NC)

3a3b (3NO 3 NC)

4a4b (4 NO 4 NC)

Resistive
Load

Inductive

Contact

Length

125V AC

4A

3A

1a1b

41.5 mm

250V AC

4A

3A

2a2b

49.5 mm

1A

0.7A

3a3b

57.5 mm

0.2A

0.05A

4a4b

65.5 mm

Rated Voltage

PANEL MOUNTING

64

16 m/m Series

RATING

Humidity

(R, S TYPE)

Description

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute

Ambient Temperature Operating : - 20C ~ 80C

Weight

T16

ISO 9002

(L TYPE)

16m/m ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES

T16-IR ()
T16-BR ()

T16-IS ()
T16-BS ()

T16-IL ()
T16-BL ()

1a1b
3a3b
1a1b
3a3b

2a2b
4a4b
2a2b
4a4b

T16-PR

24V
220V

1a1b
3a3b
1a1b
3a3b

2a2b
4a4b
2a2b
4a4b

T16-PS

24V
220V

1a1b
3a3b
1a1b
3a3b

2a2b
4a4b
2a2b
4a4b

T16-PL

24V
220V

T16-KR

T16-GL

T16-KL

T16-WL

MINIATURE TELEPHONE BULB


T-4.5

ISO 9002

Voltage
v
6
12
18
24
28
110V
220V

Wattage
w
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.3

TIGHTENING TOOL FOR FIXING LAMP

Diameter
mm

Length
mm

4.2 0.2

+0.5
16.5 -1

T16-A

65

16m/m GENERAL INFORMATION


FEATURES
TN16 series are highly modular detachable swithes.
Including upper base, contact block holder and contact
block. When disassembling, press the contact block
holder in the direction of arrow with Push by manual or a flat _ screwdriver to disassemble contact
block assembly from upper base. To disassemble contact block from contact block holder, insert the screwdriver in the groove between contact block and contact
block holder, then twist it.

When Assembling the contact block and contact block


holder, aiming the rectangular spot on the contact block
to the rectangular fixing hole on the contact block holder,
then push in Aiming the white pin of the contact block
assembly to the slot of white pin located on the upper base
to assemble the switch.

Mounting method

The lamp terminal for pilot lamp and illuminated push


button switch is in the middle position which is 90
degrees from other terminals.

Method of replacing color lens, insert a flat _ screwdrive into the groove of the lens twist it.

The legend plate can be removed by detaching the lens,


and replace the legend plate you need.

THE SPACE OF MOUNTING HOLES (MM)


(Round, square) pilot lamp, illuminated push button
Switch

(Rectangular) pilot lamp, illuminated push button Switch


(Square) protection cover.

(Round, square rectangular) selector, key switch (Round,


square) waterproof cap, (Rectangular) protection cover
Mushroom head, push-lock push button Switch

Recangular waterproof cap

66

16m/m ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES / PILOT LAMPS


MODEL DESIGNATION

TN16 - AN R 4 1 R 1 P
1

Designation

Signal

3 4

5 6

7 8

Description

1. Mounting Hole TN16 16 m/m Series

Designation

Signal

4. Operator
Protection

Description

IP 40

IP 65

110 V AC

220 V AC

380 V AC

6V

AI

Illuminated Push Button (Alternate) (Incandescent Lamp)

AL

Illuminated Push Button (Alternate)


(LED Lamp)

AN

Illuminated Push Button (Alternate)


(Neon Lamp)

24 V

MI

Illuminated Push Button (Momentary)


(Incandescent Lamp)

28 V

12 V

ML

Illuminated Push Button (Momentary)


(LED Lamp)

Red

Illuminated Push Button (Momentary)


(Neon Lamp)

Green

MN

2. Type

PI

Pilot Lamp (Incandescent Lamp)

PL

Pilot Lamp (LED Lamp)

PN

Pilot Lamp (NeonLamp)

3.Shape

Round

Square

Rectangural

5. Voltage

6. Lens Color

7. Contact Blocks

Yellow

Orange

White

BL

Blue

1a1b

2a2b

3a3b

None Solder / Plug-in

8. Terminal

PC Board

AL/ML/PL use DC voltage; AN/MN/PN use AC voltage

CHARACTERISTICS
Contact resistance

50 mW max (initial)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min (at 500 VDC)

Dielectric Strength

1000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between


non-continuous terminals 2000 VAC, 50/60
Hz for 1 minute between current-carrying
part and ground.

Vibration

Mechanical durability: 10 to 55 Hz
1.5 mm double amplitude

Shock

Mechanical durability:
Approx. 500 m/sec2 (approx.50 G's)
Malfunction durability:
Approx. 500 m/sec2 (approx. 50G's)

Ambient Temperature

Operating : - 25C -55C Storage : -30C


to 80C

Humidity

45% to 80% RH max.

RATING (CONTACT)
Pated insulation voltage

250 V AC/DC

Pated continuous current (A)

5A

Pated operating current (A)


AC

DC

Voltage

AC13

AC12

Voltage

DC13

DC12

110V

1.0

1.5

24V

0.7

220V

0.7

1.0

110V

0.15

0.2

AC13/DC13 : Inductive load : AC12/DC12 : Resistive load

CONTACT CONFIGURATION

Mechanical Life (min) Momentary : 2,000,000 Alternate : 250,000


Electrical Life (min)

Momentary : 100,000 (1800 operations/


hour) Alternate : 100,000 (1200 operations/
hour)

67

16m/m ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES / PILOT LAMPS


DIMENSIONS
TN16-AIR /ALR /ANR
TN16-MIR /MLR /MNR

TN16-PIR /PLR /PNR

(1NO + 1NC)

TN16-AIS /ALS /ANS


TN16-MIS /MLS /MNS

TN16-PIS /PLS /PNS

(1NO + 1NC)

TN16-AIL /ALL /ANL


TN16-MIL /MLL /MNL

TN16-PIL /PLL /PNL

(1NO + 1NC)

LAMP DESIGNATION * : TN16-...L , ,


LAMP Type Signal Rated Voltage
Incandescent

LED

Signal

Operating Voltage Rated Current

Designation

None

None

I - 6

Red Orange

R O

6V AC/DC

110 mA

14V AC/DC

14

12V AC/DC

50 mA

28 V AC/DC

28

24/28 V AC/DC

25 mA

6V DC

6V DC

26 mA

12V DC

12

12V DC

26 mA

Green

Blue

G BL

24V DC

24

24V DC

26 mA

Yellow White

Y W

Red
Green

R
G

110 V AC

110

110 V AC

1.5 mA

220

220 V AC

1.5 mA

380 V AC
380
380 V AC
Designation need to be completed according to signals.

1.5 mA

Signal

6.3V AC/DC

220 V AC

Neon

Color Code

L -6 R

N - 110 R

LAMP DIMENSIONS (T1 3/4 BASE)


Incandescent

Neon

: IP40 Contact 3a3b (3NO+3NC); Contact 1NO+1NC TN16-C TN16-CP


68

16m/m PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES


MODEL DESIGNATION

TN16 - AB R 4 R 1 P
2

3 4

5 6

Designation Signal
1. Mounting
Hole

CHARACTERISTICS

Description

TN-16 16 m/m Series

2. Type

3.Shape
4. Operator
Protection

5. Lens Color

6. Contact
Blocks
7. Terminal

AB

Push Button (Alternate)

MB

Push Button (Momentary)

AM

Push Button (Alternate) (Mushroom Head)

MM

Push Button (Momentary) (Mushroom Head)

BK

Push-Lock Turn-reset

Round

Square

Rectangular

IP 40

IP 65

Red

Green

Yellow

Orange

White

BL

Blue

Black

1a1b

2a2b

3a3b

50 mW max (initial)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min (at 500 VDC)

Dielectric Strength

1000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between


non-continuous terminals 2000 VAC, 50/60
Hz for 1 minute between current-carrying
part and ground.

Vibration

Mechanical durability: 10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm


double amplitude

Shock

Mechanical durability: Approx. 500 m/sec2


(approx.50 G's) Malfunction durability:
Approx. 500 m/sec2 (approx. 50G's)

Ambient Temperature

Operating : - 25C to 55C


Storage : -30C to 80C

Humidity

45% to 80% RH max.

Mechanical Life (min) Momentary : 2,000,000 Alternate : 250,000


Electrical Life (min)

Momentary : 100,000 (1800 operations/


hour) Alternate : 100,000 (1200 operations/
hour)

DIMENSIONS

None Solder / Plug-in


P

Contact resistance

TN16-ABR
TN16-MBR

(1NO + 1NC)

TN16-ABS
TN16-MBS

(1NO + 1NC)

TN16-ABL
TN16-MBL

(1NO + 1NC)

PC Board

AM/MM/BK Types only available in round shape.


AM/MM Types available in Red, Yellow, Green, Black Colors.
BK Type available in Red colors

TN16-AMR
TN16-MMR

TN16-BKR

(1NO + 1NC)

: IP40 Contact 3a3b (3NO+3NC); Contact 1NO+1NC TN16-C TN16-CP


69

16 m/m SELECTOR SWITCHES / KEY SWITCHES


MODEL DESIGNATION

TN16 - KS R 4 B 1 1 1 A P
2

3 4

Designation Signal
1. Mounting
Hole
2. Type

3.Shape

4. Operator
Protection

5. Lens Color

5 6

7 8

9 10

Description

Designation

Signal

Description

90 3 - Positions

90 3 - Positions
Spring return from right

90 3 - Positions
Spring return from left

90 3 - Positions
2-Way s Spring return

TN-16 16 m/m Series


SS

Knob Operator

KS

Key Operator

Round

Square

Rectangular

IP 40

IP 65

Red

Green

Black

6 Positions

7. Type of
Contact
Blocks
Fitted

90 2 Positions

90 2 Positions Spring return from right

180 3 - Positions

150 3 - Positions Spring return from right

150 3 - Positions Spring return from left

150 3 - Positions 2-Ways Spring return

CHARACTERICS
Contact resistance

50 mW max (initial)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min (at 500 VDC)

Dielectric Strength

1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between


non-continuous terminals 2000 VAC, 50/60
Hz for 1 minute between current-carrying
part and ground.

Vibration

Mechanical durability: 10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm


double amplitude

Shock

Mechanical durability: Approx. 500 m/sec2


(approx.50 G's) Malfunction durability:
Approx. 500 m/sec2 (approx. 50G's)

3- Positions

1a1b

2a2b

1a1b

3a3b

1a1b 1a1b 1a1b

3
1

Humidity

Operating : - 25C to 55C


Storage : -30C to 80C
45% to 80% RH max.

Mechanical Life (min) 250,000 operations


Electrical Life (min)

70

100,000 operations

1a1b

0.1 Key withdrawable

5 3 Positions 0 Key withdrawable

9. Key No.

2132

3123

2231

3133

2313

3213

2331

3231

3131

3331

10. Terminal

None

Solder / Plug-in

PC Board

KEY WITHDRAWABLE
2 Positions

3 Positions

2 Positions
1

Key Withdrawable
Positions
1
2

3 Positions
4

Key Withdrawable
Positions
3

4
Ambient Temperature

2
0 Key withdrawable
8. Key With3 2 Positions 1 Key withdrawable
drawable
4
0.1.2 Key withdrawable

6 Positions

KSR/KSS/KSL Type only available in black colors.

2- Positions
1

0
KEY WITHDRAWABLE

16 m/m SELECTOR SWITCHES / KEY SWITCHES


CONTACT BLOCK POSITIONS
View from back

Contact arrangement and operator positions:


2-Positions selector switch / Key switch
Contact
arrangement

1 NO + 1 NC
(1a1b)

2 NO + 2 NC
(2a2b)

3NO + 3 NC
(3a3b)

21
13

22
14

21
13
21
13

22
14
22
14

21
13
21
13
21
13

22
14
22
14
22
14

22
14

21
13
21
13

22
14
22
14

21
13
21
13
21
13

22
14
22
14
22
14

Left

Operator
Position Right
21
13

The operating angle range can be changed as shown


below by setting the attached flange shifted by 45 in
combination with the contact block. In this case, the
minimum mounting pitch is 26 mm because the contact
block is shifted by 45 from the flange.

3-Positions selector switch / Key switch


Contact
arrangement
Left

2 NO + 2 NC
(2a2b)
U

3NO + 3 NC
(3a3b)

21
13

22 21
14 13

22 21
14 13

22 21
14 13

22 21
14 13

22
14

Operator Center 21
13
Position

22 21
14 13

22 21
14 13

22 21
14 13

22 21
14 13

22
14

Right 21

22 21
14 13

22 21
14 13

22 21
14 13

22 21
14 13

22
14

13

DIMENSIONS
TN16-SSR

(1NO + 1NC)

TN16-KSR

(1NO + 1NC)

TN16-SSS

(1NO + 1NC)

TN16-KSS (1NO + 1NC)

TN16-SSL

(1NO + 1NC)

TN16-KSL (1NO + 1NC)

: IP40 Contact 3a3b (3NO+3NC); Contact 1NO+1NC TN16-C TN16-CP


71

16 m/m SERIES ACCESSORIES


DIMENSIONS
Lamp Changer And Wrench
TN16-A

TN16-Terminal Cover
TN16-TC

TN16-Round/Square Protection Cover


TN16-GS

Rectangular Protection Cover


TN16-GL

Round Head Dust-Tight Cover


TN16-WR

Square Head Dust-Tight Cover


TN16-WS

Rectangular Head Dust-Tight Cover


TN16-WL

Blanking Plug
TN16-BP

72

16 m/m SERIES ACCESSORIES


Features

Model

Type

Designation
Item

Contact Blocks
Assembly

1. Contact Blocks
Holder

TN16-A B 1 P
Please choose Signal
for
2. Contact Blocks Fitted
(View -From back)
3 Type of Contact
Holder

Signal

Designation

Contact Blocks Holder


or Push Button

Contact Blocks Holder


for Illuminated Button

Contact Blocks Holder


for SS, KS, BK

1a1b (1NO+1NC)

2a2b (2NO+2NC)

3a3b (3NO+3NC)

None

Solder / Plug-in

PC Board Terminal

Contact Blocks Holder


for Push Button

Contact Blocks Holder


for Illuminated Push Button

Contact Blocks Holder


for SS, KS, BK

None

Solder / Plug-in

PC Board

TN16-BB

TN16-BI
TN16-A B B
Contact Blocks
Holder

Please choose Signal


for

Contact Blocks Holder

TN16-BS

TN16-C

TN16-C P
TN16-CP

Contact Blocks

Block

Please choose Signal


for

Contact Blocks

TN16-D

73

PHOTO-ELECTRIC SWITCH
FEATURES
Small volume, easy mounting, secret and waterproof.
Operation-stabilizing indicator lamp makes it easy to adjust
Optimum optical axis.
All AC Series are equipped with sensitivity adjusters.
Built-in amplifier may switch 100mA loads.
Good noise immunity.
PC case is heat-and strike-resistant; glass lens heat-and
chemical (acid/aliikali - resistant.)
DC series separate types are characterized by swift output.
and short-circuit protecting circuit. In case of overloading,
output will go off automatically and then switching to
normal operation.

NOTES

More than two AC series photo-electric switches usually


can not be employed in direct series or parallel connection.
If such arrangement is necessary, use of series or parallelconnected switches through relay, to drive the load is recommended.

As AC Series and DC reflection types do not have protective facilities, so be sure to route the switch cables separate
from the power lines so that no short-circuit will occur.

TYPE
DC TYPE

12-24 V DC 10%

Rated Voltage

Retroreflective Type

Separate Type

Diffuse Reflection Type

Method of Detection
Detecting distance

8m

15 m

2m

5m

30 cm
Horizontal

Vertical

70 cm

Horizontal

Vertical

Horizontal

Vertical

Horizontal

Vertical

Horizontal

Vertical

Horizontal

Vertical

TOS-8HN

TOS-8VN

TOS-15HN

TOS-15VN

TOS-R2HN

TOS-R2VN

TOS-R5HN

TOS-R5VN

TOS-D30HN TOS-D30VN TOS-D70HN TOS-D70VN

TOS-8VP

TOS-15HP

TOS-15VP

TOS-R2HP

TOS-R2VP

TOS-R5HP

TOS-R5VP

TOS-D30HP

Mounting Direction
Output
Type

NPN
PNP

TOS-D30VP

TOS-D70HP

TOS-D70VP

AC TYPE
100VAC - 220VAC 10%

Rated Voltage

Retroreflective Type

Separate Type

Diffuse ReflectionType

Method of Detection
Detecting distance

8m

15 m

2m

5m

30 cm

Horizontal

Vertical

Horizontal

Vertical

Horizontal

Vertical

Horizontal

Vertical

TOS-5HA

TOS-5VA

TOS-15HA

TOS-15VA

TOS-R2HA

TOS-R2VA

TOS-R5HA

TOS-R5VA

Horizontal

Vertical

70 cm
Horizontal

Vertical

Mounting Direction
Ditto as AC Type

TOS-D30VA TOS-D30VA TOS-D70HA TOS-D70VA

SPECIFICATIONS
TYPE

DC Series

ITEM

Power Consumption

AC Series

10 mA max.

4 mA max

Detectable Object

Opaque materials (20 mm max)

Directional Angle

3 - 10

Operating State
External
Interference Light
Response time
Operating Indicator
Current Output
Light

NPN : DARK ON

PNP: LIGHT ON

Sunlight

SCR: DARK ON

(20,000 lux. max)

Incan Lamp

(10,000 lux. max)


5 m sec. Max.

25 m sec.max

Light is incident (red), Stable Range Indication (green)


100 mA
Interfared

Ambient Temperature
Humidity
Cable Length

74

Operating : -25 to 55C : Storage : -40 to 70C


Operating : 45 to 85% RH : Storage : 35 to 95% RH
2m

PHOTO-ELECTRIC SWITCH
OUTPUT STAGE CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
DC NPN

CONNECTIONS
DC NPN

AC

SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT

TOS-5HA
TOS-8H , TOS-15H
TOS-R2H , TOS-R5H
TOS-D30H , TOS-D70V

TOS-5HA
TOS-8HN
TOS-8HP

TOS- 8 VN
TOS- 8 VP

TOS-R1

75

PHOTO-ELECTRIC SWITCH
Permits Direct Connection Commercial Power Sources
FEATURES
Easy optical axis adjustment.
Long life
Wide applications for low automation as

Exit / entrance sensor

instrusion detector in security system

conveyor line controller

TOA-5
TOA-5-10
TOA-5-15

TOA-3

SPECIFICATIONS
Item

Type

TOA-3

TOA-5

TOA-5-10

TOA-5-15

AC 110/220 V 10% 50/60 Hz

Rate Voltage
Power consumption

Light source : 2 VA
Receiver : 4 VA

Detecting distance

3 m max.

Light source : 1 VA
Receiver : 2 VA
5 m max.

Minimum width of Detectable object

10 m max.

15 m max.

35 mm min.

Detectable object

Opaque object
5

Directional angle
Response time

3 ~ 12

10 ms max.

30 ms max.

Control output

220 V AC, 1.5A (resistive load)

Ambient Temperature

Operating : - 10 to +10C

Humidity

45 ~ 85% RH

External Inter-ference Light

400 lx.max.

1,000 lx.max.

CHARACTERICS
Item

Type

TOA-3

TOA-5

Insulation resistance

20 m min. (at 500 VDC)

Dietectric strength
Vibration
Shock
Service life
Weight

76

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute


Mechanical durability 10 to 30 Hz : 0.75 mm double

Mechanical durability 10 to 30 Hz : 1.5 mm double

amplitude.

amplitude.

100 m/sec2 (approx. 10G's)

500 m/sec2 (approx. 50G's)

Machanically : 5,000,000 operations min. Electric : 100,000 operations min. (under max.permissible load)
Approx / 550 g

Approx / 750 g

PROXIMITY SWITCH
Cylindrical spiral type proximity switch
with built-in amplifier and operation
indicator.
FEATURES
Wide operating voltage range of 10 to 30 VDC.
May drive 100 mA loads directly
Equipped with protecting facilities. (Voltage,
current) surge absorber circuit.
With operation indicator
AC swithcing type include 2-wire and 3-wire
types.

TYPE
DC SWITCH TYPE
TYPE

AC SWITCH TYPE

NPN

TP-R2N

TP-R5N

TP-R10N

TYPE

TP-R2A

TP-R5A

TP-R10A

PNP

TP-R2P

TP-R5P

TP-R10P

O.D.

M12

M18

M30

Detecting Distance

2m

5m

10 m

O.D.

M12

M18

M30

Detecting Distance

2 mm

5 mm

10 mm

SPECIFICATIONS
DC SWITCHING TYPE
Item

Type

TP-R2

TP-R5

Input Power

10-30 V DC

Current Consumption

10 mA max.

Load Current

TP-R10

10 mA at 12 VDC, 200 mA at 24 VDC

Response Frequency

800 Hz

500 Hz

Voltage Output Decrease

0.7 V max.

Ambient Temperature

-20 ~ +70C

Humidity

300 Hz

35 ~ 95% RH

Standard Dectectable Object

Iron 12 x 12 x 1t mm

Cable Length

Iron 18 x 18 x 1t mm

Iron 30 x 30 x 1t mm

2m

AC SWITCHING TYPE
Item

Type

TP-R2A

Input Power

TP-R5A
90V - 250 V AC

Current Consumption

4 mA

Load

2-wire

10 ~ 10 mA

Current

3-wire

0 ~ 200 mA

Response

2-wire

15 Hz

Frequency

3-wire

25 Hz

Voltage Output Decrease

4V

Ambient Temperature

-20 ~ +70C

Humidity

35 ~ 95% RH

Standard Dectectable Object


Cable Length

TP-R10A

Iron 12 x 12 x 1t mm

Iron 18 x 18 x 1t mm

Iron 30 x 30 x 1t mm

2m

77

PROXIMITY SWITCH
CYLINDRICAL SPIRAL TYPE PROXIMITY SWITCH
FEATURES
Wide operating voltage range : 3 wire 10 to 30 VDC
and 2 wire 90 to 250 VAC.
With operation indicator LED.
May drive 150 mA loads directly.
DC type with reverse-polarity proof.
DC R5, R10, RL8, RL15, type with short circuit and
over load proof.
The lowest residual voltage.
AC type are O-cross SCR output, operating stable.

DC TYPE
Outside Diameter

M12

Type

M18

M30

Shielded

Non-Shielded

Shielded

Non-Shielded

Shielded

Non-Shielded

2 mm

4 mm

5 mm

8 mm

10 mm

15 mm

NPN

TP-R2N1

TP-RL4N1

TP-R5N1

TP-RL8N1

TP-R10N1

TP-RL15N1

PNP

TP-R2P1

TP-RL4P1

TP-R5P1

TP-RL8P1

TP-R10P1

TP-RL15P1

NPN

TP-R2N2

TP-RL4N2

TP-R5N2

TP-RL8N2

TP-R10N2

TP-RL15N2

PNP

TP-R2P2

TP-RL4P2

TP-R5P2

TP-RL8P2

TP-R10P2

TP-RL15P2

IRON
12 x 12 x 1t

IRON
18 x 18 x 1t

IRON
18 x 18 x 1t

IRON
30 x 30 x 1t

IRON
30 x 30 x 1t

IRON
54 x 54 x 1t

1.5 kHz

400 Hz

600 Hz

200 Hz

400 Hz

100 Hz

Detecting distance

NO
Type
NC

Standard detectable object (mm)


Response frequency

AC TYPE
Outside Diameter

M18

Type

M30

Shielded

Non-Shielded

Shielded

Non-Shielded

5 mm

8 mm

10 mm

15 mm

NO

TP-R5A1

TP-RL8A1

TP-R10A1

TP-RL15A1

NC

TP-R5A2

TP-RL8A2

TP-R10A2

TP-RL15A2

IRON
18 x 18 x 1t

IRON
30 x 30 x 1t

IRON
30 x 30 x 1t

IRON
54 x 54 x 1t

Detecting distance

Type SCR

Standard detectable object (mm)


Response frequency

78

25 Hz

PROXIMITY SWITCH
HINTS ON CORRECT USE
Influence of Surrounding Metals

Mutual Interference

When mounting a proximity switch flush with a metallic


panel, be sure to provide a minimum distance as shown in
Table 1 below to prevent the switch from being affected
by metal objects other than the object to be detected.

Be sure to space the two switches at a distance greater


than that shown in Table 2, to prevent mutual interference.

Table 1 : Influence of Surrounding Metal (Unit : mm)

Table 2 : Mutual Interference (Unit : mm)

Item / Type

TP-R2 (A)

TP-R5 (A)

TP-R10 (A)

Item / Type

TP-R2 (A)

TP-R5 (A)

TP-R10 (A)

30

50

100

12

18

30

15

35

60

20

40

18

27

45

TP - R TP - RL DIMENSIONS (mm)

TP-R2N1, 2
TP-R2P1, 2
TPRL4N1, 2
TPRL4P1, 2

TP-R10N1, 2
TP-R10P1, 2
TP-RL15N1, 2
TP-RL15P1, 2

TP-R10A1, 2
TP-RL15A1, 2

TP-R5N1, 2
TP-R5P1, 2
TP-RL8N1, 2
TP-RL8P1, 2

TP-R5A1, 2
TP-RL8A1, 2

MOUNTING HOLES
TP-R2 A

TP-R5 A

TP-R10 A

79

PROXIMITY SWITCH
SQUARE TYPE PROXIMITY SWITCH

FEATURES
Economic price.
Wide operating voltage range : 3 wires 10 to 30 VDC and 2 wires 90 to 250 VAC.
With operation indicator LED.
May drive 150 mA loads directly.
DC type with reverse-polarity proof.
DC S5, S10, S20, type with short circuit and overload proof.
The lowest residual voltage.
AC type are O-cross SCR output, operating stable.

DC TYPE
ITEM

DC TYPE

AC TYPE

NPN

TP-SN5N1

TP-S5N1

TP-S10N1

TP-S20N1

PNP

TP-SN5P1

TP-S5P1

TP-S10P1

TP-S20P1

NPN

TP-SN5N2

TP-S5N2

TP-S10N2

TP-S20N2

PNP

TP-SN5P2

TP-S5P2

TP-S10P2

5 mm

7 mm

10 mm

TP-S5A1
(SCR)

TP-S10A1
(SCR)

TP-S20A1
(SCR)

TP-S20P2

TP-S5A1
(SCR)

TP-S10A2
(SCR)

TP-S520A2
(SCR)

20 mm

7 mm

10 mm

20 mm

IRON
25 x 25 x 1t

IRON
30 x 30 x 1t

IRON
40 x 40 x 1t

NO
Type
NC

Detecting distance
Standard detectable object (mm)
Response frequency

IRON
IRON
IRON
IRON
18 x 18 x 1t 25 x 25 x 1t 30 x 30 x 1t 40 x 40 x 1t
1 kHz

800 Hz

500 Hz

200 Hz

20 Hz

Rated voltage

10 - 30 VDC

90 - 250 VAC

Current sumption

15 mA max.

2 mA max.

Load current

150 mA max.

3 - 200 mA

1.5 V max.

7 V max.

Residual voltage
Ambient temperature

Operating : -20 ~ 70C

The variation due to the variation


of operating voltage

DC Type : 2.5%
AC Type : 1%

The variation due to the variation


of ammbient temperature

From -20 ~ 70C : 10%

Enclosure rating
Cable length

80

IP 67
2M

PROXIMITY SWITCH
Fix bracket (mm)

TP - S DIMENSIONS (mm)
TP-SM5N1, 2
TP-SM5P1, 2

(N1 = NO, N2 = NC)


(P1 = NO, P2 = NC)

TP-S5N1, 2
TP-S5P1, 2
TP-S5A1, 2

(N1 = NO, N2 = NC)


(P1 = NO, P2 = NC)
(A1 = NO, A2 = NC)

TP-S10N1, 2
TP-S10P1, 2
TP-S10A1, 2

(N1 = NO, N2 = NC)


(P1 = NO, P2 = NC)
(A1 = NO, A2 = NC)

TP-S20N1, 2
TP-S20P1, 2
TP-S20A1, 2

(N1 = NO, N2 = NC)


(P1 = NO, P2 = NC)
(A1 = NO, A2 = NC)

81

MINI MICRO SWITCH


MODEL DESIGNATION

TMV 10 2
1

MOUNTING HOLES

-C
3

SPECIFICATIONS
RATINGS
Item

Inrush
Rated Noninductive load (A) Noninductive load (A)
voltage Resistive load Lamp Load Inductive load Motor load Current (A)
(V)

Type

NC NO NC NO NC NO NC NO NC NO

CONTACT CONFIGURATION

COM

Rating

Rating

10

1.5

8 VDC

10

10A 30 VDC

125 VDC

0.6

0.1

0.6

0.1

250 VDC

0.3

0.005

0.3

0.05

250 VAC

16

10

8 VDC

16

10

16A 30 VDC

10

10

125 VDC

0.6

0.1

0.6

0.1

250 VDC

0.3

0.05

0.3

0.05

TMV102-C/D TMV162-C/D TMV212-C/D


TMV102S-C/D TMV162S-C/D TMV212S-C/D

250 VAC

21

12

8 VDC

21

12

TMV103C/D TMV163-C/D TMV213-C/D


TMV103S-C/D TMV163S-C/D TMV213S-C/D

21A 30 VDC

14

12

125 VDC

0.6

0.1

0.6

0.1

TMV104-C/D TMV164-C/D TMV214-C/D


TMV104S-C/D TMV164S-C/D TMV214S-C/D

250 VDC

0.3

0.05

0.3

0.05

TYPES
terminal Contact terminal

250VAC

10A

16A

21A

TMV100-C/D TMV160-C/D TMV210-C/D


TMV100S-C/D TMV160S-C/D TMV210S-C/D
TMV101-C/D TMV161-C/D TMV211-C/D
TMV101S-C/D TMV161S-C/D TMV211S-C/D

TMV105-C/D TMV165-C/D TMV215-C/D


TMV105S-C/D TMV165S-C/D TMV215S-C/D
TMV106-C/D TMV166-C/D TMV216-C/D
TMV106S-C/D TMV166S-C/D TMV216S-C/D

40 max

50 max

CHARACTERISTICS
Item Type
Operating speed
Operating frequency

24 max

Insulation Resistance
Contact resistance

Detectric
Strength

Noncontinuous
terminals

TMV 10

TMV16

TMV21

0.1 mm. ~ 1 m/s


Mechanically : 240 Operations/min electrically
: 20 Operations/min
100 M min (at 500 VDC)
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute
15 mW max

between noncontinuous
terminals

TMV 10 : 1500 VAC. 50/60 Hz for 1 minute


TMV16/ TMV21 : 2000 VAC,
50/60 Hz for 1 minute

Vibration

Malfunction

10-55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude

Shock

Mechanical
durability

1,000 m/sec (approx. 100 G's)

Malfunction
Service life Mechanical

200 m/sec
(approx. 20 G's)

3,000 m/sec
(approx. 30 G's)

20,000,000 operations min.

Electrically 300,000 operations min. 100,000 operations min.


Ambient temperature

General purpose type : -25 to +80C

Ambient Humidity

General purpose type : -85% RH max


General purpose type : +5 to +35C

Weight

82

Approx : 7.2 ~ 8 g

MINI MICRO SWITCH


DIMENSION
TMV103-C, TMV163-C
TMV213-C

TMV103-C/D
TMV103S-C/D

TMV163-C/D
TMV163S-C/D

TMV104-C, TMV164-C
TMV214-C

TMV104-C/D
TMV104S-C/D

TMV105-C, TMV165-C
TMV215-C

TMV105-C/D
TMV105S-C/D

TMV165-C/D
TMV165S-C/D

TMV106-C, TMV166-C
TMV216-C

TMV106-C/D
TMV106S-C/D

TMV166-C/D
TMV166S-C/D

TMVXXX - C/D

TMVXXXS - C/D

TMV164-C/D
TMV164S-C/D

TMV213-C/D
TMV213S-C/D

NORMAL TERMINAL
SIDE TERMINAL

TMV214-C/D
TMV214S-C/D

TMV215-C/D
TMV215S-C/D

TMV216-C/D
TMV216S-C/D

C:#257 TERMINAL
D:#187 TERMINAL

83

MINI MICRO SWITCH


OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS
TMV100

TMV101

TMV102

TMV103

TMV104

TMV105

TMV106

TMV160

TMV161

TMV162

TMV163

TMV164

TMV165

TMV166

TMV210

TMV211

TMV212

TMV213

TMV214

TMV215

TMV216

OF MAX

200 g

125 g

200 g

125 g

240 g

70 g

125 g

RF min

50 g

14 g

50 g

14 g

50 g

6g

14 g

PT max

1.4 mm

4.0 mm

1.6 mm

4.0 mm

1.6 mm

9.0 mm

4.0 mm

OT min

0.8 mm

1.6 mm

0.8 mm

1.6 mm

0.8 mm

3.2 mm

1.6 mm

MD max

0.5 mm

1.5 mm

0.6 mm

1.5 mm

0.6 mm

2.8 mm

1.5 mm

14.7 0.5 mm

15.2 1.2 mm

15.2 0.5 mm

20.7 1.2 mm

20.7 0.6 mm

15.2 2.5 mm

18.7 1.2 mm

TYPE

OP

DIMENSIONS
TMV100-C, TMV160-C
TMV210-C

TMV100-C/D
TMV100S-C/D

TMV160-C/D
TMV160S-C/D

TMV101-C, TMV161-C
TMV211-C

TMV101-C/D
TMV101S-C/D

TMV161-C/D
TMV161S-C/D

TMV211-C/D
TMV211S-C/D

TMV102-C, TMV162-C
TMV212-C

MV102-C/D
TMV102S-C/D

TMV162-C/D
TMV162S-C/D

TMV212-C/D

84

TMVXXX - C/D

TMVXXXS - C/D

NORMAL TERMINAL
SIDE TERMINAL

TMV210-C/D
TMV210S-C/D

C:#250 TERMINAL
D:#187 TERMINAL

MICRO SWITCH
Best-Selling Basic Switch Boasting
High Precision and Wide Variety
Z-15 SERIES :
15A 125, 250 or 480 VAC
1/2A 125 VDC, 1/4 250 VDC
1/8 HP 125 VAC, 1/4 HP 250 VAC

FEATURES
Wide variety of actuators
High breaking capacity (15A)

High precision
Wide operating speed range

RATINGS
Resistive
Load

Inductive load (A)


Inrush
Current
Inductive
Lamp load
Motor Load
(A)
load

NC

NC

CONTACT CONFIGURATION

Noninductive load (A)


Rated
Voltage
(V)

NO

NO

NC

NO

NC

NO

125 VAC

15

1.5

15

2.5

250 VAC

15

2.5

1.25

15

1.5

500 VAC

1.5

0.75

2.5

1.5

0.75

8 VDC

15

1.5

15

2.5

14 VDC

15

1.5

10

2.5

2.5

30 VDC

6 (2)

1.5

125 VDC

0.4

0.4

0.4

0.05

0.05 0.05

250 VDC

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.03

0.03 0.03

NC

NO

DEFINITIONS OF OPERATING
CHARACTERISTICS

30
15
max max.

NOTES :
1. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 msec (DC)
2. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current. While motor load
has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.

CHARACTERISTICS
Operating speed

0.01 mm to 1 m/sec

Operating
frequency

Mechanically : 240 Operations/min.


Electrically : 20 operations/min.

Contact resistance

15 mW max. (initial)

Insulation
resistance

100 mW min. (at 500 V DC)

Dielectric
strength

1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute


between non-continuous terminals
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute
between current carrying part and ground

Vibration

Mechanically durability : 10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm


double amplitude

Shock

Mechanically durability : Approx. 1,000 m/sec2


(approx: 100 G's) Malfunction durability : Approx. 300
m/sec2 (approx. 30G's)

Ambient operating
termperature

General purpose type : -25 to +80C


Sealed type: -15 to 80C

Humidity

General purpose type : 85% RH max


Sealed type: 95% RH

Service life

OF
RF
TF
FP
OP
RP
TTP
PT
OT
MD
TT

: Operating Force
: Releasing Force
: Total Force
: Free Position
: Operating Position
: Releasing Position
: Total Travel Position
: Pretravel
: Overtravel
: Movement Differential
: Total Travel

Mechanically : 20,000,000 Operations min


Electrically : 500,000 operations min.

Weight

Approx. 22 to 58g

OPERATION CHARACTERISTIC
TYPE
OF max

TM 1300

TM 1301

TM 1303

TM 1305

TM 1306

TM 1307

TM 1308

TM 1309

350 g

150 g

150 g

350 g

350 g

350 g

350 g

350 g

RF min

114 g

14g

14g

114 g

114 g

114 g

114 g

114 g

PT max

0.4 mm

4 mm

4 mm

0.4 mm

0.4 mm

0.4 mm

0.4 mm

0.4 mm

OT min

0.13 mm

1.6 mm

1.6 mm

1.6 mm

1.6 mm

5.5 mm

3.58 mm

3.58 mm

MD max

0.05 mm

0.05 mm

0.056 mm

0.05 mm

0.05 mm

0.05 mm

28.2 0.5 mm

21.5 0.5 mm

21.8 0.8 mm

33.4 1.2 mm

33.4 1.2 mm

FP max.
OP

15.9 0.4 mm

1.3 mm

1.3 mm

20.6 mm

31.8 mm

17.4 0.8 mm

28.6 0.8 mm

85

MICRO SWITCH
DIMENSIONS
TM 1300 (Z-15G-B) 15A 250VAC
TM 1300-2 20A 250V

TM 1306 (Z-15GD-B) 15A 250VAC


TM 1306-2 20A 250V

TM 1301 (Z-15GL-B) 15A 250VAC


TM 1301-2 20A 250V

TM 1307 (Z-15GQ-B) 15A 250VAC


TM 1307-2 20A 250V

TM 1303 (Z-15GL2-B) 15A 250VAC


TM 1303-2 20A 250V

TM 1308 (Z-15GQ22-B) 15A 250VAC


TM 1308-2 20A 250V

TM 1305 (Z-15GS-B) 15A 250VAC


TM 1305-2 20A 250V

TM 1309 (Z-15GQ21-B) 15A 250VAC


TM 1309-2 20A 250V

OPERATION CHARACTERISTIC
TYPE

TM1701

TM1702

TM1703

TM1704

TM1705

TM1743

TM1401

TM1501

OF max

70 g

100 g

160 g

160 g

10 g

160 g

600 g

500 g

RF min

14 g

28 g

22 g

42 g

3g

42 g

300 g

170 g

PT max

10 mm

5 mm

7.1 mm

2.7 mm

20 mm

2.7 mm

3 mm

5 mm

OT min

5.6 mm

2 mm

4 mm

2.4 mm

5.6 mm

2.4 mm

6 mm

12.7 mm

MD max

1.27 mm

1 mm

1.02 mm

0.5 mm

3 mm

0.5 mm

2 mm

2.2 mm

FP max.

28.2 mm

24.8 mm

36.5 mm

32.5 mm

43.6 mm

41 1.6 mm

44.5 1.6 mm

19 0.8 mm

19 0.8 mm

30.2 0.8 mm

30.2 0.4 mm

43.1 0.8 mm

40.4 1.6 mm

40.4 1.6 mm

OP

86

19 0.8 mm

MICRO SWITCH (SEALED TYPE)


, ,
DIMENSIONS
TM 1300-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

TM 1306-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

TM 1301-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

TM 1307-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

TM 1303-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

TM 1308-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

TM 1305-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

TM 1309-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

OPERATION CHARACTERISTIC
TYPE

TM1300-1

TM1301-1

TM1303-1

TM1305-1

TM1306-1

TM1307-1

TM1308-1

TM1309-1

OF max

500 g

400 g

400 g

500 g

500 g

500 g

500 g

500 g

RF min

114 g

50 g

50 g

114 g

114 g

114 g

114 g

114 g

PT max

0.4 mm

4 mm

4 mm

0.4 mm

0.4 mm

0.4 mm

0.4 mm

0.4 mm

OT min

0.13 mm

1.6 mm

1.6 mm

1.6 mm

1.6 mm

5.5 mm

3.58 mm

3.58 mm

MD max

0.05 mm

1.3 mm

1.3 mm

0.05 mm

0.05 mm

0.05 mm

0.05 mm

0.05 mm

20.6 mm

31.8 mm

17.4 0.8 mm

28.6 0.8 mm

28.2 0.5 mm

21.5 0.5 mm

21.8 0.8 mm

33.4 1.2 mm

33.4 1.2 mm

FP max.
OP

15.9 0.4 mm

87

MICRO SWITCH (SEALED TYPE)


, ,
DIMENSIONS
TM 1300-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM 1306-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM 1301-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM 1307-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM 1303-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM 1308-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM 1305-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM 1309-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

OPERATION CHARACTERISTIC
TYPE

TM1300-3

TM1301-3

TM1303-3

TM1305-3

TM1306-3

TM1307-3

TM1308-3

TM1309-3

OF max

850 g

450 g

450 g

800 g

800 g

800 g

800 g

800 g

RF min

200 g

50 g

50 g

200 g

200 g

200 g

200 g

200 g

PT max

0.7 mm

4 mm

4 mm

0.7 mm

0.7 mm

0.7 mm

0.7 mm

0.7 mm

OT min

0.13 mm

1.6 mm

1.6 mm

1.6 mm

1.6 mm

5.5 mm

3.58 mm

3.58 mm

MD max

0.2 mm

0.2 mm

0.2 mm

0.2 mm

0.2 mm

0.2 mm

28.2 0.5 mm

21.5 0.5 mm

21.8 0.8 mm

33.4 1.2 mm

33.4 1.2 mm

FP max.
15.9 0.4 mm

OP

88

1.3 mm

1.3 mm

20.6 mm

31.8 mm

17.4 0.8 mm

28.6 0.8 mm

MICRO SWITCH
TM1701 (15A 250VAC)
TM1701-2 20A 250V

TM1702 (15A 250VAC)


TM1702-2 20A 250V

TM1703 (15A 250VAC)


TM1703-2 20A 250V

TM1704 (15A 250VAC)


TM1704-2 20A 250V

TM1743 (15A 250VAC)


TM1743-2 20A 250V

TM1705 (15A 250VAC)


TM1705-2 20A 250V

TM1401 (15A 250VAC)


TM1401-2 20A 250V
TM1401-1 (15A 250VAC)
TM1401-3 (20A 250VAC)

TM1501 (15A 250VAC)


TM1501-2 20A 250V
TM15401-1 (15A 250VAC)
TM1501-3 (20A 250VAC)

TAP-X

TAP-Y

TAP-Z

89

MICRO SWITCH

NEW

TM1707
OF max

170 g

RF min

42 g

PT max

2.7 mm

OT min

2.4 mm

MD max

0.5 mm

FP max.

34 mm

OP

31 0.4 mm

TM1709
OF max

100 g

RF min

21 g

PT max

7.2 mm

OT min

4 mm

MD max

1.6 mm

FP max.

47.5 mm

OP

90

41.2 0.8 mm

MICRO SWITCH
, ,

CHARACTERISTICS

Surrounding joints are sealed by epoxy, and waterproof, oiltight rubber boot.
Dust-preventive, waterproof and oiltight.
TYPE

TM 1701-1

TM 1702-1

TM 1703-1

TM 1704-1

TM 1743-1

OF max

100 g

190 g

130 g

200 g

180 g

RF min

14 g

28 g

21 g

42 g

50 g

PT max

10 mm

5 mm

7.1 mm

2.7 mm

2.7 mm

OT min

5.6 mm

2 mm

4 mm

2.4 mm

2.4 mm

MD max

2 mm

1 mm

1.6 mm

0.8 mm

0.8 mm

FP max.

28.2 mm

25 mm

36.5 mm

32.9 mm

43.6 mm

19 0.8 mm

19 0.8 mm

30.2 0.8 mm

30.2 0.4 mm

41.3 0.8 mm

OP

DIMENSIONS
TM1701-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

TM1704-1 (15 A 250 VAC)


26.2

TM1702-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

TM1705-1 (15 A 250 VAC)


26.2

TM1703-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

TM1743-1 (15 A 250 VAC)

91

MICRO SWITCH
, ,

CHARACTERISTICS

Surrounding joints are sealed by epoxy, and waterproof, oiltight rubber boot.
Dust-preventive, waterproof and oiltight.
TYPE

TM 1701-3

TM 1702-3

TM 1703-3

TM 1704-3

TM 1707-3

TM 1709-3

TM 1743-3

OF max

110 g

210 g

150 g

220 g

220 g

150 g

200 g

RF min

14 g

28 g

22 g

42 g

42 g

21 g

42 g

PT max

10 mm

5 mm

7.1 mm

2.7 mm

2.7 mm

7.3 mm

2.7 mm

OT min

5.6 mm

2 mm

4 mm

2.4 mm

2.4 mm

4 mm

2.4 mm

MD max

1.27 mm

1 mm

1.02 mm

0.5 mm

0.5 mm

1.6 mm

0.5 mm

FP max.

28.2 mm

24.8 mm

36.5 mm

32.5 mm

32.5 mm

47.5 mm

43.6 mm

19 0.8 mm

OP

19 0.8 mm 30.2 0.8 mm 30.2 0.8 mm 30.2 0.8 mm 41.2 0.8 mm 41.3 0.8 mm

DIMENSIONS
TM1701-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM1704-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM1702-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM1705-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM1703-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

TM1743-3 (20 A 250 VAC)

92

LIMIT SWITCH FOR DIRECT CURRENT


FEATURES

CHARACTERISTICS

Similar to TEND TM series micro switch


Put a magnet in the contact block to prevent fire.
The safety switch for DC usage.

Operating speed

RATINGS
Rated
Voltage Resistive Load
(V)
NC
NO

Inductive load (A)

Lamp load

Mechanically : 240 Operations/min.

Operating frequency

SPECIFICATIONS
Noninductive load (A)

0.1 mm to 1 m/s

Electrically : 20 operations/min.

Contact resistance

15 mW max. (initial)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min. (at 500 VDC)

Dielectric strength

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute

Vibration

10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm double amplitude

Inductive load Motor Load

NC

NO

NC

NO

NC

NO

Shock

Mechanically : Approx. 1,000 m/sec2 (approx: 100 G's)


Electrically : Approx. 300 m/sec2 (approx. 30G's)

8 VDC

15

1.5

15

15

2.5

Ambient termperature

-25 ~ +85C

14 VDC

15

1.5

15

10

2.5

Ambient Humidity

Below 85% RH

30 VDC

15

1.5

10

10

2.5

125 VDC

10

1.5

7.5

2.5

250 VDC

1.5

1.5

1.5

NOTES : 1. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time
constant of 7 msec. Max. (DC)

2. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state
current, while motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the
steady-state current.

Service life
Weight

Mechanically : 10,000,000 Operations/min


Electrically : 100,000 operations/min.
Approx. 27 g ~ 36 g

CONTACT
CONFIGURATION

DIMENSIONS
TMD1701

TMD1703

TMD1702

TMD1704

CHARACTERISTICS
TYPE

TMD1701

TMD1702

TMD1703

TMD1704

OF max

110gf (1.08N)

250gf (2.45N)

145gf (1.42N)

220gf (2.16N)

RF min

14gf (0.14N)

32gf (0.31N)

21gf (0.21N)

35gf (0.34N)

OT min

4.8 mm

2.1 mm

4 mm

2.4 mm

MD max

3.9 mm

1.7 mm

3 mm

1.7 mm

FP max.

34.6 mm

25.5 mm

40.5 mm

37.1 mm

21.1 0.8 mm

20.7 0.8 mm

32.2 0.8 mm

32.2 0.8 mm

OP

93

MICRO SWITCH (Two Circuit Double-Break)


RATINGS

CONTACT CONFIGURATION

Noninductive load (A)


Rated
Resistive Load
Voltage (V)
NC
NO

Inductive load (A)

Lamp load
NC

NO

Inductive load
NC

NO

125 VAC

10

1.5

250 VAC

10

10

Motor Load
NC

NO

1.5

8 VDC

10

10

14 VDC

10

10

30 VDC

6.0

125 VDC

0.8

0.2

0.2

0.8

0.2

250 VDC

0.4

0.1

0.1

0.4

0.1

TERMINAL TYPE
TW-101A Solder Type

Inrush Current
(A)
NC

NO

30
max.

15
max.

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
TW-101B Screw Type

TW-101 A/B

TW-1012 A/B

TW-1014 A/B

OF max.

TYPE

400 g

200 g

240 g

RF min.

114 g

60 g

70 g

PT max.

1.6 mm

3.5 mm

3 mm

OT min.

0.25 mm

1.8 mm

1.2 mm

MD max.
OP

0.65 mm

1.6 mm

2 mm

11.7 0.4 mm

14.6 0.8 mm

25.3 0.8 mm

TW-101A

TW-101B

TW-1012A

TW-1012B

TW-1014A

TW-1014B

94

ENCLOSED SWITCH
Long Service Life and Large Breaking Capacity
FEATURES
Models TZ-6 incorporate Model TM Micro OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
Switches with rugged diecast cases.
Available with various types of built-in switches
(including split contact type, maintained operation type, magnetic blowout type) and various
actuators.

TYPE

TZ-6001

OF max.

250 ~ 350 g

TZ-6002

TZ-6003

250 ~ 350 g

E99688

TZ-6004

TZ-6043

570 g

570 g

RF min.

114 g

114 g

170 g

170 g

PT max.

0.4 mm

0.5 mm

4 mm

4 mm

OT min.

5.5 mm

3.6 mm

6 mm

6 mm

SPECIFICATIONS

MD max.

0.05 mm

0.05 mm

0.4 mm

0.4 mm

RATINGS
CHARACTERISTICS
THE SAME AS MICRO
SWITCH SEE P (A)1

OP

38.2 0.8 mm

49.7 1 mm
TZ-6104

TZ-6143

CONTACT CONFIGURATION

DIMENSIONS

TYPE

TZ-6101

TZ-6102

TZ-6103

OF max.

800 g

500 g

640 g

640 g

RF min.

240 g

100 g

230 g

230 g

PT max.

2 mm

1 mm

5 mm

5 mm

OT min.

5 mm

3.5 mm

6 mm

6 mm

MD max.

0.1 mm

0.12 mm

0.4 mm

0.4 mm

45.8 0.8 mm

49.7 0.8 mm

OP

TZ-6004
(ZE-QA2-2)

TZ-6104
(ZE-NA2-2)

TZ-6143
(ZE-NA2-2)

95

ENCLOSED SWITCH
TZ-6001
(ZE-Q-2)

TZ-6002
(ZE-QA22-2)

TZ-6101
(ZE-N-2)

TZ-6102
(ZE-NA22-2)

TZ-6043
(ZE-QA277-2)

96

LIMIT SWITCH
Economical, High Utility
Enclosed Switch
E99688

FEATURES
High precision and long life (10,000,000 mechanical
operations)
Sealed with gasket diaphragm to provide high sealing
property without use of any adhesive or pin.

SPECIFICATIONS
RATINGS
Noninductive load (A)
Rated
Voltage Resistive Load Lamp load
(V)
NC
NO
NC
NO

10 A 250 VAC
CHARACTERISTICS
Operating speed

0.01 mm to 50 cm/sec (at pin plunger)

Operating frequency 120 operations/min.


Contact resistance

25 mW max. (initial)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min. (at 500 V DC)


1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between non-

Inductive load (A)


Inductive load
NC

NO

continuous terminals

Motor Load
NC

NO

125 VAC

10

1.5

10

2.5

250 VAC

10

2.5

1.25

10

1.5

480 VAC

1.5

0.75

2.5

1.5

0.75

8 VAC

10

1.5

14 VDC

10

1.5

30 VDC

1.5

2.5

125 VDC

0.5

0.4

0.05

0.05

250 VDC

0.25

0.2

0.03

0.03

Dielectric strength

2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between current


carrying and non-current carrying parts and between
each terminal and ground
Mechanical durability : 10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm double

Vibration

amplitude
Mechanical durability : 1,000 m/sec2 (approx: 100 G's)

Shock

Malfunction durability : 300 m/sec2 (approx. 30 G's)

Ambient ermperature Operating : -10 to +80C


Humidity

NOTES : 1. Inductive load : power factor of 0.4; time constant of 7 msec.



2. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current, while motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steadystate current.

95% RH max (at +20 to +35C)


Mechanically : 10,000,000 operations min (at rated

Service life

OT Value) Electrically : 500,000 operations min.

Weight

Approx. 60 g

Degree of protection

IEC : IP65

CONTACT CONFIGURATION

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
TZ-7100

TZ-7110

TZ-7310

TZ-7311

TZ-7312

TZ-7120

TZ-7140

TZ-7121

TZ-7141

TZ-7124

TZ-7144

TZ-7166

OF max

TYPE

600 g

600 g

600 g

600 g

600 g

150 g

220 g

180 g

240 g

200 g

280 g

120 g

RF min

100 g

100 g

100 g

100 g

100 g

40 g

60 g

50 g

80 g

60 g

100 g

PT max

2.0 mm

2.0 mm

2.0 mm

2.0 mm

2.0 mm

13.5 mm

8.5 mm

11.0 mm

6.5mm

11.0 mm

6.5mm

25mm

OT min

0.8 mm

5.0 mm

6.0 mm

6.0 mm

6.0 mm

4.0 mm

2.5 mm

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

3.0 mm

2.0 mm

11 mm

MD max

0.8 mm

0.8 mm

0.8 mm

0.8 mm

0.8 mm

3.2 mm

2.0 mm

2.4 mm

1.5 mm

2.4 mm

1.5 mm

OP
FP max.

21.8 1.2 mm

33.3 1.2 mm

25 1 mm 25 1 mm 40 1 mm 40 1 mm 50 1.2 mm 50 1.2 mm
35 mm

32 mm

46 mm

56 mm

DIMENSIONS
TZ-7121 (D4MC-2000)

TZ-7141 (D4MC-2020)

97

LIMIT SWITCH
TZ-7310 (D4MC)-5000

TZ-7110

TZ-7311 (D4MC)-5020

TZ-7100

TZ-7312 (D4MC)-5040

TZ-7124

TZ-7120 (D4MC)-1000

TZ-7144 (D4MC)-3030

TZ-7140 (D4MC)-1020

TZ-7166 (D4MC)-5000

98

LIMIT SWITCH
Economical, Miniature Limit Switch
Boasting Rigid Construction

CONTACT CONFIGURATION

FEATURES
Built-in basic switch with double spring mechanism
Long life (10,000,000 mechanical operation)
Highly rigid construction (Head and cover snugly fit
in box)
Dustproof and drip-proof construction
Smooth operation with greater OT
Easy-to-wire conduit opening design

SPECIFICATIONS
RATINGS
Noninductive load
Rated
Voltage Resistive Load Lamp load
(V)
NC
NO
NC
NO

Inductive load
Inductive load

Motor Load

NC

NO

NC

NO

CHARACTERISTICS
Operating speed

5 mm to 50 cm/sec

Operating frequency

120 operations/min.

Contact resistance

25 mW max. (initial)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min. (at 500 VDC)


1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between
non-continuous terminals

125 VAC

1.5

0.7

250 VAC

0.5

1.5

0.8

8 VDC

14 VDC

Vibration

10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm double amplitude

30 VDC

Shock

Approx: 300 m/sec2 (approx. 30G's)

Dielectric strength

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between current


carrying and non-current carrying parts and
between each terminal and ground

125 VDC

0.4

0.4

Ambient temperature Operating : -5 to +65C

250 VDC

0.2

0.2

Humidity

NOTES : 1. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time
constant of 7 msec. Max. (DC)

2. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state
current, while motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the
steady-state current.

95% RH max

Service life

Mechanically : 10,000,000 operations min


Electrically : 500,000 operations min.

Weight

Approx. 130 g to 190 g

Degree of protection

IEC : IP65

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
TZ-8104

TZ-8108

TZ-8107

TZ-8111

TZ-8112
TZ-8122

TZ-8166, TZ-8167,
TZ-8168, TZ-8169

OF max

750 g

750 g

750 g

900 g

900 g

150 g

RF min

100 g

100 g

100 g

150 g

150 g

PT max

20

20

20

1.5 mm

1.5 mm

30 mm

OT min

50

50

50

4 mm

4 mm

MD max

12

12

12

1 mm

1 mm

26 0.8 mm

37 0.8 mm

Operating
Characteristics

TYPE

OP

DIMENSIONS (Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of 0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.)


TZ-8104 (HL-5000)

TZ-8108 (HL-5030)

99

LIMIT SWITCH
TZ-8107 (HL-5050)

TZ-8112(HL-5200)

TZ-8111 (HL-5100)

TZ-8122

TZ-8166 (HL-5300)

TZ-8167

TZ-8168

TZ-8169

100

LIMIT SWITCH
Wide Selection of Two-circuit Double-break Limit Switches
FEATURES
CHARACTERISTICS
Rigid diecast switch housing
Set position indicator plate for easy maintenance
High mechanical strength
Oiltight, waterproof and dust proof construction

Operating speed
Operating frequency

SPECIFICATIONS

1 mm to 2 m/sec (with Type WLCA2)


Mechanically: 120 operations/min.
Electrically : 30 operations/min.

Contact resistance

15 mW max. (initial)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min. (at 500 VDC)


1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between non-

RATINGS

continuous terminals;

Noninductive load (A)


Rated
Voltage Resistive Load Lamp load
(V)
NC
NO
NC
NO

Inductive load (A)


Inductive load
NC

NO

Dielectric strength

Motor Load
NC

NO

125 VAC

10

10

1.5

10

2.0

250 VAC

1.0

480 VAC

1.5

0.8

1.5

0.8

600 VAC

0.5

1.5

0.5

2,200 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between each


terminal and non-current carrying metal part and
between each terminal and ground

Temperature rise
Vibration

50 degrees max.
Malfunction durability : 10 to 55 Hz;
1.5 mm double amplitude
Mechanical durability : approx 1,000 m/sec2

8 VDC

10

10

14 VDC

10

10

30 VDC

125 VDC

0.8

0.2

0.2

0.8

0.2

Ambient termperature Operating : -50 to +80C

250 VDC

0.4

0.1

0.1

0.4

0.1

Humidity

NOTES : 1. Inductive load has a power factor = 0.4; time constant = 7 msec.

2. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state
current while motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the
steady-state current.

CONTACT CONFIGURATION

(approx: 100 G's)

Shock

Malfunction durability : approx 300 m/sec2


(approx. 30G's)

Service life

95% RH max
Mechanical : 15,000,000 operations min
Electrically : 500,000 operations min.

Weight

Approx. 275 g (with Type TZ-5104)

Degree of protection

IEC 529 Class IP65

OVERTRAVEL TYPE
The Overtravel Type is a limit switch which is
provided with a greater OT to facilitate dog setting. Since this type is identical to the Basic Type
in dimensions, both types are interchangeable.
The Overtravel Type is Classified into two versions -2 series and -2N series.

-2 SERIES
The head of -2 series switch can be installed in any of the four directions.
90 Operation on only one side - impossible
90 Operation on either side - possible

-2N SERIES
The head of -2N series switch can be installed only in two directions. Forward
and backward.
90 Operation on only one side - possible
90 Operation on either side - possible

Loosen the cam holder


with a coin of screw driver

Reverse the cam

OF :
RF:
TF:
FP:
OP:
RP:

Operating Force
Releasing Force
Total Force
Free Position
Operating Position
Releasing Position

TTP:
PT:
OT:
MD:
TT:

Total Travel Position


Pretravel
Overtravel
Movement Differential
Total Travel

90 operatinon on one side is possible by simply changing the direction of


the cam.
Relationship of cam to operation as observed from the rear of switch

Reverse the position


of the cam and reinstall

101

LIMIT SWITCH
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
TYPE

TZ-5104

TZ-5102

TZ-5106

TZ-5169

TZ-5108

TZ-5107

TZ-5105

TZ-5101

OF (max.)

1,360 g

2,720 g

150 g

29 g

1,360 g

142 g

1,200 g

2,720 g

Operating
Characteristics

RF (min.)

227 g

910 g

227 g

28

910 g

PT (max.)

20

1.7 mm

28 mm

28 mm

20

20

55

1.7 mm

OT (min.)

30

5.6 mm

30

30

35

6.4 mm

MD (max.)

12

1 mm

12

12

1 mm

TF (max.)

2,720 g

2,720 g

200 g

TT (min.)

50

44 0.8 mm

50

50

OP: 90 10

OP : 34 0.8 mm

TYPE

TZ-5104-2

TZ-5108-2

TZ-5107-2

TZ-5104-2N

TZ-5108-2N

TZ-5107-2N

OF (max.)

900 g

900 g

245 g

980 g

980 g

270 g

Operating
Characteristics

RF (min.)

50 g

50 g

14 g

120 g

120 g

30

PT (max.)

30

30

30

20

20

20

OT (min.)

60

60

60

70

70

70

MD (max.)

16

16

16

10

10

10

1,260 g

1,260 g

350 g

TF (max.)

Mounting holes
Basic type and -2 SERIES

-2N SERIES

DIMENSIONS (Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of 0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.)


TZ-5101

TZ-5102

TZ-5103 (HL-5000)

TZ-5105 (WLCA32-41)

102

LIMIT SWITCH
DIMENSIONS (Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of 0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.)
TZ-5104 (WLCA2)
TZ-5104-2 (WLCA2-2)

TZ-5104-2N (WLCA2-2N)

TZ-5107 (WLCL)
TZ-5107-2 (WLCL-2)

TZ-5107-2N (WLCL-2N)

TZ-5108 (WLCA12)
TZ-5108-2 (WLCA12-2)

TZ-5108-2N (WLCA12-2N)

103

LIMIT SWITCH
DIMENSIONS (Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of 0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.)
TZ-5106 (WLNJ)

TZ-5109 (WLD3)

TZ-5166

TZ-5168

TZ-5169

TZ-501

104

COMPACT PREWIRED LIMIT SWITCH


SPECIFICATIONS

CHARACTERISTICS

DPDS Limit switch for multiple applications.


Rugged aluminum alloy diecast housing.
High mechanical strength
Oil resistance, waterproof and dustproof structure

NEW

RATINGS
Noninductive load (A)
Rated
Voltage Resistive Load Lamp load
(V)
NC
NO
NC
NO

NC

NO

5A 125 VAC, 3A 250 VAC

Operating speed

1 mm -1 m/s

Operating frequency

Mechanically: 120 operations/min. Electrically : 30


operations/min.

Contact resistance

15 mW max. (initial)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min. (at 500 V DC)


1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between noncontinuous terminals

Dielectric strength

Inductive load (A)


Inductive load

Rating

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between current

Motor Load

carrying and non-current carrying parts and between

NC

NO

each terminal and ground

125 VAC

5 (0.1)

1.5

0.7

2.5

1.3

Vibration

250 VAC

0.5

1.5

0.8

Shock

10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm double amplitude


Mechanically Approx : 1,000 m/s2 (Approx: 30 G's)
Electrically : Approx : 500 m/sec2 (approx. 30G's)

8 VDC

5 (0.1)

14 VDC

5 (0.1)

Ambient temperature

-10 to +70C

Humidity

Below 95% RH

30 VDC

4 (0.1)

125 VDC

0.4

0.05

0.4

0.05

250 VDC

0.2

0.03

0.2

0.03

Service life
Degree of protection
Weight

Mechanically : 10,000,000 operations/ min


Electrically : 200,000 operations/min.
IEC: IP67
Approx. 360 g (cable lenght 3 m)
Approx. 540 g (cable lenght 5 m)

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
TYPE

TZ-3101

TZ-3102

TZ-3103

TZ-3104

TZ-3110

OF (max.)

1200 gf (11.77N)

1200 gf (11.77N)

1200 gf (11.77N)

580 gf (5.69N)

1200 gf (11.77N)

RF (min.)

450 gf (4.41N)

450 gf (4.41N)

450 gf (4.41N)

150 gf (1.47N)

450 gf (4.41N)

PT (max.)

1.8 mm

1.8 mm

1.8 mm

25

1.8 mm

OT (min.)

3 mm

3 mm

3 mm

40

3 mm

MD (max.)

0.2 mm

0.2 mm

0.2 mm

0.2 mm

15.7 1 mm

28.5 1 mm

28.5 1 mm

28.5 1 mm

TZ-3111

TZ-3112

TZ-3113

TZ-3169

OF (max.)

1800 gf (17.65N)

1800 gf (17.65N)

1800 gf (17.65N)

150 gf (1.47N)

RF (min.)

450 gf (4.41N)

450 gf (4.41N)

450 gf (4.41N)

PT (max.)

1.8 mm

1.8 mm

1.8 mm

15

OP
TYPE

OT (min.)

3 mm

3 mm

3 mm

MD (max.)

0.2 mm

0.2 mm

0.2 mm

24.9 1 mm

34.3 1 mm

34.3 1 mm

OP

DIMENSIONS
TZ-3-B

TZ-3101

105

COMPACT PREWIRED LIMIT SWITCH


DIMENSIONS
TZ-3102

TZ-3103

TZ-3110

TZ-3111

TZ-3112

TZ-3113

TZ-3104

TZ-3169

106

COMPACT PREWIRED LIMIT SWITCH


FASTENING OF THE SWITCH CABLE

SWITCH BANK MOUNTING

The switch bodies are filled with resin for sealing purposes. To avoid stressing the cable and switch body, fasten
the cable at 5 cm or farther away from the switch body.
Should the wire be bent. The bending radius shall be at
least 45 mm.

A maximum of six switches may be mounted together as


a switch bank . During the installation, the convex part of
the switch back. The mounting panel shall be 6 mm or
thicker.

INSTALLATION

MOUNTING

The service life and accuracy of switches will be effected


by the shape of actuator operation frequency & over
travel. So the angular of the fixing level should be about
30 the surface finish of the fixing level should be over
, the hardness is from HV400~500. When installing,
the position of the concave part should be above the
standard panel.

Recommended tightening torque according to the following form.

CONTACT TYPES

Model

Screw Type

M5 fastening screws

M3.5 installing screws

Torque
43.4 ~ 52 lb.in
(50 ~ 60 kgf.cm)
6.9 ~ 7.9 lb.in
(8 ~ 9 kgf.cm)

MOUNTING HOLES
Mount the switch body to a rigid mounting panel using
two M5 screws

107

LIMIT SWITCH FOR ELEVATOR


MODEL DESIGNATIONS

CHARACTERISTICS

TSW - A
1

Type
Characteristic

Designation
1. Type

2. Contact Blocks

Contact resistance
signal

Description

TSW

Elevator Switch

TSW2

Decelerate Switch

1a

Ambient temperature

1b

Ambient humidity

insulation resistance
Dielectric strength

Operation force

TSW (KS-E002A)

TSW2 (KS-E002B)

108

TSW2

50 mW max
100 mW min. (at 500 VDC)
2000 VAC, 50/60 Hz 1 minute
-10C ~ 80C
45% ~ 80% RH
1 Kgf max

300 gr. Max

Approx. 250 gr

Approx. 350 gr

Pretravel

8 mm max

45 5

Overtravel

25 mm max

23 5

Free position

74 3 mm.

Weight

DIMENSIONS

TSW

LIMIT SWITCH
CONTACT CONFIGURATION

Economical, Miniature Limit Switch


Boasting Rigid Construction
TZ-92 Series are DIN EN0047

FEATURES
Built-in basic switch with double spring mechanism
Long life (10,000,000 mechanical operations)
Material : Glass reinforced plastic.
Dustproof and drip-proof construction
Smooth operation with greater OT
Easy-to-wire conduit opening design

SPECIFICATIONS

5 mm to 50 cm/s

Operating frequency 120 operations/min.


25 m max. (initial)

Insulation resistance 100 m min. (at 500 VDC)

Non-inductive load (A)


Rated
Voltage Resistive Load Lamp load
(V)
NC
NO
NC
NO
5

Operating speed

Contact resistance

RATINGS

125 VAC

CHARACTERISTICS

1.5

0.7

Dielectric strength

1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between


non-continuous terminals
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between
current carrying and non-current carrying
parts and between each terminal and ground

Vibration

10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm double amplitude

Shock

Approx :300 m/s2 (approx. 30G's)

Inductive load (A)


Inductive load

Motor Load

NC

NO

NC

NO

250 VAC

0.5

1.5

0.8

8 VAC

14 VAC

30 VAC

125 VAC

0.4

0.4

250 VAC

0.2

0.2

NOTES : 1. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time
constant of 7 msec. Max. (DC)

2. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state
current, while motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the
steady-state current.

Ambien termperature Operating : -5 to +60C


Humidity

95% RH max

Service life

Mechanically : 10,000,000 operations min


Electrically : 500,000 operations min.

Weight

Approx. 130 to 190 g

Degree of protection IEC 529 class IP65

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
TZ-9104

TZ-9108

TZ-9107

TZ-9111

TZ-9112
TZ-9122

TZ-9124

TZ-9166
TZ-9167
TZ-9169

TZ-9204

TZ-9208

TZ-9207

TZ-9211

TZ-9212
TZ-9222

TZ-9244

TZ-9266
TZ-9267
TZ-9269

TYPE

OF (max.)

500 g

450 g

450 g

700 g

700 g

450 g

150 g

RF (min.)

50 g

40 g

40 g

150 g

150 g

80 g

PT (max.)

18 ~ 28

18 ~ 28

2 mm

2 mm

2 mm

4 mm

30 mm

OT (min.)

30

30

30

4 mm

4 mm

4 mm

MD (max.)

14

14

14

0.8 mm

0.8 mm

1.6 mm

18 0.5 mm

28.2 0.8 mm

37 0.8 mm

OP

HPF-12 (TG-16) SERIES


CABLE GLAND

Diameter of Cable

~10 mm.

109

LIMIT SWITCH
TZ-9104

TZ-9108

TZ-9107

TZ-9111

TZ-9112

TZ-9122

TZ-9124

TZ-9166

TZ-9167

TZ-9169

110

LIMIT SWITCH
TZ-9204

TZ-9208

TZ-9207

TZ-9211

TZ-9212

TZ-9222

TZ-9224

TZ-9266

TZ-9267

TZ-9269

111

SAFETY KEY INTERLOCK SWITCH


MODEL DESIGNATION

CHARACTERISTICS

TZ93 B PG 01
2

1
Designation
1. Type

2. Type of Contact
Blocks Fitted

Signal

Description

TZ-93

Safety Switch

2b (2NC)

1a1b (No-Nc)

PG

PG13.5 x P1.5

3. Conduit Entries
PT

PT1/2 x 14UNC

None

None

01

Horizontal

02

Vertical

03

Adjustable

4. Actuating Keys

Rating

3A 240 VAC (A300)

Operating speed

0.1 mm ~ 0.5 m/s

Operating frequency

30 times/ minute

Contact resistance

25 mW max. (initial)

Insulation resistance

100 mW min. (at 500 VDC)

Rated insulation
Voltage (Ui)

400 V

Dielectric strength

AC2500 V/Umip 4 KV

Vibration

10 to 55 Hz 0.65 mm double amplitude

Shock

Mechanically Approx : 1,000 m/s2 (Approx: 100 G's)


Electrically: Approx : 300 m/s2 (approx. 30G's)

Ambient temperature

-30 ~ +70C

Humidity

Below 95% RH

Service life

Mechanically : 10,000,000 operations/ min


Electrically : 150,000 operations/min.

Degree of protection

IP65 (EN60947-5-1)

Shor-circuit protective
10A Fuse
device

SPECIFICATIONS

Weight

Approx. 76 g

RATINGS
Noninductive load (A)
Rated
Voltage Resistive Load Lamp load
(V)
NC
NO
NC
NO

REQUIRED TO HAVE POSITIVE MACHINE

Inductive load (A)


Inductive load
NC

NO

Motor Load
NC

NO

125 VAC

10

1.5

10

2.5

250 VAC

10

10

1.5

400 VAC

10

1.5

0.8

1.5

0.8

8 VDC

10

10

14 VDC

10

10

30 VDC

125 VDC

0.8

0.2

0.2

0.8

0.2

250 VDC

0.4

0.1

0.1

0.4

0.1

When the contact block get fire, press on the middle of the
key structure, the Nc strict leaving structure can push the
contact block a way cut off the movement

USE ATTENTION AFFAIR


To prevent the wear and the space should be within 1 mm
between the key and middle of the insert hole

When in use, there should put a plate on the top to prevent


the key overinsert. To prevent nonmovement, the space
between the plate and the switch should be under 3 mm.

Normal used state

112

Unsuitable used state

SAFETY KEY INTERLOCK SWITCH


DIMENSIONS ()
TZ-93BPG
TZ-93BPT
TZ-93CPG
TZ-93CPT

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
Key plug in force

max. 14.71N (1,500 gf)

Key pull out force

max. 29.42N (3,000 gf)

Pretravel

6 3 mm

Total travel

(28 mm)

Force required to have positive

min. 58.84N (6,000 gf)

Positive opening travel

min. 10 mm

DIMENSIONS OF OPERATING
TZ-93BPG01
2B (2NC)
TZ-93BPT01
TZ-93CPG01 1A1B
TZ-93CPT01 (1NO+1NC)

TZ-93BPG02
2B (2NC)
TZ-93BPT02
TZ-93CPG02 1A1B
TZ-93CPT02 (1NO+1NC)

TZ-93BPG03
TZ-93BPT03
TZ-93CPG03
TZ-93CPT03

2B (2NC)
1A1B
(1NO+1NC)

TYPE OF KEYS AND DIMENSIONS


TZ93-K1

TZ93-K2

TZ93-K3

113

MONOLEVER SWITCH
FEATURES
1. You can smoothly and swiftly, handle the lever in four
directions-upward, rightward downward, and leftward.
2. Three alternatives of movement are attainable in each
direction: Go-on, auto-return, and blockade-enforcing.
3. You are free, as you like, to operate in four, three, or
two directions with the switch.
4. Rubber bushing is water-proof, oil-resistant, and dust
preventive.

RATINGS
Rated Voltage
110 V
220 V
440 V
AC Rated Current
5A
3A
1A
Breaking Current Capacity
50 A
30 A
10 A
Rated Voltage
110 V
220 V
600 V
Resistance
Rated Current
2.2 A
1.1 A
0.4 A
Load
DC
Breaking Current 2.42 A
1.21 A
0.44 A
1.2 A
0.45 A
0.2 A
Inductive Rated Current
load
Breaking Current 1.32 A
0.5 A
0.22 A
Continuous passable current
10A
Insulation Resistance
Over 100 MW
Dielectric Strength
2,200 VAC for duration of 1 min.
Mechanically
500,000 operations min
Service Life
Electrically
500,000 operations min
Ambient temperature
-20C + 50C

MODEL DESIGNATION
TMR-301 (CODE NO 0101-10001000)
2NO 2
TMR-302 (CODE NO 1111-10101010)
4NO 4
TMR-301A (CODE NO 0202-10001000)
2NO 2 SPRING RETURN
TMR-302A (CODE NO 2222-10101010)
4NO 4 SPRING RETURN

TMR - 30 3 1011 10,02,01,20


2 3
4
5
1
NOTE : When you place order, please kindly designate clockwise the movement way and type of contact blocks fitted.
Designation
1. Type
2. Mounting Hole
3. No. of Contact
Blocks Fitted
4. Movement way

5. Type of Contact
Blocks Fitted

TMRS-304 (CODE NO 1111-11111111)


4NO4NC 4
TMRS-304A (CODE NO 2222-11111111)
4NO4NC 4 SPRING RETURN

114

Signal
TMR
TMS
30
1~4
1
2
0
00
10
20
01
02
11

Description
Round Type
Square Type
30 m/m only
1~4
Go-on
Auto-Return
Blockade-enforcing
None
1a (1NO)
2a (2NO)
1b (1NC)
2b (2NC)
1a1b (1NO-1NC)

TMS-302 (Code NO 0101-10001000) 2NO 2


TMS-302A (Code NO 0202-10001000) 2NO 2
Spring Return
TMS-304 (CODE NO 1111-11111111)
4NO4NC 4
TMS-304A (CODE NO 2222-11111111)
4NO4NC 4 SPRING RETURN

TOGGLE SWITCH
MODEL DESIGNATION

TO - 11 B
1

Designation

Signal
T0
T0R

Description
10A 250 VAC
10A 250 VAC Spring return

1. Type
T5
T5R

15A 250 VAC


15A 250 VAC Spring return

11

Single pole Single Throw ON-OFF

12

Single pole Double Throw ON-ON

13

Single pole Double Throw (Central OFF) ON-OFF-ON

131

Single pole Double Throw (Central OFF Single return) ON-OFF-ON

21

Double pole Single Throw ON-OFF

22

Double pole Double Throw ON-ON

23

Double pole Double Throw (Central OFF) ON-OFF-ON

231

Double pole Double Throw (Central OFF Single return) ON-OFF-ON

2. Contact

Solder and Tab Terminal

Screw Terminal

3. Terminal

CHARACTERISTCS

RATINGS

15 mW max . (initial)

LOAD

Insulation resistance

100 mW min. (at 500 V DC)

RESISTIVE

T0

10A 250V 15A 125V

0.4A 250V 0.8A 125V

Dielectric Strength

2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute

LOAD

T5

15A 250V 20A 125V

0.5A 250V 0.9A 125V

T0

10A 250V 15A 250V

0.2A 250V 0.4A 125V

Vibration

10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm double amplitude

Operating temperature

-25 to +80C

LOAD

T5

15A 250V 20A 125V

Humidity

85% RH max

LAMP

T0

300W 100V 500W 200V

LOAD

T5

400W 125V 800W 250V 7A 30V

Contact resistance

Service life

Mechanically : 500,000 operations/min


Electrically : 100,000 operations/min.

Handle Strength

11.5 kg for 1 minute

Terminal Strength

2.5 kg for 1 minute

INDUCTIVE

TYPE A.C. RATING

DC RATING

0.3A 250V 0.5A 125V


15A 30V

T0

200W 125V 300W 250V

MOTOR

T5

400W 125V (1 Phase)

LOAD

T0

550W 250V (3 Phase)

T5

750W 250V (3 Phase)

-----

-----

Mounting hole : 12m/m.


Name Plate:

PTO ON-OFF
(TO-P1)

PTO ON-ON
(TO-P2)

PTO ON-OFF-ON
(TO-P3)

115

TOGGLE SWITCH
TO11B 2P10A (ON-OFF)
T511B 2P15A (ON-OFF)
TOR11B 2P10A (ON-OFF SPRING RETURN)
T5R11B 2P15A (ON-OFF SPRING RETURN)

TO21B 4P10A (ON-OFF)


T521B 4P15A (ON-OFF)
TOR21B 4P10A (ON-OFF SPRING RETURN)
T5R21B 4P15A (ON-OFF SPRING RETURN)

TO12B 3P10A (ON-ON)


T512B 3P15A (ON-ON)
TOR12B 3P10A (ON-ON SPRING RETURN)
T5R12B 3P15A (ON-ON SPRING RETURN)

TO22B 6P10A (ON-ON)


T522B 6P15A (ON-ON)
TOR22B 6P10A (ON-ON SPRING RETURN)
T5R22B 6P15A (ON-ON SPRING RETURN)

TO13B 3P10A (ON-OFF-ON)


T513B 3P15A (ON-OFF-ON)
TOR13B 3P10A (ON-OFF-ON SPRING RETURN)
T5R13B 3P15A (ON-OFF-ON SPRING RETURN)

TO23B 6P10A (ON-OFF-ON)


T523B 6P15A (ON-OFF-ON)
TOR23B 6P10A (ON-OFF-ON SPRING RETURN)
T5R23B 6P15A (ON-OFF-ON SPRING RETURN)

TERMINAL TYPE
Solder and Tab Type

RAINPROOF CAP

TOW

TOW-E

116

Screw Type

TOWER LIGHT
FEATURES

Tend tower light can be installed in any ma- Internal spring suspension can avoid damage to
chine as a status indicator by showing the color
the bulb due to machines vibration.
change of light and audible alarm.
Flexible wiring design : Steady, flashing of
Tower light can be customer-made to meet difalarm are achievable through wiring by end
ferent needs.
user.

MODEL DESIGNATIONS

TPT L 6 - L 2 3 ROG - S
1
Item

1.Mounting
Method

2.Functional

3.Diameter

4.Bulb

5.Voltage
6.Section

7.Lens

8.Aluminum
Tube Length

2 3

4 5 6

Signal
TPT
TPW
TPF
TPA
L
F
S
B
4
5
6
7
Space
L
1
2
7
9
1-5
R
O
G
B
W

BULB MODEL DESIGNATIONS

S15 - L4 2 R

Item

PRICE
0.5A
0.25A

S15-I41 (110VAC)
S15-I42 (220VAC)
S15-I59 (12VAC/DC)
S15-I57 (24VAC/DC)
S15-I51 (110VAC)
S15-I52 (220VAC)
S15-I69 (12VAC/DC)
S15-I67 (24VAC/DC)
S15-I61 (110VAC)
S15-I62 (220VAC)

0.05A
0.03A
0.7A
0.35A
0.06A
0.03A
0.8A
0.4A
0.08A
0.04A

S15
I4
I5
I6
L4
L5
1
2
7
9
Space
R
O
G
B
W

2.Lens Diameter

3. Voltage

4.Color

4
Description
BA15S Bulb

40 mm 5W Incandescent
50 mm 8W Incandescent
60 mm / 70 mm 10W Incandescent
40 mm LED
50 mm / 60 mm / 70 mm, LED
110 VAC
220 VAC
24 VAC/DC
12 VAC/DC
Incandescent
Red LED
Orange LED
Green LED
Blue LED
White LED

LED Lamp for Tower Light


MODEL DESIGNATIONS

S15 - L4 2 R
1

Item 5
1.Base Type
2.Lamp type

3. Voltage

4. Color

Signal
S15
L4
L5
1
2
7
9
R
O
G
BL

S15-L4 : for TWR-08 only

LAMP DIMENSIONS
S15-L4

4
Description
BA15S base
LED x 8
LED x 15
110 VAC/DC
220 VAC/DC
24 VAC/DC
12 VAC/DC
Red LED
Orange LED
Green LED
Blue LED

S15-L5

S15-L5 : for TWF-10 and TWF-12

PRICE
R,O
S15-L49 (12VAC/DC)
S15-L47 (24VAC/DC)
S15-L41 (110VAC)
S15-L42 (220VAC)
S15-L59 (12VAC/DC)
S15-L57 (24VAC/DC)
S15-L51 (110VAC)
S15-L52 (220VAC)

Mounting Holes - Tray Mount


TPW 4 / TPW 5

Signal

1.Base Type

Rated Current for Bulbs and Buzzers


(Reference Only)
Incandescent
S15-I49 (12VAC/DC)
S15-I47 (24VAC/DC)

Description

Pole Mount
Tray Mount
Tented Type
Side Hitch Type
Continuous light
Continuous or flashing light
Continuous or flashing light with audible alarm
Audible alarm light
40 mm (NO TPFL)
50 mm
60 mm
70 mm
Incandescent
LED
110 VAC
220 VAC
24 VAC/DC
12 VAC/DC
1-5
Red
Orange
Green
Blue
White
Standard Length, TPT:288 mm, TPF:43 mm
Space
Special Length, TPT : 138 mm
S
Special Length, TPF : 193 mm

Audio alarm buzzes at 90 db/30 cm.


Both bulb base for incandescent bulb & LED is
BA15S. So it is easy to change bulb type.

TPW 6

Buzzer
12 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
110 V AC
220 V AC

TPW 7

G,W,BL

0.1A
0.03A
0.02A
0.02A
0.15A
0.04A
0.02A
0.02A
PRICE
0.08A
0.02A
0.01A
0.01A

Flashing Board

TPTL-L LENS

117

TOWER LIGHT
WIRING DIAGRAM

MOUNTING HOLES
POLE MOUNTING BRACKET
Used TPTL4

MOUNTING HOLES

Used TPT 6/TPT 7

Used TPTF4/TPTS4/TPTB4 TPT 5

POLE MOUNTING BRACKET (OPTIONAL)

TPTL-S
Used TPTL4

TPTL6-S
Used TPTS4 / TPTF4 / TPTB4 /
TPT 5 / TPT 6 /TPT 7

FOLDABLE MOUNTING BRACKET (OPTIONAL)

SIDE MOUNTING BRACKET (OPTIONAL)

TPTL6-F
Used TPTS4 / TPTF4 / TPTB4 /
TPT 5 / TPT 6 /TPT 7

TPTL6-A
Used TPT 4 / TPT 5 /
TPT 6 / TPT 7

118

: TPT 288 mm. TPF 43 mm.



TPT (S) 138 mm. / TPF (S) 193 mm.

TOWER LIGHT
TPTL4

TPWL4

TPA

TPT

TPTL-S
TPTL6-S

Tower Light 40 mm Pole Mount-Continuous Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Description

Tower Light 40 mm Tray Mount-Continuous Ligh


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Type

Description

TPTL4-1

1 Section

TPWL4-1

1 Section

TPTL4-2

2 Section

TPWL4-2

2 Section

TPTL4-3

3 Section

TPWL4-3

3 Section

TPTL4-4

4 Section

TPWL4-4

4 Section

TPTL4-5

5 Section

TPWL4-5

5 Section

TPTL4L-1 (LED)

LED

1 Section

TPWL4L-1 (LED)

LED

1 Section

TPTL4L-2 (LED)

LED

2 Section

TPWL4L-2 (LED)

LED

2 Section

TPTL4L-3 (LED)

LED

3 Section

TPWL4L-3 (LED)

LED

3 Section

TPTL4L-4 (LED)

LED

4 Section

TPWL4L-4 (LED)

LED

4 Section

TPTL4L-5 (LED)

LED

5 Section

TPWL4L-5 (LED)

LED

5 Section

Price

119

TOWER LIGHT
TPTF4/
TPTS4/
TPTB4

TPWF4/
TPWS4/
TPWB4

TPTL-S
TPTL6-S

TPA
TPT

TPF

Tower Light 40 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


40 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Description

Tower Light 40 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
40 .

Price

Type

Description

TPTF4-1

1 Section

TPWF4-1

1 Section

TPTF4-2

2 Section

TPWF4-2

2 Section

TPTF4-3

3 Section

TPWF4-3

3 Section

TPTF4-4

4 Section

TPWF4-4

4 Section

TPTF4-5

5 Section

TPWF4-5

5 Section

TPTF4L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWF4L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTF4L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWF4L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPTF4L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPWF4L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTF4L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWF4L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPTL4L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWF4L-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Tower Light 40 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 40 .
Type

Description

Tower Light 40 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 40 .

Price

Type

Description

TPTS4-1

1 Section

TPWS4-1

1 Section

TPTS4-2

2 Section

TPWS4-2

2 Section

TPTS4-3

3 Section

TPWS4-3

3 Section

TPTS4-4

4 Section

TPWS4-4

4 Section

TPTS4-5

5 Section

TPWS4-5

TPTS4L-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWS4L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTS4L-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWS4L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

3 Section

TPWS4L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTS4L-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWS4L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPTS4L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWS4L-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Type

Description

Tower Light 40 mm Tray mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


40 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Type

Description

TPTB4-1

1 Section

TPWB4-1

1 Section

TPTB4-2

2 Section

TPWB4-2

2 Section

TPTB4-3

3 Section

TPWB4-3

3 Section

TPTB4-4

4 Section

TPWB4-4

4 Section

TPTB4-5

5 Section

TPWB4-5

5 Section

TPTB4L-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWB4L-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTB4L-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWB4L-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPTB4L-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPWB4L-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTB4L-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWB4L-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPTB4L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWB4L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

120

Price

5 Section

TPTS4L-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

Tower Light 40 mm Pole mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


40 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Price

TPTF, TPWF, TPTS, TPWS

TOWER LIGHT
TPTL5

TPWL5

TPA

TPTL-S TPF
TPTL6-S
TPT

Tower Light 50 mm Pole Mount-Continuous Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Description

Tower Light 50 mm Tray Mount-Continuous Ligh


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Type

Description

TPTL5-1

1 Section

TPWL5-1

1 Section

TPTL5-2

2 Section

TPWL5-2

2 Section

TPTL5-3

3 Section

TPWL5-3

3 Section

TPTL5-4

4 Section

TPWL5-4

4 Section

TPTL5-5

5 Section

TPWL5-5

5 Section

TPTL5L-1 (LED)

LED

1 Section

TPWL5L-1 (LED)

LED

1 Section

TPTL5L-2 (LED)

LED

2 Section

TPWL5L-2 (LED)

LED

2 Section

TPTL5L-3 (LED)

LED

3 Section

TPWL5L-3 (LED)

LED

3 Section

TPTL5L-4 (LED)

LED

4 Section

TPWL5L-4 (LED)

LED

4 Section

TPTL5L-5 (LED)

LED

5 Section

TPWL5L-5 (LED)

LED

5 Section

Price

121

TOWER LIGHT
TPTF5/
TPTS5/
TPTB5

TPWF5/
TPWS5/
TPWB5

TPA
TPF

TPT
TPTL-S
TPTL6-S

Tower Light 50 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
50 .
Type

Description

Tower Light 50 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
50 .

Price

Type

Description

TPTF5-1

1 Section

TPWF5-1

1 Section

TPTF5-2

2 Section

TPWF5-2

2 Section

TPTF5-3

3 Section

TPWF5-3

3 Section

TPTF5-4

4 Section

TPWF5-4

4 Section

TPTF5-5

5 Section

TPWF5-5

5 Section

TPTF5L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWF5L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTF5L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWF5L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPTF5L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPWF5L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTF5L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWF5L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPTF5L-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWF5L-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Tower Light 50 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 50 .
Type
Description Price

Tower Light 50 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 50 .
Type
Description Price

TPTS5-1

1 Section

TPWS5-1

1 Section

TPTS5-2

2 Section

TPWS5-2

2 Section

TPTS5-3

3 Section

TPWS5-3

3 Section

TPTS5-4

4 Section

TPWS5-4

4 Section

TPTS5-5

5 Section

TPWS5-5

5 Section

TPTS5L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWS5L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTS5L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWS5L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPTS5L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPWS5L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTS5L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWS5L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPTS5L-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWS5L-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Tower Light 50 mm Pole Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


50 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type
Description Price

Tower Light 50 mm Tray Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


50 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type
Description Price

1 Section

TPWB5-1

1 Section

TPTB5-2

2 Section

TPWB5-2

2 Section

TPTB5-3

3 Section

TPWB5-3

3 Section

TPTB5-4

4 Section

TPWB5-4

4 Section

TPTB5-5

5 Section

TPWB5-5

TPTB5L-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWB5L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTB5L-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWB5L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPTB5L-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPWB5L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTB5L-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWB5L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPTB5L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWB5L-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPTB5-1

122

Price

5 Section

TPTF, TPWF, TPTS, TPWS

TOWER LIGHT
TPTL6

TPWL6

TPA

TPT

TPTL-S TPF
TPTL6-S

Tower Light 60 mm Pole Mount-Continuous Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Description

Tower Light 60 mm Tray Mount-Continuous Ligh


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Price

Description

TPTL6-1

1 Section

TPWL6-1

1 Section

TPTL6-2

2 Section

TPWL6-2

2 Section

TPTL6-3

3 Section

TPWL6-3

3 Section

TPTL6-4

4 Section

TPWL6-4

4 Section

TPTL6-5

5 Section

TPWL6-5

5 Section

TPTL6L-1 (LED)

LED

1 Section

TPWL6L-1 (LED)

LED

1 Section

TPTL6L-2 (LED)

LED

2 Section

TPWL6L-2 (LED)

LED

2 Section

TPTL6L-3 (LED)

LED

3 Section

TPWL6L-3 (LED)

LED

3 Section

TPTL6L-4 (LED)

LED

4 Section

TPWL6L-4 (LED)

LED

4 Section

TPTL6L-5 (LED)

LED

5 Section

TPWL6L-5 (LED)

LED

5 Section

Price

123

TOWER LIGHT
TPTF6/
TPTS6/
TPTB6

TPWF6/
TPWS6/
TPWB6

TPA
TPT

TPF
TPTL-S
TPTL6-S

Tower Light 60 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


60 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Description

Tower Light 60 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


60 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Type

Description

TPTF6-1

1 Section

TPWF6-1

1 Section

TPTF6-2

2 Section

TPWF6-2

2 Section

TPTF6-3

3 Section

TPWF6-3

3 Section

TPTF6-4

4 Section

TPWF6-4

4 Section

TPTF6-5

5 Section

TPWF6-5

5 Section

TPTF6L-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWF6L-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTF6L-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWF6L-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPTF6L-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPWF6L-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTF6L-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWF6L-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPTF6L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWF6L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Tower Light 60 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 60 .
Type

Description

Tower Light 60 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 60 .

Price

Type

Description

TPTS6-1

1 Section

TPWS6-1

1 Section

TPTS6-2

2 Section

TPWS6-2

2 Section

TPTS6-3

3 Section

TPWS6-3

3 Section

TPTS6-4

4 Section

TPWS6-4

4 Section

TPTS6-5

5 Section

TPWS6-5

5 Section

TPTS6L-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWS6L-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTS6L-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWS6L-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPTS6L-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPWS6L-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTS6L-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWS6L-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPTS6L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWS6L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Tower Light 60 mm Pole Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


60 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Description

Price

Tower Light 60 mm Tray Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


60 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Type

Description

TPTB6-1

1 Section

TPWB6-1

1 Section

TPTB6-2

2 Section

TPWB6-2

2 Section

TPTB6-3

3 Section

TPWB6-3

3 Section

TPTB6-4

4 Section

TPWB6-4

4 Section

TPTB6-5

5 Section

TPWB6-5

5 Section

TPTB6L-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWB6L-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTB6L-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWB6L-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPTB6L-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPWB6L-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTB6L-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWB6L-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPTB6L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWB6L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

124

Price

Price

TPTF, TPWF, TPTS, TPWS

TOWER LIGHT
TPTL7

TPWL7

TPA

TPT

TPTL-S TPF
TPTL6-S

Tower Light 70 mm Pole Mount-Continuous Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Description

Tower Light 70 mm Tray Mount-Continuous Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Price

Description

TPTL7-1

1 Section

TPWL7-1

1 Section

TPTL7-2

2 Section

TPWL7-2

2 Section

TPTL7-3

3 Section

TPWL7-3

3 Section

TPTL7-4

4 Section

TPWL7-4

4 Section

TPTL7-5

5 Section

TPWL7-5

5 Section

TPTL7L-1 (LED)

LED

1 Section

TPWL7L-1 (LED)

LED

1 Section

TPTL7L-2 (LED)

LED

2 Section

TPWL7L-2 (LED)

LED

2 Section

TPTL7L-3 (LED)

LED

3 Section

TPWL7L-3 (LED)

LED

3 Section

TPTL7L-4 (LED)

LED

4 Section

TPWL7L-4 (LED)

LED

4 Section

TPTL7L-5 (LED)

LED

5 Section

TPWL7L-5 (LED)

LED

5 Section

Price

125

TOWER LIGHT
TPTF7/
TPTS7/
TPTB7

TPWF7/
TPWS7/
TPWB7

TPA
TPT

TPF
TPTL-S
TPTL6-S

Tower Light 70 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Description

Tower Light 70 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Type

Description

TPTF7-1

1 Section

TPWF7-1

1 Section

TPTF7-2

2 Section

TPWF7-2

2 Section

TPTF7-3

3 Section

TPWF7-3

3 Section

TPTF7-4

4 Section

TPWF7-4

4 Section

TPTF7-5

5 Section

TPWF7-5

TPTF7L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWF7L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTF7L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWF7L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPTF7L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPWF7L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTF7L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWF7L-4

(LED)

4 Section

TPTF7L-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWF7L-5

(LED)

5 Section

Tower Light 70 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type
Description
Price

5 Section

Tower Light 70 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type
Description Price

TPTS7-1

1 Section

TPWS7-1

1 Section

TPTS7-2

2 Section

TPWS7-2

2 Section

TPTS7-3

3 Section

TPWS7-3

3 Section

TPTS7-4

4 Section

TPWS7-4

4 Section

TPTS7-5

5 Section

TPWS7-5

5 Section

TPTS7L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWS7L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTS7L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWS7L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPTS7L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPWS7L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTS7L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWS7L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPTS7L-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWS7L-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Tower Light 70 mm Pole Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Description

Tower Light 70 mm Tray Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Type

Description

TPTB7-1

1 Section

TPWB7-1

1 Section

TPTB7-2

2 Section

TPWB7-2

2 Section

TPTB7-3

3 Section

TPWB7-3

3 Section

TPTB7-4

4 Section

TPWB7-4

4 Section

TPTB7-5

5 Section

TPWB7-5

5 Section

TPTB7L-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPWB7L-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TPTB7L-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPWB7L-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TPTB7L-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPWB7L-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TPTB7L-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPWB7L-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TPTB7L-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TPWB7L-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

126

Price

Price

TPTF, TPWF, TPTS, TPWS

TOWER LIGHT (SQUARE LENS)


FEATURES
Tend tower light canbe installed in any machine as a status indicator by showing the color change of light and
audible alarm. Tower light can be customer-made to meet different needs.
Internal spring suspension can avoid damage to the bulb due to machines vibration.
Flexible wiring design : Steady, flashing of alarm are achievable through wiring by end user.
Both bulb base for incandescent blub & LED is BA15S. So it is easy to change bulb type.
Audio alarm buzzes at 90DB/30cm.

MODEL DESIGNATIONS
Item

Signal
TST

Pole Mount

1. Mounting
Method

TSW

Tray Mount

TSF

Tented Type

2. Functional

3. Diameter
4. Bulb

5. Voltage

Continuous light

Continuous of flashing light

Continuous of flashing light with


audible alarm

Audible alarm light

50mm x 50mm

5. Lens

TST L 5 - L 2 3 ROG
1

2 3

4 5 6

Space Incandescent
L

LED

110VAC

220VAC

24VAC/DC

9
6. Section

Description

12VAC/DC

1-5

1-5

Red

Green

Yellow

Black

White

WIRING DIAGRAM

127

TOWER LIGHT (SQUARE LENS)


TSTL4

TSWL4

Tower Light 40 mm Pole Mount-Continuous Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Tower Light 40 mm Tray Mount-Continuous Ligh


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Type

Description

Price

Type

Description

TSTL4-1

1 Section

TSWL4-1

1 Section

TSTL4-2

2 Section

TSWL4-2

2 Section

TSTL4-3

3 Section

TSWL4-3

3 Section

TSTL4-4

4 Section

TSWL4-4

4 Section

TSTL4-5

5 Section

TSWL4-5

5 Section

TSTL4-1

(LED)

LED

1 Section

TSWL4-1

(LED)

LED

1 Section

TSTL4-2

(LED)

LED

2 Section

TSWL4-2

(LED)

LED

2 Section

TSTL4-3

(LED)

LED

3 Section

TSWL4-3

(LED)

LED

3 Section

TSTL4-4

(LED)

LED

4 Section

TSWL4-4

(LED)

LED

4 Section

TSTL4-5

(LED)

LED

5 Section

TSWL4-5

(LED)

LED

5 Section

128

Price

TOWER LIGHT (SQUARE LENS)


TSTF4/
TSTS4/
TSTB4

TSWF4/
TSWS4/
TSWB4

Tower Light 40 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


40 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Tower Light 40 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
40 .

Type

Description

Price

Type

Description

TSTF4-1

1 Section

TSWF4-1

1 Section

TSTF4-2

2 Section

TSWF4-2

2 Section

TSTF4-3

3 Section

TSWF4-3

3 Section

TSTF4-4

4 Section

TSWF4-4

4 Section

TSTF4-5

5 Section

TSWF4-5

5 Section

TSTF4-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSWF4-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTF4-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWF4-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSTF4-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSWF4-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTF4-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWF4-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSTF4-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWF4-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Tower Light 40 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 40 .
Type

Description

Tower Light 40 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 40 .

Price

Type

Description

TSTS4-1

1 Section

TSWS4-1

1 Section

TSTS4-2

2 Section

TSWS4-2

2 Section

TSTS4-3

3 Section

TSWS4-3

3 Section

TSTS4-4

4 Section

TSWS4-4

4 Section

TSTS4-5
TSTS4-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWS4-5

1 Section

TSWS4-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTS4-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWS4-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSWS4-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTS4-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWS4-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSTS4-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWS4-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Type

Description

Price

5 Section

TSTS4-3

Tower Light 40 mm Pole mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


40 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Tower Light 40 mm Tray mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


40 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Type

Description

TSTB4-1

1 Section

TSWB4-1

1 Section

TSTB4-2

2 Section

TSWB4-2

2 Section

TSTB4-3

3 Section

TSWB4-3

3 Section

TSTB4-4

4 Section

TSWB4-4

4 Section

TSTB4-5

5 Section

TSWB4-5

5 Section

TSTB4-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSWB4-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTB4-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWB4-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSTB4-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSWB4-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTB4-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWB4-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSTB4-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWB4-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSTF, TSWF, TSTS, TSWS

Price

129

TOWER LIGHT (SQUARE LENS)


TSTL5

TSWL5

Tower Light 50 mm Pole Mount-Continuous Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Tower Light 50 mm Tray Mount-Continuous Ligh


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Type

Description

Type

Price

Description

TSTL5-1

1 Section

TSWL5-1

1 Section

TSTL5-2

2 Section

TSWL5-2

2 Section

TSTL5-3

3 Section

TSWL5-3

3 Section

TSTL5-4

4 Section

TSWL5-4

4 Section

TSTL5-5

5 Section

TSWL5-5

5 Section

TSTL5-1

(LED)

LED

1 Section

TSWL5-1

(LED)

LED

1 Section

TSTL5-2

(LED)

LED

2 Section

TSWL5-2

(LED)

LED

2 Section

TSTL5-3

(LED)

LED

3 Section

TSWL5-3

(LED)

LED

3 Section

TSTL5-4

(LED)

LED

4 Section

TSWL5-4

(LED)

LED

4 Section

TSTL5-5

(LED)

LED

5 Section

TSWL5-5

(LED)

LED

5 Section

130

Price

TOWER LIGHT (SQUARE LENS)


TSTF5/
TSTS5/
TSTB5

TSWF5/
TSWS5/
TSWB5

Tower Light 50 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
50 .

Tower Light 50 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
50 .

Type

Description

Price

Type

Description

TSTF5-1

1 Section

TSWF5-1

1 Section

TSTF5-2

2 Section

TSWF5-2

2 Section

TSTF5-3

3 Section

TSWF5-3

3 Section

TSTF5-4

4 Section

TSWF5-4

4 Section

TSTF5-5

5 Section

TSWF5-5

5 Section

TSTF5-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSWF5-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTF5-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWF5-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSTF5-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSWF5-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTF5-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWF5-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSTF5-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWF5-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Tower Light 50 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 50 .
Type
Description Price

Tower Light 50 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 50 .
Type
Description Price

TSTS5-1

1 Section

TSWS5-1

1 Section

TSTS5-2

2 Section

TSWS5-2

2 Section

TSTS5-3

3 Section

TSWS5-3

3 Section

TSTS5-4

4 Section

TSWS5-4

4 Section

TSTS5-5

5 Section

TSWS5-5

5 Section

TSTS5-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSWS5-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTS5-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWS5-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSTS5-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSWS5-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTS5-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWS5-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSTS5-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWS5-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Tower Light 50 mm Pole Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


50 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type
Description Price

Price

Tower Light 50 mm Tray Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


50 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type
Description Price

TSTB5-1

1 Section

TSWB5-1

1 Section

TSTB5-2

2 Section

TSWB5-2

2 Section

TSTB5-3

3 Section

TSWB5-3

3 Section

TSTB5-4

4 Section

TSWB5-4

4 Section

TSTB5-5

5 Section

TSWB5-5

5 Section

TSTB5-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSWB5-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTB5-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWB5-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSTB5-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSWB5-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTB5-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWB5-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSTB5-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWB5-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSTF, TSWF, TSTS, TSWS

131

TOWER LIGHT (SQUARE LENS)


TSTL6

TSWL6

Tower Light 60 mm Pole Mount-Continuous Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Tower Light 60 mm Tray Mount-Continuous Ligh


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Type

Description

Price

Type

Description

TSTL6-1

1 Section

TSWL6-1

1 Section

TSTL6-2

2 Section

TSWL6-2

2 Section

TSTL6-3

3 Section

TSWL6-3

3 Section

TSTL6-4

4 Section

TSWL6-4

4 Section

TSTL6-5

5 Section

TSWL6-5

5 Section

TSTL6-1

(LED)

LED

1 Section

TSWL6-1

(LED)

LED

1 Section

TSTL6-2

(LED)

LED

2 Section

TSWL6-2

(LED)

LED

2 Section

TSTL6-3

(LED)

LED

3 Section

TSWL6-3

(LED)

LED

3 Section

TSTL6-4

(LED)

LED

4 Section

TSWL6-4

(LED)

LED

4 Section

TSTL6-5

(LED)

LED

5 Section

TSWL6-5

(LED)

LED

5 Section

132

Price

TOWER LIGHT (SQUARE LENS)


TSTF6/
TSTS6/
TSTB6

TSWF6/
TSWS6/
TSWB6

Tower Light 60 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


60 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Tower Light 60 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


60 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Type

Description

Price

Type

Description

TSTF6-1

1 Section

TSWF6-1

1 Section

TSTF6-2

2 Section

TSWF6-2

2 Section

TSTF6-3

3 Section

TSWF6-3

3 Section

TSTF6-4

4 Section

TSWF6-4

4 Section

TSTF6-5

5 Section

TSWF6-5

5 Section

TSTF6-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSWF6-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTF6-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWF6-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSTF6-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSWF6-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTF6-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWF6-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSTF6-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWF6-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Tower Light 60 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 60 .
Type

Description

Tower Light 60 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V 60 .

Price

Type

Description

TSTS6-1

1 Section

TSWS6-1

1 Section

TSTS6-2

2 Section

TSWS6-2

2 Section

TSTS6-3

3 Section

TSWS6-3

3 Section

TSTS6-4

4 Section

TSWS6-4

4 Section

TSTS6-5

5 Section

TSWS6-5

TSTS6-1 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSWS6-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTS6-2 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWS6-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

3 Section

TSWS6-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTS6-4 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWS6-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSTS6-5 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWS6-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Type

Description

Tower Light 60 mm Tray Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


60 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Type

Description

TSTB6-1

1 Section

TSWB6-1

1 Section

TSTB6-2

2 Section

TSWB6-2

2 Section

TSTB6-3

3 Section

TSWB6-3

3 Section

TSTB6-4

4 Section

TSWB6-4

4 Section

TSTB6-5

Price

5 Section

TSTS6-3 (LED) R,O,G,W,BL

Tower Light 60 mm Pole Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


60 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

5 Section

TSWB6-5

TSTB6-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSWB6-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTB6-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWB6-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSTB6-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSWB6-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTB6-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWB6-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSTB6-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWB6-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Price

5 Section

TSTF, TSWF, TSTS, TSWS

133

TOWER LIGHT (SQUARE LENS)


TSTL7

TSWL7

Tower Light 70 mm Pole Mount-Continuous Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Tower Light 70 mm Tray Mount-Continuous Light


12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Type

Description

Price

Type

Description

TSTL7-1

1 Section

TSWL7-1

1 Section

TSTL7-2

2 Section

TSWL7-2

2 Section

TSTL7-3

3 Section

TSWL7-3

3 Section

TSTL7-4

4 Section

TSWL7-4

4 Section

TSTL7-5

5 Section

TSWL7-5

5 Section

TSTL7-1

(LED)

LED

1 Section

TSWL7-1

(LED)

LED

1 Section

TSTL7-2

(LED)

LED

2 Section

TSWL7-2

(LED)

LED

2 Section

TSTL7-3

(LED)

LED

3 Section

TSWL7-3

(LED)

LED

3 Section

TSTL7-4

(LED)

LED

4 Section

TSWL7-4

(LED)

LED

4 Section

TSTL7-5

(LED)

LED

5 Section

TSWL7-5

(LED)

LED

5 Section

134

Price

TOWER LIGHT (SQUARE LENS)


TSTF7/
TSTS7/
TSTB7

TSWF7/
TSWS7/
TSWB7

Tower Light 70 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Tower Light 70 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Type

Description

Price

Type

Description

TSTF7-1

1 Section

TSWF7-1

1 Section

TSTF7-2

2 Section

TSWF7-2

2 Section

TSTF7-3

3 Section

TSWF7-3

3 Section

TSTF7-4

4 Section

TSWF7-4

4 Section

TSTF7-5

5 Section

TSWF7-5

TSTF7-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSWF7-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTF7-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWF7-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSTF7-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSWF7-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTF7-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWF7-4

(LED)

4 Section

TSTF7-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWF7-5

(LED)

5 Section

Tower Light 70 mm Pole Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type
Description
Price

5 Section

Tower Light 70 mm Tray Mount Continuous or Flashing Light with Alarm


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type
Description Price

TSTS7-1

1 Section

TSWS7-1

1 Section

TSTS7-2

2 Section

TSWS7-2

2 Section

TSTS7-3

3 Section

TSWS7-3

3 Section

TSTS7-4

4 Section

TSWS7-4

4 Section

TSTS7-5

5 Section

TSWS7-5

5 Section

TSTS7-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSWS7-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTS7-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWS7-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSTS7-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSWS7-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTS7-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWS7-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSTS7-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWS7-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

Tower Light 70 mm Pole Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V
Type

Description

Price

Tower Light 70 mm Tray Mount Continuous Light-Audible Alarm Light


70 .
12V, 24V, 110V, 220V

Price

Type

Description

TSTB7-1

1 Section

TSWB7-1

1 Section

TSTB7-2

2 Section

TSWB7-2

2 Section

TSTB7-3

3 Section

TSWB7-3

3 Section

TSTB7-4

4 Section

TSWB7-4

4 Section

TSTB7-5

5 Section

TSWB7-5

5 Section

TSTB7-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSWB7-1

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

1 Section

TSTB7-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSWB7-2

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

2 Section

TSTB7-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSWB7-3

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

3 Section

TSTB7-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSWB7-4

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

4 Section

TSTB7-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSWB7-5

(LED) R,O,G,W,BL

5 Section

TSTF, TSWF, TSTS, TSWS

Price

135

TOWER LIGHT
DIMENSIONS

136

TOWER LIGHT
DIMENSIONS

WIRING DIAGRAM

137

MULTICOLORED-LAYER TOWER LIGHT


FEATURES
Multicolors in one layer to reduce total height, color : Red, Orange, Green and Blue.
Revolving speed : 180 RPM, flashing frequency : 60 times per minuite.
Intermittent buzz : Frequency with series connected with revolving wire : 180 RPM

Frequency with series connected with flashing wire : 60 times per minute, volume : 80db/1M or more

MODEL DESIGNATIONS

TPT ML 6 - 2 3 ROG
1

Item
1.Mounting
Method

2.Functional

Signal
TPT
TPW
ML
MF
MB
MS
RF
RS

3.Size

5
6
7

4 5

Description
Pole Mount
Tray Mount
Continuous light
Continuous or flashing light
Audible alarm light
Continuous or flashing light with audible alarm
Rotary light, Continuous and flashing light
Rotary light, Continuous and flashing light
with audible alarm
50 mm
60 mm
70 mm

Item

Signal
1

110 VAC

220 VAC

24 VAC/DC

12 VAC/DC

2-4

2 - 4 Light

4.Voltage

5.Section

Description

Red

Orange

Green LED

BL

Blue

6.Color

DIMENSIONS AND MOUNTING HOLE


TPTM / TPTR

TPWM / TPWR

TPFM / TPFR

WIRING DIAGRAM

Continuous light

138

Continuous or
flashing light

Audible alarm light

Continuous of
flashing light with
Audible alarm light

MULTICOLORED-LAYER TOWER LIGHT


One Section Tower Light-LED : Continuous Light
1
LED
Code No.

Color

Voltage

TPTML5 2

TPTML5 3

TPTML5 4
TPTML6 2

One Section Tower Light-LED : Continuous Light


1
LED
Price

Code No.

Color

Voltage

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWML5 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWML5 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWML5 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWML6 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTML6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWML6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTML6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWML6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTML7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWML7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTML7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWML7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTML7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWML7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

Price

Note:

Note:

One Section Tower Light-LED : Continuous or Flashing Light


1

One Section Tower Light-LED : Continuous or Flashing Light


1

LED

Code No.

Color

Voltage

LED

Price

Code No.

Color

Voltage

TPTMF5 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMF5 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMF5 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMF5 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMF5 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMF5 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMF6 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMF6 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMF6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMF6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMF6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMF6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMF7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMF7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMF7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMF7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMF7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMF7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

Price

Note:

Note:

One Section Tower Light-LED : Audible Alarm Light


1

One Section Tower Light-LED : Audible Alarm Light


1

LED

Price

LED

Code No.

Color

Voltage

TPTMB5 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMB5 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMB5 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMB5 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMB5 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMB6 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMB6 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMB6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMB6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMB6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMB6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMB7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMB7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMB7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMB7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMB7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMB7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

Note:

Code No.

Color

Voltage

TPWMB5 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

Price

Note:
139

MULTICOLORED-LAYER TOWER LIGHT


One Section Tower Light-LED :
Continuous or Flashing Light with Audible Alarm
1

LED
Price

One Section Tower Light-LED :


Continuous or Flashing Light with Audible Alarm
1

LED

Code No.

Color

Voltage

Code No.

Color

Voltage

TPTMS5 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMS5 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMS5 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMS5 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMS5 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMS5 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMS6 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMS6 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMS6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMS6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMS6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMS6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMS7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMS7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMS7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMS7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTMS7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWMS7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

Price

Note:

Note:

One Section Tower Light-LED :


Rotary Light Continuousor Flashing Light
1

LED

One Section Tower Light-LED :


Rotary Light Continuous or Flashing Light
1

LED

Code No.

Color

Voltage

TPTRF5 2

Price

Code No.

Color

Voltage

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRF5 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRF5 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRF5 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRF5 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRF5 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRF6 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRF6 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRF6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRF6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRF6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRF6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRF7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRF7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRF7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRF7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRF7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRF7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

Price

Note:

Note:

One Section Tower Light-LED : Rotary Light, Continuous


or Flashing Light with Audible Alarm
1

LED

One Section Tower Light-LED : Rotary Light, Continuous


or Flashing Light with Audible Alarm
1

LED

Code No.

Color

Voltage

Price

Color

Voltage

TPTRS5 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRS5 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRS5 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRS5 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRS5 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRS5 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRS6 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRS6 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRS6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRS6 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRS6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRS6 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRS7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRS7 2

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRS7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRS7 3

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPTRS7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

TPWRS7 4

12, 24, 110, 220 V

Note:
140

Code No.

Price

Note:

BUZZER, BELL
FEATURES
SMALL SIZE
BEAUTIFUL STYLE
HIGH VOLUME

Designation

MODEL DESIGNATION

1. Type

TBN - 220
1

SPECIFICATIONS
Dielectric Strength:
AC 1500V for duration of one minute
Insulation Resistance : Over 100 mW @ DC 500 V
Service life : Over than 30 minutes (Continue)
Volume (D, B)
TBN-220, TBY-220 series : Over than 85 D.B.
TBY-302 Series : Over than 75 D.B.
4BL-220 Series : Over than 95 D.B.

2. Voltage

3. Current

Signal

Description

TBN

Flush Mounting

TBY

Surface Mounting

4BL

4" Bell

110

110 V

220

220 V

24

24 V

12

12 V

301

110 V 30m/m

302

220 V 30m/m

312

12 V

324

24 V

(NONE)

AC

DC

DIMENSIONS
TBY-302 30 mm 220V
TBY-324D
TBY-312D

220V, 110V
24V
12V

TBY-220 60 mm 220V
TBY-24D
TBY-12D

220V, 110V
24V
12V

TBN-220
TBN-24D
TBN-12D

220V, 110V
24V
12V

4BL-220
4BL-24D (24 VDC)

141

REVOLVING/FLASHING WARNING LIGHT


FEATURE
Revolving or Flashing types color : Red, Orange, Green, Blue and Pink.
Revolvin speed : 160 RPM, flash frequency : 150 times per minute.
Intermittent buzz, Synchronizing frequency with flash, approx 150 times per minute volume : 80 db/1m or more.

MODEL DESIGNATION

TWF B - 10 L 2 R
1
Item
1. Type

2. Buzzer

3. Size

4. Bulb

5. Voltage

6. Color of
Lens

Note:

Signal
TWR
TWK
TWF
TWL
Space
B
W
S
08
10
12
16
18
Space
L
1
2
7
9
R
O
G
BL
P

Description
Rotary (Transparent Lens)
Rotary (Diamond Lens)
Flashing (LED)
Rotary (LED)
Screw terminal (without Buzzer)
Screw terminal (with Buzzer)
Lead (without Buzzer)
Lead (with Buzzer)
80 mm
100 mm
120 mm
160 mm
180 mm
Incandescent Bulb
LED
110 VAC
220 VAC
24 VAC/DC
12 VAC/DC
Red
Orange
Green
Blue
Pink

LED
TWF
12 V
80 mm L4
100 mm
120 mm

L6

24 V

110 V

220 V

12 V
0.08 A

L4

24 V
L4
0.04 A

110 V
L4
0.02 A

220 V
0.02 A

24 V
0.1 A

L6

24 V
L6
0.05 A

110 V
L6
0.02 A

220 V
0.02 A

TWR/TWK
12 V

80

220 V

12 V

24 V
I6

110 V
220 V
I6
10 W
10 W

I3

12 V
24 V
12 V
12 V
12 V
I3
I2
I2
I6
I6
8W
8W
5W
5W
10 W

24 V
10 W

I6

110 V
220 V
I6
10 W
10 W

I3

12 V
24 V
12 V
12 V
12 V
I3
I3
I3
I6
I6
8W
8W
8W
8W
10 W

24 V
10 W

I6

110 V
220 V
I6
10 W
10 W

I7

12 V
24 V
12 V
12 V
12 V
I7
I7
I7
I7
I7
35 W
35 W
35 W
35 W
35 W

24 V
35 W

I7

110 V
220 V
I7
35 W
35 W

mm

160
mm

180
mm

LED LAMP FOR WARNING LIGHT


S15 - L4 2 R
1

LAMP DIMENSION
S15-L4

S15-L6

Item
1.Base Type

Signal
S15
L4
2.Lamp Type
L6
1
2
3. Voltage
7
9
R
O
4.Color
G
BL

Description
BA15S base
LED X 8
LED X 15
110 VAC/DC
220 VAC/DC
24 VAC/DC
12 VAC/DC
Red LED
Orange LED
Green LED
Blue LED

S15-L4 for TWL-08 + TWF-08


S15-L6 for TWF-10, TWF-12 + TWL-10, TWL-12

142

220 V

24 V
10 W

1. TWR/TWK Incandescent bulb only


2. TWF incandescent bulb or LED
3. TWL LED only

MODEL DESIGNATION

110 V

12 V
24 V
110 V
220 V
12 V
I3
I4
I4
I6
I6
8W
8W
5W
5W
10 W

mm

120

110 V

I3

mm

100

24 V

TWF

REVOLVING/FLASHING WARNING LIGHT


LAMP DIMENSION
S15-I2
S15-I3

S15-L4 (R,O)
S15-L4 (G,W,BL)

S15-I4

S15-L6 (R,O)
S15-L6 (G,W,BL)

S15-I6

TWR

S15-I7

TWS

TWK

DIMENSION AND MOUNTING HOLE


TWRW-08

TWRW-10

TWRW-12

TWRW-16

TWRW-18

WIRING DIAGRAM

143

REVOLVING/FLASHING WARNING LIGHT


Code

Description

Voltage

TWRW-08

TWRW-18

80 .
100 .
120 .
160 .
180 .

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

TWKW-10

100 .

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

TWSW-08

80 .
100 .
120 .
160 .
180 .

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

80 . LED
100 . LED
120 . LED
160 . LED
180 . LED

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

80 .
100 .
120 .
160 .
180 .

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

80 . LED
100 . LED
120 . LED
160 . LED
180 . LED

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

80 .
100 .
120 .

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

80 . LED
100 . LED
120 . LED
160 . LED
180 . LED

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

80 .
100 .
120 .

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

80 . LED
100 . LED
120 . LED
160 . LED
180 . LED

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

TWRW-10
TWRW-12
TWRW-16

TWSW-10
TWSW-12
TWSW-16
TWSW-18
TWLW-08L
TWLW-10L
TWLW-12L
TWLW-16L
TWLW-18L
TWRS-08
(TWRB)
TWRB-10
TWRB-12
TWRB-16
TWRB-18
TWLS-08L
(TWLB-L)
TWLB-10L
TWLB-12L
TWLB-16L
TWLB-18L
TWFW-08
TWFW-10
TWFW-12
TWFW-08L
TWFW-10L
TWFW-12L
TWFW-16L
TWFW-18L
TWFS-08
(TWFB)
TWFB-10
TWFB-12
TWFS-08L
(TWFB-L)
TWFB-10L
TWFB-12L
TWFB-16L
TWFB-18L

144

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V
110 V, 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

Price

WARNING LIGHT
,
TRM-220

Model RM is smallest model with paraboolic reflector Acrylic done is availible in red yellow, blue, green
ideal for commercial use and industrial use.

MODEL

VOLTAGE

CURRENT

TRM 120

DC 12 V

0.7 A

PLASHES PER
MINUTE

BULB

WEIGHT

12 V 8 W

0.6 Kg.

150 R PM
TRM 240

DC 24 V

0.07 A

24 V 10 W

0.75 Kg.

TRM 220

AC 220 V

0.04 A

220 V 5 W

0.75 Kg.

@ 880.-

145

TERMINAL BLOCKS
FEATURES

TBU - 2.5N

TBU - 4N

TBU - 6N

TBU terminal block may


fit in either TBR-N or
TBU-N rails simply with
the frame-pressed line.
Its made of quenched
and galvanized premium
steel.
Can use matching shortcircuit tag. The design
conforms to thr requirement of international
standard IEC60947-7-1

PRICE
Specifications

IEC

IEC

IEC

Rated current

24A

32A

41A

Rated voltage

800V

800V

800V

Cross - section

2.5 mm2

4 mm2

6 mm2

Single center

22-12 AWG

22-10 AWG

22-8 AWG

Conplex center

22-12 AWG

22-10 AWG

22-8 AWG

Rated impulse voltage

5 KV

5 KV

5 KV

Tighting torque range

4 kgf.cm

6 kgf.cm

10 kgf.cm

M 2.6

M3

M 3.5

10-12 mm

10-12 mm

10-12 mm

Clamping screw
Insulation stripping length
Accessories

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

Marking tags

TBU2.5N-A

100

TBU4N-A

100

TBU6N-A

100

End bracket

TBU2.5N-F

10

TBU2.5N-F

10

TBU2.5N-F

10

End plate

TBU2.5N-H

100

TBU2.5N-H

100

TBU2.5N-H

100

Mounting rails

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU2.5N-CU2

2P

50

TBU4N-CU2

2P

50

TBU6N-CU2

2P

50

TBU2.5N-CU3

3P

50

TBU4N-CU3

3P

50

TBU6N-CU3

3P

50

TBU2.5N-CU4

4P

50

TBU4N-CU4

4P

50

TBU6N-CU4

4P

50

TBU2.5N-CU10

10P

20

TBU4N-CU10

10P

20

TBU6N-CU10

10P

20

TBU2.5N-CS2

2P

50

TBU4N-CS2

2P

50

TBU6N-CS2

2P

50

TBU2.5N-CS3

3P

50

TBU4N-CS3

3P

50

TBU6N-CS3

3P

50

TBU2.5N-CS4

4P

50

TBU4N-CS4

4P

50

TBU6N-CS4

4P

50

TBU2.5N-CS10

10P

20

TBU4N-CS10

10P

20

TBU6N-CS10

10P

20

Cross - connection
system

Cross - connection
combs

146

TERMINAL BLOCKS
TBU - 10N

TBU - 16N

TBU - 35N

TBU - 50N

PRICE
IEC

IEC

IEC

IEC

57A

76A

125A

150A

800V

800V

800V

1000V

10 mm2

16 mm2

35 mm2

50 mm2

16-6 AWG

14-6 AWG

12-2 AWG

6-1/0 AWG

16-6 AWG

14-6 AWG

12-2 AWG

6-1/0 AWG

5 KV

5 KV

5 KV

5 KV

16 kgf.cm

30 kgf.cm

50 kgf.cm

50 kgf.cm

M4

M5

M6

M6

10-12 mm

10-12 mm

15-20 mm

25-30 mm

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

Type

TBU10N-A

100

TBU10N-A

100

TBU10N-A

100

TBU50N-A

50

TBU2.5N-F

10

TBU2.5N-F

10

TBU35N-F

10

TBU35N-F

10

TBU2.5N-H

100

TBU2.5N-H

100

TBU35N-H

50

TBR-N /TBR-S

1M

TBR-N /TBR-S

1M

TBR-N /TBR-S

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBU-N / TBU-S

1M

TBU-N / TBU-S

1M

TBU-N / TBU-S

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU10N-CU2

2P

50

TBU16N-CU2

2P

50

TBU35N-CU2

2P

50

TBU10N-CU3

3P

50

TBU16N-CU3

3P

50

TBU35N-CU3

3P

50

TBU10N-CU4

4P

50

TBU16N-CU16

4P

50

TBU35N-CU4

4P

50

TBU10N-CU10

10P

20

TBU16N-CU10

10P

10

TBU35N-CU10

10P

10

TBU10N-CS2

2P

50

TBU16N-CS2

2P

50

TBU35N-CS2

2P

50

TBU10N-CS3

3P

50

TBU16N-CS3

3P

50

TBU35N-CS3

3P

50

TBU10N-CS4

4P

50

TBU16N-CS16

4P

50

TBU35N-CS4

4P

50

TBU10N-CS10

10P

20

TBU16N-CS10

10P

10

TBU35N-CS10

10P

10

Qty.

147

TERMINAL BLOCKS
FEATURES

TBU - 70N

TBU - 95N

TBU - 150N

TBU terminal block and


TBE earthed terminal
block may fit in either
TBR-N or TBU-N rails
simply with the framepressed line.
Its made of quenched
and galvanized premium
steel.
Can use matching shortcircuit tag. The design
conforms to thr requirement of international
standard IEC60947-7-1
and IEC60947-7-2.

PRICE
Specifications

IEC

IEC

IEC

Rated current

200A

232A

269A

Rated voltage

1000V

1000V

1000V

Cross - section

70 mm2

95 mm2

150 mm2

Single center

6-2/0 AWG

2-3/0 AWG

2-300 AWG

Conplex center

6-2/0 AWG

2-3/0 AWG

2-300 AWG

Rated impulse voltage

5 KV

5 KV

5 KV

Tighting torque range

50 kgf.cm

90 kgf.cm

165 kgf.cm

M6

M8

M 10

25-30 mm

30-35 mm

35-40 mm

Clamping screw
Insulation stripping length
Accessories

Type

Marking tags

TBU50N-A

50

TBU50N-A

50

TBU50N-A

50

End bracket

TBU35N-F

10

TBU35N-F

10

TBU35N-F

10

Mounting rails

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

148

Qty.

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

GROUND TERMINAL BLOCKS


TBE-2.5N

TBE-4N

TBE-6N

TBE-10N

PRICE
IEC

IEC

IEC

IEC

24 A

32 A

41 A

57A

2.5 mm2

4 mm2

6 mm2

10 mm2

22-12 AWG

22-10 AWG

22-8 AWG

16-6 AWG

22-12 AWG

22-10 AWG

22-8 AWG

16-6 AWG

5 KV

5 KV

5 KV

5 KV

4 kgf.cm

6 kgf.cm

10 kgf.cm

16 kgf.cm

M 2.6

M3

M 3.5

M4

10-12 mm

10-12 mm

10-12 mm

10-12 mm

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

TBU4N-A

100

TBU4N-A

100

TBU6N-A

100

TBU10N-A

100

TBU2.5N-F

10

TBU2.5N-F

10

TBU2.5N-F

10

TBU2.5N-F

10

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

149

GROUND TERMINAL BLOCKS


FEATURES

TBE-16N

TBE-35N

TBE-50N

TBE earthed terminal


block may fit in either
TBR-N or TBU-N rails
simply with the framepressed line.
Its made of quenched
and galvanized premium
steel.
Can use matching shortcircuit tag. The design
conforms to thr requirement of international
standard IEC60947-7-2.

PRICE
Specifications

IEC

IEC

IEC

Rated current

76A

125A

150A

Cross - section

16 mm2

35 mm2

50 mm2

Single center

14-6 AWG

12-2 AWG

6-1/0 AWG

Conplex center

14-6 AWG

12-2 AWG

6-1/0 AWG

Rated impulse voltage

5 KV

5 KV

5 KV

Tighting torque range

30 kgf.cm

50 kgf.cm

50 kgf.cm

M5

M6

M6

10-12 mm

15-20 mm

25-30 mm

Clamping screw
Insulation stripping length
Accessories

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

Type

Marking tags

TBU10N-A

100

TBU10N-A

100

TBU50N-A

50

End bracket

TBU2.5N-F

10

TBU35N-F

10

TBU35N-F

10

Mounting rails

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

150

Qty.

GROUND TERMINAL BLOCKS


TBE-70N

TBE-95N

TBE-150N

PRICE
IEC

IEC

IEC

200A

232A

269A

70 mm2

95 mm2

150 mm2

6-2/0 AWG

2-3/0 AWG

2-300 AWG

6-2/0 AWG

2-3/0 AWG

2-300 AWG

5 KV

5 KV

5 KV

50 kgf.cm

90 kgf.cm

165 kgf.cm

M6

M8

M 10

25-30 mm

30-35 mm

35-40 mm

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

TBU50N-A

50

TBU50N-A

50

TBU50N-A

50

TBU35N-F

10

TBU35N-F

10

TBU35N-F

10

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

151

FUSE HOLDER TERMINAL BLOCKS


FEATURES

TBFH LED
TBFH-1 LED
(10-30 VAC/DC)
TBFH-2 LED
(110-250 VAC/DC)

TBFV LED
TBFV-1 LED
(10-30 VAC/DC)
TBFV-2 LED
(110-250 VAC/DC)

TBT disconnect test


terminal block and
TBFV(H) fuse terminal TBT - 2.5N
block may fit in either
TBR-N or TBU-N rails
simply with the framepressed line.
Its made of quenched
and galvanized premium
steel.
Can use matching shortcircuit tag. The design
conforms to thr requirement of international
standard IEC60947-7-1.

Specifications

IEC

IEC

IEC

Rated current

10A

10A

6.3A

Rated voltage

400V

500V

400V

Cross - section

2.5

mm2

10

mm2

4 mm2

Single center

22-12 AWG

16-6 AWG

22-10 AWG

Conplex center

22-12 AWG

16-6 AWG

22-10 AWG

Rated impulse voltage

5 KV

5 KV

5 KV

Tighting torque range

4 kgf.cm

16 kgf.cm

6 kgf.cm

M 2.6

M4

M3

10-12 mm

10-12 mm

10-12 mm

5x20

5x20 /5x25

Clamping screw
Insulation stripping length
G - fuse inserts
Accessories

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

Type

Qty.

Marking tags

TBU2.5N-A

100

TBU10N-A

100

TBU6N-A

100

End bracket

TBU2.5N-F

10

TBU2.5N-F

10

TBU2.5N-F

10

End plate

TBU2.5N-H

100

TBUF-H

100

Mounting rails

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBR-N(AI)/TBR-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU-N(AI)/TBU-S(S)

1M

TBU16N-CU2

2P

50

TBU16N-CU3

3P

50

Cross - connection
system

Cross - connection
combs

TBU2.5N-CS2

2P

50

TBU16N-CS2

2P

50

TBU10N-CS2

2P

50

TBU2.5N-CS3

3P

50

TBU16N-CS3

3P

50

TBU10N-CS3

3P

50

TBU2.5N-CS4

4P

50

TBU16N-CS4

4P

50

TBU10N-CS4

4P

50

TBU2.5N-CS10

10P

20

TBU16N-CS10

10P

20

TBU10N-CS10

10P

20

TBU2.5N-CS4

4P

50

TBU4N-CS4

4P

50

TBU10N-CS4

4P

50

TBU2.5N-CS10

10P

20

TBU4N-CS10

10P

20

TBU10N-CS10

10P

20

Specifications
LED
152

Description
TBFV-1/TBFH-1:10-30VAC/DC

TBFV-2/TBFH-2:110-250VAC

MARKING TAGS
MARKING TAGS
TBU..N-A (BLANK TAGS)
TBU..N-A1 / A0110 / AL / AU
Note : 1 Tag picec - 10 pcs. Of numbers)
= TBU... N-A

10 = TBU... N-A0110

= TBU... N-A1

L1 L2 L3 N PE L1 L2 L3 N PE = TBU... N-AL

Tag
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41-50
L1,L2,L3,N,PE
U,V,W,N

= TBU... N-AU

Piece
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

1 10

TBU-10N
Model
TBU10N-A
TBU10N-A1
TBU10N-A2
TBU10N-A3
TBU10N-A4
TBU10N-A5
TBU10N-A6
TBU10N-A7
TBU10N-A8
TBU10N-A0
TBU10N-A0110
TBU10N-A1120
TBU10N-A2130
TBU10N-A3140
TBU10N-A4150
TBU10N-AL
TBU10N-AU

1 10

TBU-4N
Model
TBU4N-A
TBU4N-A1
TBU4N-A2
TBU4N-A3
TBU4N-A4
TBU4N-A5
TBU4N-A6
TBU4N-A7
TBU4N-A8
TBU4N-A0
TBU4N-A0110
TBU4N-A1120
TBU4N-A2130
TBU4N-A3140
TBU4N-A4150
TBU4N-AL
TBU4N-AU

1 10

TBU-2.5N

Tag
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41-50
L1,L2,L3,N,PE
U,V,W,N

Piece
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Model
TBU2.5N-A
TBU2.5N-A1
TBU2.5N-A2
TBU2.5N-A3
TBU2.5N-A4
TBU2.5N-A5
TBU2.5N-A6
TBU2.5N-A7
TBU2.5N-A8
TBU2.5N-A0
TBU2.5N-A0110
TBU2.5N-A1120
TBU2.5N-A2130
TBU2.5N-A3140
TBU2.5N-A4150
TBU2.5N-AL
TBU2.5N-AU

Tag
xxx
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41-50
L1,L2,L3,N,PE
U,V,W,N

1 10

TBU-6N
Model
TBU6N-A
TBU6N-A1
TBU6N-A2
TBU6N-A3
TBU6N-A4
TBU6N-A5
TBU6N-A6
TBU6N-A7
TBU6N-A8
TBU6N-A0
TBU6N-A0110
TBU6N-A1120
TBU6N-A2130
TBU6N-A3140
TBU6N-A4150
TBU6N-AL
TBU6N-AU

Piece
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Tag
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41-50
L1,L2,L3,N,PE
U,V,W,N

Piece
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

TBU-50N
Model
TBU50N-A
TBU50N-A1
TBU50N-A2
TBU50N-A3
TBU50N-A4
TBU50N-A5
TBU50N-A6
TBU50N-A7
TBU50N-A8
TBU50N-A0
TBU50N-A0110
TBU50N-A1120
TBU50N-A2130
TBU50N-A3140
TBU50N-A4150
TBU50N-AL
TBU50N-AU

Tag
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41-50
L1,L2,L3,N,PE
U,V,W,N

Piece
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

153

SHORTING LINK
SHORTING LINK
TBU N-CU Cross-connection System
Cross-connection System

Dimension
Type

PRICE Pole

Used at

Dimension

Qty.

Type
A

PRICE Pole

Used at

Qty.
A

TBU2.5N-CU2

@24.-

TBU-2.5N

50

17.8

5.1

9.1

0.6

TBU10N-CU2

@42.-

TBU-10N

50

24.9

10.2 18.2

TBU2.5N-CU3

@36.-

TBU-2.5N

50

17.8

5.1

14.2

0.6

TBU10N-CU3

@60.-

TBU-10N

50

24.9

10.2 28.4

TBU2.5N-CU4

@48.-

@85.-

TBU2.5N-CU10 @122.-

TBU-2.5N

50

17.8

5.1

19.3

0.6

TBU10N-CU4

10

TBU-2.5N

20

17.8

5.1

49.9

0.6

TBU10N-CU10 @210.-

TBU-10N

50

24.9

10.2 38.6

10

TBU-10N

20

24.9

10.2 99.8

TBU4N-CU2

@30.-

TBU-4N

50

18.2

4.5

6.2

10.7

TBU16N-CU2

@50.-

TBU-16N

50

26.2

9.4

12

21.4

TBU4N-CU3

@43.-

TBU-4N

50

18.2

4.5

6.2

16.9

TBU16N-CU3

@80.-

TBU-16N

50

26.2

9.4

12

33.4

TBU4N-CU4

@60.-

TBU-4N

50

18.2

4.5

6.2

23.1

TBU16N-CU4

@104.-

TBU-16N

50

26.2

9.4

12

45.4

TBU4N-CU10

@145.-

10

TBU-4N

20

18.2

4.5

6.2

60.3

TBU16N-CU10 @268.-

10

TBU-16N

10

26.2

9.4

12

117.4

TBU6N-CU2

@36.-

TBU-6N

50

18.2

6.2

8.2

14.4

TBU35N-CU2

@70.-

TBU-35N

50

26.8 11.5 15.9 27.4

1.6

TBU6N-CU3

@50.-

TBU-6N

50

18.2

6.2

8.2

22.6

TBU35N-CU3

@108.-

TBU-35N

50

26.8 11.5 15.9 43.3

1.6

TBU6N-CU4

@73.-

TBU-6N

50

18.2

6.2

8.2

30.8

TBU35N-CU4

@140.-

TBU-35N

50

26.8 11.5 15.9 59.2

1.6

TBU6N-CU10

@170.-

10

TBU-6N

20

18.2

6.2

8.2

80

TBU35N-CU10 @340.-

10

TBU-35N

10

26.8 11.5 15.9 154.6 1.6

TBU N-CS Cross-connection Comb

Dimension
Type

PRICE Pole

Used at

Dimension

Qty.

Type
A

PRICE Pole

Used at

Qty.
A

TBU2.5N-CS2

@24.-

TBU-2.5N

50

20.6

2.2

5.1

9.3

0.8

TBU10N-CS2

@30.-

TBU-10N

50

29.4

5.4

10.2 18.4

1.6

TBU2.5N-CS3

@36.-

TBU-2.5N

50

20.6

2.2

5.1

14.4

0.8

TBU10N-CS3

@42.-

TBU-10N

50

29.4

5.4

10.2 28.6

1.6

TBU2.5N-CS4

@48.-

TBU-2.5N

50

20.6

2.2

5.1

19.5

0.8

TBU10N-CS4

@60.-

TBU-10N

50

29.4

5.4

10.2 38.8

1.6

TBU2.5N-CS10 @122.-

10

TBU-2.5N

20

20.6

2.2

5.1

50.1

0.8

TBU10N-CS10

@145.-

10

TBU-10N

20

29.4

5.4

10.2

100

1.6

TBU4N-CS2

@24.-

TBU-4N

50

21.5

2.5

6.2

10.7

TBU16N-CS2

@36.-

TBU-16N

50

31

6.6

12

21

1.6

TBU4N-CS3

@36.-

TBU-4N

50

21.5

2.5

6.2

16.9

TBU16N-CS3

@52.-

TBU-16N

50

31

6.6

12

33

1.6

TBU4N-CS4

@48.-

TBU-4N

50

21.5

2.5

6.2

23.1

TBU16N-CS4

@70.-

TBU-16N

50

31

6.6

12

45

1.6

TBU4N-CS10

@122.-

10

TBU-4N

20

21.5

2.5

6.2

60.3

TBU16N-CS10

@170.-

10

TBU-16N

10

31

6.6

12

117

1.6

TBU6N-CS2

@24.-

TBU-6N

50

23.8

3.6

8.2

14.8

1.2

TBU35N-CS2

@46.-

TBU-35N

50

37.2

8.4

15.9 29.6

1.6

TBU6N-CS3

@36.-

TBU-6N

50

23.8

3.6

8.2

23

1.2

TBU35N-CS3

@70.-

TBU-35N

50

37.2

8.4

15.9 45.6

1.6

TBU6N-CS4

@48.-

TBU-6N

50

23.8

3.6

8.2

31.2

1.2

TBU35N-CS4

@95.-

TBU-35N

50

37.2

8.4

15.9 61.6

1.6

TBU6N-CS10

@135.-

10

TBU-6N

20

23.8

3.6

8.2

80.4

1.2

TBU35N-CS10

@230.-

10

TBU-35N

10

37.2

8.4

15.9 157.6 1.6

154

TERMINAL BLOCKS
DIMENSION
TBU2.5N-H
TBU2.5N End plate (for TBU-2.5N ~ 16N)

TBU35N-H
TBU35N End plate (for TBU-35N )

END PLATE

END PLATE

TBU2.5N-F
TBU2.5N End bracket (for TBU-2.5N ~ 16N)

TBU35N-F
TBU35N End bracket (for TBU-35N ~ 150N)

STOPPER

STOPPER

TBU2.5N-K
TBU2.5N Partition (for TBU-2.5N ~ 16N)

TBU2.5N-B
TBU-2.5N End marking tags

PARTITION

END MARKING TAG

TBR-N Mounting rails (Aluminium)


TBR-S Mounting rails (Steel slotted)

TBU-N Mounting rails (Aluminium)


TBU-S Mounting rails (Steel slotted)

TBU2.5N-T
TBU-2.5N End marking tags

END MARKING TAG


155

RAIL-MOUNT TERMINAL BLOCKS


FEATURE

TBR-N

Uniformed specification expedites mounting-suitable for DIN rails for relay sockets. Time switch sockets. (Fig.4)
TBR-10.20.30 terminal blocks dismounting leads to easy and swift maintenance by pressing down with a little effort will get it firmly fixed.
(Fig.1) putting a _ shaped screw driver in the rabbet then turning arrowheadware as shown dismounted. (Fig.2)
The fixation and disassembly of stop plates are same as those of TBR-10,20,30. The fixation can be achieved by firmly tightening the screws
on stop plates.
In assembling TBR-60, 100, 200, align the groove on the buttom of the terminal blocks to one end of the rail, push them, and use stop plates
on both sides to make them firmly fixed. (see Fig.5)
TBR-60, 100, 200 terminal blocks can be connected with TBC-10,20,30 terminal blocks on TBC-N rail. (see Fig.6 on p.20)

TBR-10-10 10 P

(END PLATE)

TBR-20-10 10 P

(END PLATE)

TBR-30-10 10P

(END PLATE)

TBR-60

(END PLATE)

TBR-100

(END PLATE)

TBR-200

(END PLATE)

TBR-F

156

TBR-N

DOUBLE LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCKS


FEATURE

C TBC-N, TBR-N

Shorten the length of terminal blocks and save the space for wiring.
Three ways of assembly:
Direct cassette assembly makes it very solid and no need of using iron bar for stringing less than 15P terminal blocks.
TBC-N rail can be connected with TBC-10, 20, 30 and TBR-60, 100, 200.
TBR-N can be fixed by pressing down directly, be disassembled by pushing to both ends, and be connected with TBR-10, 20, 30, 60, 100, 200

TBD-10 (10A 600V max)


CASSETTE ASSEMBLY TYPE

TBD 10-10
TBD-10E

TBC-N RAIL-MOUNT TYPE

TBR-N RAIL-MOUNT TYPE

2
(END PLATE)

10P 10A

NO. OF
POLES

10

11

12

47.7

56.4

65.1

73.8

82.5

91.2

99.9

108.6

117.3

126

L1

32.6

41.3

50

58.7

67.4

76.1

84.8

93.5

102.2

110.9

119.6

TBD-20 (20A 600V max)


CASSETTE ASSEMBLY TYPE

TBD 20-10

10P 20A

TBD 20E

TBC-N RAIL-MOUNT TYPE

TBR-N RAIL-MOUNT TYPE

2
(END PLATE)

NO. OF
POLES

10

11

12

42.2

53

63.8

74.6

85.4

96.2

107

117.8

128.6

139.4

150.2

L1

35.8

46.6

57.4

68.2

79

89.8

100.6

111.4

122.2

133

143.8

157

CASSETE ASSEMBLY TERMINAL BLOCKS


TBR-C C

FEATURE

No need of stringing iron bar or rail for less than 15P terminal blocks. Pushing 2P against each other will be OK. Switch and convenient. (Fig.1)
Stringing iron bar or rail may be attached for more than 15P. In case of over than 30P, you may separate the whole assembly into 2 or 3 sections. Fixing the first section. The second and the next. No limitation on the desired length. Very solid and firm. (Fig.2)
Use - shaped screw-driver to pry open from the bottom slot. (Fig.3)
TBC-10, TBC-20 and TBC-30 are inter-stringable by using the same iron bar. (Fig.4)
TBC-60, TBC-100 and TBC-200 TBC-300 are also inter-stringable by using the same iron bar. (Fig.5)
Cassette assembly type terminal blocks, like TBC-10, 20, 30 can be mounted on TBC-N rail with TBR-60, 100, and 200, The combination
is called Rail-Mount Termail Block. (see Fig.6)
PC material ensures heat-resistance, good toughness and no crack.

(Fig.1)

TBC-10.20.30

(Fig.2)

TBC-60.100.200.300

TBC-10.20.30 TBR-60.100.200

(Fig.4)

(Fig.5)

TBC-N

TBC-10H (END PLATE) @ 7.-

TBC10-10 10P

(Fig.6)

TBC-F

NO. OF
ROLES

(Fig.3)

10

11

12

TBC-20H (END PLATE) @ 7.-

TBC20-10 10P

NO. OF
ROLES

10

11

12

33.9

42.5

51.1

59.7

68.3

76.9

85.5

94.1 102.7 111.3 119.9

39

49.7

60.4

71.1

81.8

92.5 103.2 113.9 124.6 135.3 146

L1

27.5

36.1

44.7

53.3

61.9

70.5

79.1

87.7

L1

32.6

43.3

54

64.7

75.4

86.1

158

96.3 104.9 113.5

96.8 107.5 118.2 128.9 139.6

CASSETE ASSEMBLY TERMINAL BLOCKS


TBC-30H (END PLATE)

TBC30-10 10P

NO. OF
ROLES

44.2

57.3

70.4

83.5

L1

37.8

50.9

64

77.1

4P 60A

NO. OF
ROLES

96.6 109.7 122.8 135.9 149 162.1 175.2

74.3

94.8 115.3 135.8 156.3 176.8 197.3 217.8 238.3 258.8 279.3

90.2 103.3 116.4 129.5 142.6 155.7 168.8

L1

59.3

79.8 100.3 120.8 141.3 161.8 182.3 202.8 223.3 243.8 264.3

10

11

12

4P 100A

100A
TBC-100 3P
6P 100A

NO. OF
ROLES

3P 60A
6P 60A

TBC-60

10

200A
TBC-200 3P
6P 200A

11

12

NO.OF
ROLES

10

11

12

4P 200A

10

11

12

88.2 115.3 142.4 169.5 196.6 223.7 250.8 277.9

305

332.1 359.2

105.7 141.3 176.9 212.5 248.1 283.7 319.3 354.9 390.5 426.1 461.7

L1

73.2 100.3 127.4 154.5 181.6 208.7 235.8 262.9

290

317.1 344.2

L1

90.7 126.3 161.9 197.5 233.1 268.7 304.3 339.9 375.5 411.1 446.7

TBC-300

3P 300A

NO.OF
ROLES

10

11

12

119.8 161.7 203.6 245.5 287.4 329.3 371.2 413.1

455

496.9 538.8

L1

104.8 146.7 188.6 230.5 272.4 314.3 356.2 398.1

440

481.9 523.8

159

NEW

CASSETE ASSEMBLY TERMINAL BLOCKS


TBCN-10-10 10P10A
TBCN-10H End Plate

NO.OF
ROLES

TBCN-20-10 10P20A
TBCN-20H End Plate

34

42.6

51.2

59.8

68.4

77

85.6

L1

27.8

36.4

45

53.6

62.2

70.8

79.4

10

11

94.2 102.8 111.4


88

12

NO.OF
ROLES

10

11

12

39.1

49.9

60.7

71.5

82.3

93.1 103.9 114.7 125.5 136.3 147.1

L1

32.9

43.7

54.5

65.3

76.1

86.9

97.7 108.5 119.3 130.1 140.9

NO.OF
ROLES

44.3

57.4

70.5

83.6

96.7 109.8 122.9

L1

38.1

51.2

64.3

77.4

90.5 103.6 116.7 129.8 142.9

120

96.6 105.2 103.8

TBCN-30-10 10P30A
TBCN-30H End Plate

TBCN-10S

TBCN-20S

9
136

10

TBCN-30S

TBR-20C (TBC20, TBR20, TBD10, 20)

TBC-N

TBC-F

160

12

149.1 162.2 175.3

TBR-10C (TBC10, TBR10)

11

156

169.1

CASSETE ASSEMBLY TERMINAL BLOCKS


TBRN-10-10 10P 10A
TBRN-10H End Plate

NO.OF
ROLES

55.8

64.7

73.6

82.5

L1

40.3

49.2

58.1

67

TBRN-20-10 10P 20A


TBRN-20H End Plate

NO.OF
ROLES

135.9 114.8

59.6

70.4

81.2

92

93.7 102.6 111.5 120.4 129.3

L1

44.1

54.9

65.7

76.5

87.3

NO.OF
ROLES

64.2

77.3

90.4 103.5 116.6 129.7 142.8 155.9

L1

48.7

61.8

74.9

91.4 100.3 109.2 118.1


75.9

84.8

10
127

11

12

102.8 113.6 124.4 135.2

10
146

11

12

156.8 167.6

98.1 108.9 119.7 130.5 141.3 152.1

TBRN-30-10 10P 30A


TBRN-30H End Plate

88

10
169

11

12

182.1 195.2

101.1 114.2 127.3 140.4 153.5 166.6 179.7

DOUBLE LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCKS


TBDN-10
TBDN-10H End Plate

NO.OF
ROLES

42

50.6

59.2

67.8

76.4

85

L1

35.6

44.2

52.8

61.4

70

78.6

TBDN-20
TBDN-20H End Plate

10

11

93.6 102.2 110.8 119.4


87.2

95.8 104.4

113

NO.OF
ROLES

128

46.4

121.6

L1

40

12

57.2

68

78.8

89.6 100.4 111.2

50.8

61.6

72.4

83.2

94

10

11

12

122 132.8 143.6 154.4

104.8 115.6 126.4 137.2

148

161

SOLID-TYPE TERMINAL BLOCKS


FEATURE
TB-25 and TB-10, TB-20 Series : glass reinforced plastic, ensures heat-resistance, good toughness and no crack

TB25-3

TB25-4

TB25-6

TB25-12

TB-10A

POLE
3P 10A

PRICE

POLE
16P 10A

4P 10A

18P 10A

6P 10A

20P 10A

8P 10A

22P 10A

10P 10A

24P 10A

12P 10A

26P 10A

PRICE

14P 10A
NO.OF
POLES
L1
L

19

28.5

38

47.5

57

66.5

76

85.5

95

10

11

12

13

NO.OF
POLES

104.5 114 123.5 133

26.2 35.7 45.2 54.7 64.2 73.7 83.2 92.7 102.2 111.7 121.2 130.7 140.2

TB-20A

POLE
3P 20A

PRICE

18P 20A

6P 20A

20P 20A

8P 20A

22P 20A

10P 20A

24P 20A

12P 20A

26P 20A

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

L1

142.5 152 161.5 171 180.5 190 199.5 209 218.5 228 237.5 247 256.5

149.7 159.2 168.7 176.2 187.7 197.2 206.7 216.2 225.7 235.2 244.7 254.2 263.7

POLE
16P 20A

4P 20A

14

PRICE

14P 20A
NO.OF
POLES

10

11

12

13

NO.OF
POLES

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

L1

31.2 43.3 53.4 64.5 75.6 86.7 97.8 108.9 120 131.1 142.2 153.3 164.4

L1

175.5 186.6 197.7 208.8 219.9 231 242.1 253.2 264.3 275.4 286.5 297.6 308.7

22.2 33.3 44.4 55.5 66.6 77.7 88.8 99.9

166.5 177.6 188.7 199.8 210.9 222 233.1 244.2 255.3 266.4 277.5 288.6 299.7

111 122.1 133.2 144.3 155.4

TERMINAL

162

T20
TYPE

POLES

T 153

3P 15A

T 154

4P 15A

T 156

6P 15A

T 1512

12P 15A

T40

PRICE /

REAL TEND ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

SOLID-TYPE TERMINAL BLOCKS


FEATURE
Glass reinforced plastic ensures heat-resistance, good toughness and no crack.

TB25-3N 3P 25A

TB25-4N 4P 25A

TB25-6N 6P 25A

TB25-12N 12P 25A

163

HOIST PUSH BUTTON SWITCH


DIRECT OPERATION TYPE

THS-21

THS-213

INDIRECT OPERATION TYPE

THS-213L

THS-22

THS-23

THS-61

THS-62

THS-63

The hoist push button switches are classified as follows in accordance with application.
Direct operation

1. Hoisting (One set of forward and reverse)

2. Hoisting transverse, or longitudinal (two sets of forward and reverse)

3. Hoisting, transverse, and longitudinal (three sets of forward and reverse)
In conjunction with a magnetic switch

4. Hoisting (one set of forward and reverse used in conjunction with a magnetic switch)

5. Two sets and three sets of forward and reverse are planned.
Used Direct Operation
With A Magnetic Switch
250 V
15 A
250 V
5A
500 V
15 A
500 V
2A

SPECIFICATIONS
Type

Hoist operation

Indirect
Operation

Direct Operation

THS-213L
THS-213

Hoisting

THS-21

Maximum applicable electric


motor capacity 200/220V kW
(HP)

Standard

0.75 (1) 1 100V With Lock Pin

18

2.0

0.75 (1) 1 100V

18

2.0

2.2 (3)

16

2.0

5
7

2.0

4 and 5

2 mm2, 7-Conductor,
Chloroprene, 17

12

2.0

16

2.0

18

2.0

THS-22

2.2 (3) x 2

THS-23

Hoisting transverse
and longitudinal

2.2 (3) x 3

14-1, 16-1

250 V 5A
500 V 2A
with a magnetic switch

Hoisting

THS-62

Two sets

THS-63

Three sets

2 mm2, 4-Conductor,
vinyl, 12
2 m2, 9-Conductor,
rubber, 19

Hoisting and
transverse (or
longitudinal)

THS-61

Special

Inner diameter of
Nominal
Number of
Other special rubber cables
the gland bushing crosssectional
conductors
packing (mm.)
area (mm2)

18

2.0

10 , 11, 13

* The inner diameter of the rubber packing should be determined in accordance with the size of the rubber cable.
* Hoist push button switches having one gland bushing can be manufactured as a special type of THS upon request. For the rubber cable refer
to the inner diameter of the packing listed in the above table.

164

DIRECT HOIST PUSH BUTTON SWITCH


CHARACTERISTICS
Type

THS-EP213E

Label Button

None

T2BKRR-2B

Emergency stop 2B (red)

T2PR-2R

Indicator (Red)

THS-213C

213 Contact Block

T2BKRR-1B

Emergency stop 1B (red)

10 A 250 VAC

T2IFR2G-1A

illuminated flat head push


button switch 1A (green)

220 VAC

Direct Operation

3
4
1
THS-E123

E
3
5

Description

2
4

THS-E122

Button Assembly

THS-2C-S

21 Contact Block

220 VAC
Single 100/110 V 0.75 Kw
Phase 200/220 V 1.5 Kw
13.3 ~ 16.5

M3.5
Single 200/220 V 2.2 Kw
Phase 400/440 V 2.2 Kw

Emergency stop 1B (red)

10 A 250 VAC

T2IFR2G-1A

illuminated flat head push


button switch 1A (green)

220 VAC

21 Contact Block *2

Price

10 A 250 VAC

T2BKRR-1B

4
2*THS-2C-S
6

External
Diameter of Terminal Remark
Cable

Control
Moter
Directly

16.3 ~ 19.5

Single 200/220 V 2.2 Kw


Phase 400/440 V 2.2 Kw

Note : None-represent Chiness sticker (A: represents the arrow sticker E: represents English sticker)

DIMENSIONS AND WIRING DRAWING

165

HOIST PUSH BUTTON SWITCH (COMPACT HOUSING)


MODEL DESIGNATION
THS-8

THS-8

THS-8

THS-8

EP

Desingnation

Control method

Signal

(for 2 Buttons)
(for 4 Buttons)
(for 6 Buttons)
2

(for 8 Buttons)
Description

82

Direct Control 3 Single speed

83

Indirect Control Two Speed

86

Indirect Control Single Speed

EX

Emergency P.B + Water proof rubber

EB

Emergency P.B + Push botton Sw.

EI

Emergency P.B + ILL. Push button Sw.

EK

Emergency P.B + Key Sw.

EP

Emergency P.B + Indicator

ES

Emergency P.B + Selector Sw.

Push Button Sw.

166

PUSH BUTTON, PILOT LAMP FOR HOIST PUSH BUTTON SWITCH IP65
TYPE
NO

PICTURE

CONTACT

PRICE

TYPE
NO

THS-BKR

PICTURE

CONTACT

PRICE

THS-SSR

(THS-SSR)

THS-BFR

THS-X

X
B

ON-OFF
THS-PB

THS-IFR

n/a

STICKER WITH LENS 5HS8C02


THS-KSR

THS-PR

P
220 VAC

THS-81-B - BOX FOR 2 BUTTON


2
THS-82-B - BOX FOR 4 BUTTON
4
THS-83-B - BOX FOR 6 BUTTON
6
THS-84-B - BOX FOR 8 BUTTON
8
THS-82-C CONTACT DIRECT OPERATION SINGLE SPEED
1 THS-82
THS-83-C CONTACT INDIRECT OPERATION SINGLE SPEED
2 THS-83
THS-86-C CONTACT INDIRECT OPERATION SINGLE SPEED
1 THS-86
167

HOIST PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES RAINPROOF

INDIRECT OPERATION TYPE


P/N
THS-86

Description
Indirect Operation 2 buttons

Contact

Spec.

Remark

2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-866

Indirect Operation 4 buttons

4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8666

Indirect Operation 6 buttons

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-86666

Indirect Operation 8 buttons

8a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8PB6

Indirect Operation 2 buttons with P.B.SW. on-0ff

2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8PB66

Indirect Operation 4 buttons with P.B.SW. on-0ff

4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8PB666

Indirect Operation 6 buttons with P.B.SW. on-0ff

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-83

Indirect Operation Double Speed 2 buttons

2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-833

Indirect Operation Double Speed 4 buttons

4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8333

Indirect Operation Double Speed 6 buttons

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-83333

Indirect Operation Double Speed 8 buttons

8a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8PB3

Indirect Operation Double Speed 2 buttons with P.B.SW. on-off

2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8PB33

Indirect Operation Double Speed 4 buttons with P.B.SW. on-off

4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8PB333

Indirect Operation Double Speed 6 buttons with P.B.SW. on-off

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-836

Double Speed 2 buttons Single Speed 2 buttons

2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8366

Double Speed 2 buttons Single Speed 4 buttons

4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8336

Double Speed 4 buttons Single Speed 2 buttons

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-83666

Double Speed 2 buttons Single Speed 6 buttons

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-83366

Double Speed 4 buttons Single Speed 4 buttons

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-83336

Double Speed 6 buttons Single Speed 2 buttons

8a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EX3

Double Speed 2 buttons With Emergency Stop

2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EB3

Double Speed 2 buttons With Emergency Stop, P.B. SW

2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EI3

Double Speed 2 buttons With Emergency Stop, I. P.B SW

2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EK3

Double Speed 2 buttons With Emergency Stop & Key Sw.

2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EP3

Double Speed 2 buttons With Emergency Stop & Pilot Lamp

2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8ES3

Double Speed 2 buttons With Emergency Stop & Selector

2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

168

Price

HOIST PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES RAINPROOF

INDIRECT OPERATION TYPE


Contact

Spec.

Remark

THS-8EX36

P/N

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP

Description

2a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EB36

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP, P.B., SW.

2a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EI36

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP, I.P.B., SW.

2a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EK36

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP, Key., SW.

2a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EP36

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP, Pilot Lamp

2a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8ES36

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP, Selector

2a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EX33

D.S.4 buttons, B1 / E. STOP

4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EB33

D.S.4 buttons / E. STOP, P.B., SW.

4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EI33

D.S.4 buttons / E. STOP, I.P.B., SW.

4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EK33

D.S.4 buttons / E. STOP, Key., SW.

4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EP33

D.S.4 buttons / E. STOP, Pilot Lamp

4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8ES33

D.S.4 buttons / E. STOP, Selector

4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EX336

D.S.4 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP

4a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EB336

D.S.4 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP, P.B., SW.

4a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EI336

D.S.4 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP, I.P.B., SW.

4a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EK336

D.S.4 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP, Key., SW.

4a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EP336

D.S.4 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP, Pilot Lamp

4a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8ES336

D.S.4 buttons, S.S. 2 buttons / E. STOP, Selector

4a/2a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EX333

D.S.6 buttons, B1 / E. STOP

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EB333

D.S.6 buttons / E. STOP, P.B., SW.

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EI333

D.S.6 buttons / E. STOP, I.P.B., SW.

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EK333

D.S.6 buttons / E. STOP, Key., SW.

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EP333

D.S.6 buttons / E. STOP, Pilot Lamp

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8ES333

D.S.6 buttons / E. STOP, Selector

6a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EX366

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 4 buttons / E. STOP

2a/4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EB366

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 4 buttons / E. STOP, P.B., SW.

2a/4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EI366

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 4 buttons / E. STOP, I.P.B., SW.

2a/4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EK366

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 4 buttons / E. STOP, Key., SW.

2a/4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EP366

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 4 buttons / E. STOP, Pilot Lamp

2a/4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8ES366

D.S.2 buttons, S.S. 4 buttons / E. STOP, Selector

2a/4a

5A 250VAC

Rainproof

Price

169

HOIST PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES RAINPROOF

INDIRECT OPERATION TYPE


P/N

Description

Contact

Spec.

Remark

THS-8EX6

Indirect 2 buttons / E. STOP

2a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EB6

Indirect 2 buttons / E. STOP, P.B., SW.

2a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EI6

Indirect 2 buttons / E. STOP, I.P.B., SW.

2a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EK6

Indirect 2 buttons / E. STOP, Key., SW.

2a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EP6

Indirect 2 buttons / E. STOP, Pilot Lamp

2a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8ES6

Indirect 2 buttons / E. STOP, Selector

2a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EX66

Indirect 4 buttons / E. STOP

4a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EB66

Indirect 4 buttons / E. STOP, P.B., SW.

4a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EI66

Indirect 4 buttons / E. STOP, I.P.B., SW.

4a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EK66

Indirect 4 buttons / E. STOP, Key., SW.

4a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EP66

Indirect 4 buttons / E. STOP, Pilot Lamp

4a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8ES66

Indirect 4 buttons / E. STOP, Selector

4a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EX666

Indirect 6 buttons / E. STOP

6a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EB666

Indirect 6 buttons / E. STOP, P.B., SW.

6a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EI666

Indirect 6 buttons / E. STOP, I.P.B., SW.

6a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EK666

Indirect 6 buttons / E. STOP, Key., SW.

6a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8EP666

Indirect 6 buttons / E. STOP, Pilot Lamp

6a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

THS-8ES666

Indirect 6 buttons / E. STOP, Selector

6a

5A 250VAC Rainproof

170

Price

HOIST PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES RAINPROOF

DIRECT OPERATION TYPE


P/N

Description

Contact

Spec.

Remark

THS-82

Direct Operation 2 buttons single phases

3a

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-822

Direct Operation 4 buttons single phases

6a

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8222

Direct Operation 6 buttons single phases

9a

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-82222

Direct Operation 8 buttons single phases

12a

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8PB2

Direct Operation 2 buttons single phases with P.B. SW. On-off

3a

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8PB22

Direct Operation 4 buttons single phases with P.B. SW. On-off

6a

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8PB222 Direct Operation 6 buttons single phases with P.B. SW. On-off

9a

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EX2

Direct Operation 2 buttons with E. STOP single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EB2

Direct 2 buttons / E. STOP, P.B., SW. single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EI2

Direct 2 buttons / E. STOP, I.P.B., SW. single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EK2

Direct 2 buttons / E. STOP, Key., SW. single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EP2

Direct 2 buttons / E. STOP, Pilot Lamp single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8ES2

Direct 2 buttons / E. STOP, Selector single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EX22

Direct Operation 4 buttons with E. STOP single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EB22

Direct 4 buttons / E. STOP, P.B., SW. single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EI22

Direct 4 buttons / E. STOP, I.P.B., SW. single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EK22

Direct 4 buttons / E. STOP, Key., SW. single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EP22

Direct 4 buttons / E. STOP, Pilot Lamp single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8ES22

Direct 4 buttons / E. STOP, Selector single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EX222 Direct Operation 6 buttons with E. STOP single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EB222 Direct 6 buttons / E. STOP, P.B., SW. single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EI222

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EK222 Direct 6 buttons / E. STOP, Key., SW.single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8EP222 Direct 6 buttons / E. STOP, Pilot Lamp single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

THS-8ES222 Direct 6 buttons / E. STOP, Selector single phases

15A 250VAC

Rainproof

Direct 6 buttons / E. STOP, I.P.B., SW. single phases

Price

171

FOOT SWITCH
FEATURES
Designation

Standard Type
Momentary Action
Standard Type
Alternate Action

Type

Rating

TFS-101
TFS-102
TFS-103
TFS-104
TFS-105
TFS-106

10A 250VAC
15A 250VAC
10A 250VAC
15A 250VAC
6A 250VAC
6A 250VAC

Mini Foot Switch


TFS-201
Front End Push
Front End Push with
Metal Mounting
TFS-202
Plate
Mini Foot Switch
TFS-203
TFS-302
TFS-302R
TFS-304
TFS-304R
Protective Guard
Foot Switch
TFS-305
TFS-305R
TFS-306
TFS-306R
TFS-402
TFS-402R
TFS-404
TFS-404R
Large Type
TFS-405
TFS-405R
TFS-406
TFS-406R
TFS-502
TFS-504
TFS-505
TFS-506
Full Shield
TFS-602
TFS-604
TFS-605
TFS-606

Type of Swith Enclosed & Contact


Arrangement

Cable Type / Length

TMV-10 Micro-Switch Momentary


0.75 mm2, 3C/0 5M, 1M-3M
TM-1704
0.75 mm2, 3C/1M, 1.5M-2M
TMV-10 Micro-Switch Momentary 2 pcs.
0.75 mm2, 6C/1M, 2M
TM-1704 * 2
0.75 mm2, 6C/1M, 2M
TS-105 Push Button Switch Alternate Action 0.75 mm2, 2C/1M, 1.5M-2M
Imported Micro-Switch
0.75 mm2, 3C/1M

10A 250VAC
15A 250VAC
15A 250VAC

Actuation Material
Force
of Rind

1A1B
1A1B
2A2B
2A2B
PUSH ON PUSH OFF
PUSH 1A PUSH 1B

1.2 Kg
1.1 Kg
1.2 Kg
1.1 Kg
2.7 Kg
3.5 Kg

1A1B

0.7 Kg

1A1B

0.7 Kg

TM-1704

1A1B
1A1B

0.9 Kg
3.2 Kg

TM-1704 * 2

2A2B

3.2 Kg

PUSH ON PUSH OFF

3.1 Kg

PUSH 2A PUSH 2B

3.5 Kg

1A1B

3.2 Kg

2A21B

3.2 Kg

PUSH ON PUSH OFF

3.1 Kg

PUSH 2A PUSH 2B

3.5 Kg

1A1B

3 Kg

2A2B
4A4B
PUSH ON PUSH OFF
PUSH 2A
PUSH 2B

3.2 Kg

10A 250VAC
10A 250VAC

Contact

TMV-10 Micro-Switch Momentary

0.5 mm, 3C/1M-3M

Price
baht.

Plastics
Aluminium
Cast

Plastics

6A 250VAC

TS-105 Push Button Switch Alternate Action

6A 250VAC

Imported Micro-Switch

15A 250VAC

TM-1704

15A 250VAC

TM-1704 * 2

6A 250VAC

TS-105 Push Button Switch Alternate Action

Accessory : Cable gland


(No Cable)

Plastics and
Aluminium
Cast

6A 250VAC

Imported Micro-Switch

15A 250VAC

TM-1704

15A 250VAC
15A 250VAC
6A 250VAC
6A 250VAC

TM-1704 * 2
TM-1704 * 4
TS-105x2
IMPORTED MICRO SWITCHx2

Aluminum
Cast

: Add R for waterproof. Available in TFS3 & TFS4


: Add Z for aluminium housing. Available in TFS1, TFS3 & TFS4
: TFS5 series has TFS-504, TFS-505, TFS-506. Inside Micro-Switch is the same as TFS3 series. TFS-602 DURING THE DESIGNING

TFS-101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106

TFS-201

TFS-202

TFS-203

TFS-302, 304, 305, 306

TFS-402, 404, 405, 406

TFS-502

TFS-602, 604, 605, 606

172

POWER PUSH BUTTON SWITCH


MODELS AVAILABLE
Rating

Mounting Type

Screw Terminal

Material

TBSN-310

Type

3 10 A 1.5 KW

Flush Mounting

M 3.5

Iron

TBSN-315

3 15 A 2.2 KW

Flush Mounting

M4

Iron

TBSN-330

3 30 A 3.7 KW

Flush Mounting

M5

Iron

TBSY-315
TBSY-330

3 15 A 2 KW
3 30 A 3.7 KW

Surface Mounting

M4

Iron

TBSS-315
TBSS-330

3 15 A 2 KW
3 30 A 3.7 KW

Surface Mounting

M4

Iron

TBSP-315

3 15 A 2.2 KW

Flush Mounting

M 3.5

Plastic

TBSP-330

3 30 A 3.7 KW

Flush Mounting

M4

Plastic

TBSY-315
TBSY-330

DIMENSIONS
TBSN-310

TBSS-315
TBSS-330

TBSN-315
TBSP-315

TPB-2

TBSN-330
330

TBSP-

TPB-3

173

CABLE GLANDS

A
Nut

B
Rubber Gasket

C
Housing

D
Sealing

E
Nut

Thread : PG, PF and NPT


Material : NYLON 66 (L 94V-2)
Operating Temperature : -40C ~ 100C
Color

Cable

OD (Thread)

Length
(Thread)

Wrench

Packaging

L1

L2

A/E

PCS

Type
(Black)

(Gray)

Remark

PG7

HPG7

HPG7GR

3 - 6.5

12.4

17/15

50

PG9

HPG9

HPG9GR

4-8

15.1

22/19

50

PG11

HPG11

HPG11GR

5 - 10

18.5

24/22

50

PG13.5

HPG13.5

HPG13.5GR

6 - 12

20.3

27/24

50

PG16

HPG16

HPG16GR

10 - 14

22.3

10

30/27

50

PG21

HPG21

HPG21GR

13 - 18

28

11

36/33

50

PG29

HPG29

HPG29GR

18 - 25

36.8

11

46/42

10

PG36

HPG36

HPG36GR

22 - 32

47

14

59/54

10

PG42

HPG42

HPG42GR

30 - 38

53.8

14

65/60

10

PG48

HPG48

HPG48GR

34 - 44

58.1

15

70/65

10

PF 1/2"

HPF12

HPF12GR

6 - 12

20.5

27/24

50

NPT 3/8"

HPN38

HPN38GR

5 - 10

17

15

- / 24

50

NPT 1/2"

HPN12

HPN12GR

10 - 14

21.3

15

- / 27

50

NPT 3/4"

HPN34

HPN34GR

13 - 18

26.6

15

- / 33

50

NPT 1"

HPN11

HPN11GR

18 - 25

33.6

15

- / 42

10

HPN114

HPN114GR

22 - 32

42.1

17

- / 54

10

NPT 1 1/4"

174

Without
Nut

PRICE

CABLE GLANDS

A
Nut

B
Rubber Gasket

C
Housing

D
Sealing

E
Nut

Thread : Metric
Material : NYLON 66 (L 94V-2)
Operating Temperature : -40C ~ 100C
Color

Cable

OD (Thread)

Length (Thread)

Wrench

Packaging

Type

PRICE
(Black)

(Gray)

L1

L2

A/E

PCS

M12 x 1.5

HPM12

HPM12GR

3 - 6.5

11.8

15

17/15

50

M12 x 1.5

HPM12S

HPM12SGR

3 - 6.5

11.8

17/15

50

M16 x 1.5

HPM16

HPM16GR

5 - 10

15.8

15

22/22

50

M16 x 1.5

HPM16S

HPM16SGR

5 - 10

15.8

22/22

50

M20x 1.5

HPM20

HPM20GR

10 - 14

19.8

15

27/27

50

M25 x 1.5

HPM25

HPM25GR

13 - 18

24.8

15

33/33

50

M32 x 1.5

HPM32

HPM32GR

18 - 25

31.8

15

42/42

10

M40 x 1.5

HPM40

HPM40GR

22 - 32

39.9

18

50/53

10

M50 x 1.5

HPM50

HPM50GR

30 - 38

49.9

18

59/60

10

M63 x 1.5

HPM63

HPM63GR

34 - 44

62.9

18

70/65

10

175

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)


Features
Diversified operating ways, handles and plates.
Unique modular design of contact blocks keeps internal parts from falling
apart when contact blocks are disassembled or replaced.
Can assemble or disassemble contact blocks to suit for various models yet
without risking excessive stock.
Contact blocks can be added click-on-easily, no need to unscrew.
Connecting screws are fatened from the back rather than normally from the side.
It makes wiring easier.
A special design to keep connecting terminals and screws in the contact blocks
can prevent users from electric shocking
All the connecting pieces of terminals are covered to avoid electric shocking.
Capacities are differentiaed by colors of contact blocks: blue for 10A : gray for
16A and black for 25A.

SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
Voltage
220V-240V
380V-440V
660V-690V

AC-3 (kw)
3 ph.
1 ph.
1.5
0.55
2.2
0.75
2.2
0.75

AC-23A(kw)
3 ph.
1 ph.
1.8
0.75
3
1.1
3
1.1

220V-240V
380V-440V
660V-690V

3
5.5
5.5

1.5
2.2
2.2

4
7
7

2.2
3
3

220V-240V
380V-440V
660V-690V

4
7.5
7.5

3
3.7
3.7

5.5
11
11

3
5.5
5.5

IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3

AC-21A
Iu=Ith

Rated
roltage

AC-3(HP)
3 ph.
1 ph.

120V

0.75

0.33

240V

0.75

120V

1.5

0.5

240V

1.5

120V
240V
480V

3
7.5
10

1.5
3
5

10A

10A

16A

25A

VDE 0660 part 107

HD A300

Motor load

16A

25A

UL 77B7

CONFIGURATION

For panel series No.48 and No.64, the handles, engraving plates, upper bases and contacts
can be disassembled by DIY
Assembly and disassembly of upper base and contact or those
of two contacts.
Assembly between upper base and contact block : point and
push the raised part of the upper base into the hole of contact
block.
Assembly between contact block : point and push the raised
part of the contact block into the hole of another contact block.
Disassembly: lift the raised part of contact with *-* shape
screwdriver.
Assembly of connecting piece : insert the Y shape terminal
of the connecting piece into the ractangular holes flanking the
contact and press the raised point of connecting piece down into
the round hole of contact block.
176

VOLTMETER/AMMETER CAM SWITCH (48X48 AND 64X64 SERIES)


MODEL DESIGNATION

Designation

T AS33 - 6 1 3
1

3 4
1. Control
Type

Signal

Description

AS33

AS33 (33W)

AS34

AS34 (34W)

VS33

VS33 (33W)

VS34

VS34 (34W)

Designation Signal Description


2. Size

3 Capacity

VS334 VS33 (33W)/VS34 (34W)


AV33

VS33(33W)/AS33(33W)

All these series of switches are fitted with octagonal handles.

DIMENSIONS

4.Nos.of

48 * 48

64 * 64

10A

16A

25A

None

2CT

3CT

2CT or 3CT can be used for


TAS33 series.

PLATE, CONTACT AND WIRING DIAGRAM.

177

VOLTMETER/AMMETER CAM SWITCH (48X60AND 64X80 SERIES)


MODEL DESIGNATION

Designation

T AS33 - 7 1 3
1

3 4
1. Control
Type

DIMENSIONS

Signal

Description

AS33

AS33 (33W)

AS34

AS34 (34W)

VS33

VS33 (33W)

VS34

VS34 (34W)

VS334

VA33 (33W)/VS34 (34W)

AV33

VS33 (33W)/AS34 (33W)

All these series of switches are filted with octagonal handles.

PLATE, CONTACT AND WIRING DIAGRAM.

178

Designation Signal Description


2. Size

3 Capacity

4.Nos.of

48 * 60

64 * 80

10A

16A

25A

None

2CT

3CT

2CT or 3CT can be used for


TAS33 series.

CAM SWITCH (48X48 AND 64X64 SERIES)


Before placing an order for finished products, please refer to the explanation of model
numbers shown in this page
MODEL DESIGNATION

TCS 4 S 242 - 2 2209 R


1

Designation

Signal

3 Position turn angle


plate number

240-842

4. Capacity
Designation
1. Size

2. Handle

Signal

Description

48 x 48

64 x 64

Short handle

Long handle

Octagonal handle

Description

10 A

16 A

25 A

None

Hold

5. Wiring diagram
number
6. Operation

Spring return
(45, 2 Position, 3 Position only)

Dimensions

TEND TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

179

CAM SWITCH (48X60 AND 64X80 SERIES)


Before placing an order for finished products, please refer to the explanation of model
numbers shown in this page
MODEL DESIGNATION

TCS 5 S A - 2 2209 R
1

Designation

Signal

Description

48 x 60

64 x 80

1. Size

2. Handle

DIMENSIONS

180

Short handle

Long handle

Octagonal handle

Designation

Signal

3 Position turn angle


plate number

A-Z

4. Capacity

5. Operation

Description

10 A

16 A

25 A

None

Hold

Spring return
(45, 2 Positions, 3 Positions only)

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)


As to the order of components for DIY assembly, please refer to the following assembly illustration diagram.
48*48 mm and 64*64 mm series sub-assembly

48*60 mm and 64*80 mm series sub-assembly

HANDLE DESIGNATION

TCS 4 S
1

Designation

Signal

Description

48 x 48 mm

64 x 64 mm

1. Size

S
2. Handle

Short handle

Long handle

Octagonal handle

DIMENSIONS

CONTACT BLOCK DESIGNATION

TCS 1 C 01
1

Designation
1. Capacity

2. No. of Contacts Fitted

DIMENSIONS

TCS
TCS

- C01~CA1
- S01~SA1

TCS1 - CO1~CA1

Signal

Description

10 A

TCS1 - SO1~SA1

16 A

TCS2 - CO1~CA1

25 A

TCS2 - SO1~SA1

Single-point contact

TCS3 - CO1~CA1

Double-point contact

TCS3 - SO1~SA1

3. Contact Blocks Number 01-A1

181

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)


UPPER BASE DESIGNATION

TCS 6 2 4 R
1

Designation

3 4
1. Size

Signal

Description

48 x 48

48 x 60

64 x 64

64 x 80

2. Position
3. Turn angle

2~8
4
9

4. Operation
None
Hold
(45, 2 Positions,
R
Spring return (except 90)
3 Positions only)

UPPER BASE DIMENSION

LONG PLATE DESIGNATION

TCS 5P 493A
1

Designation

LONG PLATE NUMBER

182

Signal

Description

5P

48 x 60 plate

7P

64 x 80 plate

1. Long Plate dimension


2. Long Plate number

2 ~ 8 positions
45
90

240Z ~ 497C

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)


NAME PLATE DESIGNATION

TCS 4P 242
1

NUMBER DESIGNATION

TCS 2 4 2

Designation

1 2 3
Signal

Description

4P

48 x 48

6P

64 x 64

Designation
1. Position

1. Name Plate dimensions

2. Name Plate number

240 ~ 843 See number designation on right

2. Turn angle
3. Designation

Signal

Description

2~8

2 ~ 8 Positions

45

90

0~9

NAME PLATE NUMBER

183

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)


ASSEMBLY DESIGNATION

Put cam to 1TCSM01, set the arrow of the contact blocks


pointing "up", rotate cam and make cam's arrow pointing to the required direction. (See wiring diagram)
Customer may order double-point contact coded as
TCS ~C01~CA3, or single-point contact coded as
TCS -S01-SA3

Way of assembly : as illustrated above


When the turning angle of upper base is 45, the arrow
of the first layer of contact coded CO2 points up while
that of the second layer coded CO8 points to the left.
When the turning angle of upper base is 90, the arrow
of the first layer of contact coded CO2 points up while
that of the second layer coded CO1 points to the right.

WIRING DIAGRAM

184

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

185

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)

186

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

187

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)

188

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

189

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)

190

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

191

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)

192

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

193

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)

194

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

CAM SWITCH (48 mm AND 64 mm SERIES)

ORDER FOR SPECIAL CONTACTS.


If customer has special contact requirement, please copy the following blank contact diagram and mark the required contacts.

Diagram

: Cam Switch
Cam Switch

195

VOLTMETER/AMMETER CAM SWITCH (48X60 AND 64X80 SERIES)

short handles.

Voltmeter/Ammeter Cam Switch (48x48 and 64x64)


( )
Item No.
Size

Plate

Contact Amp Price With


Blocks
Short Handle

TAS33-4R1S

496

Amp Selector 48 x 48 mm (33W2CT)

2 Stacks 10A

@ 355.-

TAS33-6R1S

496

Amp Selector 64 x 64 mm (33W2CT)

2 Stacks 10A

@ 355.-

TAS33A-4R1S

496

Amp Selector 48 x 48 mm (33W3CT)

3 Stacks 10A

@ 415.-

TAS33A-6R1S

496

Amp Selector 64 x 64 mm (33W3CT)

3 Stacks 10A

@ 415.-

TVS33-4R1S

494

Volt Selector 48 x 48 mm (33W)

2 Stacks 10A

@ 350.-

TVS33-6R1S

494

Volt Selector 64 x 64 mm (33W)

2 Stacks 10A

@ 350.-

TVS334A-4R1S

843 Volt Selector 48 x 48 mm (33W & 34W) 3 Stacks 10A

@ 415.-

TAS334A-6R1S

843 Volt Selector 64 x 64 mm (33W & 34W) 3 Stacks 10A

@ 415.-

Voltmeter/Ammeter Cam Switch (48x48 and 64x64)


( )
Item No.
Size

Plate

Description

Contact Amp Price With


Blocks
Short Handle

TAS33-5R1S

496A

Amp Selector 48 x 48 mm (33W2CT)

2 Stacks 10A

@ 375.-

TAS33-7R1S

496A

Amp Selector 64 x 64 mm (33W2CT)

2 Stacks 10A

@ 375.-

TAS33A-5R1S

496A

Amp Selector 48 x 48 mm (33W3CT)

3 Stacks 10A

@ 440.-

TAS33A-7R1S

496A

Amp Selector 64 x 64 mm (33W3CT)

3 Stacks 10A

@ 440.-

TVS33-5R1S

494B

Volt Selector 48 x 48 mm (33W)

2 Stacks 10A

@ 375.-

TVS33-7R1S

494B

Volt Selector 64 x 64 mm (33W)

2 Stacks 10A

@ 375.-

TVS334A-5R1S 843B Volt Selector 48 x 48 mm (33W & 34W) 3 Stacks 10A

@ 440.-

TAS334A-7R1S 843B Volt Selector 64 x 64 mm (33W & 34W) 3 Stacks 10A

@ 440.-

196

Description

Long Handle ()
Octagonal Handle ()
,

VOLTMETER/AMMETER CAM SWITCH (48X60 AND 64X80 SERIES)

short handles.

Voltmeter/Ammeter Cam Switch (48 x 48 and 64 x 64)


( )
@ 355.@ 355.@ 415.@ 415.@ 475.@ 475.@ 475.@ 475.@ 350.@ 350.@ 415.@ 415.@ 575.@ 575.@ 475.@ 475.@ 475.@ 475.

TVS334 TVS334A
33W 34W
TAV33 Amp Selector (33W 2CT)
Volt Selector (33W)

Long Handle ()
Octagonal Handle ()
,

197

VOLTMETER/AMMETER CAM SWITCH (48X60 AND 64X80 SERIES)


( )

Voltmeter/Ammeter Cam Switch (48 x 60 and 64 x 80)

( )

198

Voltmeter/Ammeter Cam Switch (48 x 48 and 64 x 64)

TVS334 TVS334A
33W 34W
TAV33 Amp Selector (33W 2CT)
Volt Selector (33W)

Long Handle ()
Octagonal Handle ()
,

VOLTMETER/AMMETER CAM SWITCH (48X60 AND 64X80 SERIES)


( )

Voltmeter/Ammeter Cam Switch (48 x 60 and 64 x 80)

( )

Voltmeter/Ammeter Cam Switch (48 x 48 and 64 x 64)

TVS334 TVS334A
33W 34W
TAV33 Amp Selector (33W 2CT)
Volt Selector (33W)

Long Handle ()
Octagonal Handle ()
,

199

VOLTMETER/AMMETER CAM SWITCH (48X60 AND 64X80 SERIES)


( )

Voltmeter/Ammeter Cam Switch (48 x 60 and 64 x 80)

TAS33-5R3S

496A

Amp Selector 48x60 mm (33W2CT)

2 Stacks

25A

TAS33-7R3S

496A

Amp Selector 64x80 mm (33W2CT)

2 Stacks

25A

TAS33A-5R3S

496A

Amp Selector 48x60 mm (33W2CT)

3 Stacks

25A

TAS33A-7R3S

496A

Amp Selector 64x80 mm (33W2CT)

3 Stacks

25A

TAS33-5R33S

496A

Amp Selector 48x60 mm (33W2CT)

4 Stacks

25A

TAS33-7R33S

496A

Amp Selector 64x80 mm (33W2CT)

4 Stacks

25A

TAS34-5R3S

493A

Amp Selector 48x60 mm (33W2CT)

4 Stacks

25A

TAS34-7R3S

493A

Amp Selector 64x80 mm (33W2CT)

4 Stacks

25A

TVS33-5R3S

494B

Volt Selector 48x60 (33W)

2 Stacks

25A

TVS33-7R3S

494B

Volt Selector 64x80 (33W)

2 Stacks

25A

TVS334A-5R3S

843B

Volt Selector 48x60 (33W & 34W)

3 Stacks

25A

TVS334A-7R3S

843B

Volt Selector 48x60 (33W & 34W)

3 Stacks

25A

TVS334-5R3S

843B

Volt Selector 64x80 (33W & 34W)

4 Stacks

25A

TVS334-7R3S

843B

Volt Selector 64x80 (33W & 34W)

4 Stacks

25A

TVS34A-5R3S

495B

Volt Selector 48x60 (34W)

4 Stacks

25A

TVS34A-7R3S

495B

Volt Selector 64x80 (34W)

4 Stacks

25A

TAV33-5R3S

497C

Amp Selector 48x60 (33W 2CT) &


Volt Selector 48x60 (33W)

4 Stacks

25A

TAV33-7R3S

497C

Amp Selector 64x80 (33W 2CT) &


Volt Selector 64x80 (33W)

4 Stacks

25A

TVS334 TVS334A
33W 34W
TAV33 Amp Selector (33W 2CT)
Volt Selector (33W)

VOLT SELECTOR SWITCH


TYPE TVS-33 33W-VS@
TYPE TVS-34 34W-VS@
AMP SELECTOR SWITCH
TYPE TAS-33 33W-AS@
TYPE TAS-34 34W-AS@

200

Long Handle ()
Octagonal Handle ()
,


- (ON-OFF Switches)

Model
TCS4SR243-1-3201
TCS4SR243-2-3201
TCS4SR243-3-3201
TCS6SR243-1-3201
TCS6SR243-2-3201
TCS6SR243-3-3201

Old
Type

TCS-301

Position
2P
2P
2P
2P
2P
2P

Contact
Blocks
3
3
3
3
3
3

Size

48x48
48x48
48x48
64x64
64x64
64x64

10A
16A
25A
10A
16A
25A

Size

48x48
48x48
48x48
64x64
64x64
64x64
64x64

10A
16A
25A
10A
16A
25A
10A

2 (ON-OFF-ON Switches)

Model
TCS4SR346-1-3301
TCS4SR346-2-3301
TCS4SR346-3-3301
TCS6SR346-1-3301
TCS6SR346-2-3301
TCS6SR346-3-3301
TCS6S341-1-3328

Old
Type

TCS-302
TCS-303

Position
3P
3P
3P
3P
3P
3P
3P

Contact
Blocks
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Price With
Short Handle

Price With
Short Handle

- (FORWARD REVERSE Switches)

Model
TCS4SR344-1-3317
TCS4SR344-2-3317
TCS4SR344-3-3317
TCS6SR344-1-3317
TCS6SR344-2-3317
TCS6SR344-3-3317

Position
3P
3P
3P
3P
3P
3P

Contact
Blocks
3
3
3
3
3
3

Size

48x48
48x48
48x48
64x64
64x64
64x64

10A
16A
25A
10A
16A
25A

Size

48x48
48x48
48x48
64x64
64x64
64x64
48x48
48x48
48x48
64x64
64x64
64x64
48x48
48x48
48x48
64x64
64x64
64x64
48x48
48x48
48x48
64x64
64x64
64x64

10A
16A
25A
10A
16A
25A
10A
16A
25A
10A
16A
25A
10A
16A
25A
10A
16A
25A
10A
16A
25A
10A
16A
25A

Price With
Short Handle

(Multi-Step Switches with OFF)

Position
Model
TCS4SR342-1-1303
2STEP
2P
TCS4SR342-2-1303
2STEP
2P
TCS4SR342-3-1303
2STEP
2P
TCS6SR342-1-1303
2STEP
2P
TCS6SR342-2-1303
2STEP
2P
TCS6SR342-3-1303
2STEP
2P
TCS4SR442-1-2418
3STEP
4P
TCS4SR442-2-2418
3STEP
4P
TCS4SR442-3-2418
3STEP
4P
TCS6SR442-1-2418
3STEP
4P
TCS6SR442-2-2418
3STEP
4P
TCS6SR442-3-2418
3STEP
4P
TCS4SR542-1-3511
4STEP
8P
TCS4SR542-2-3511
4STEP
8P
TCS4SR542-3-3511
4STEP
8P
TCS6SR542-1-3511
4STEP
8P
TCS6SR542-2-3511
4STEP
8P
TCS6SR542-3-3511
4STEP
8P
TCS4SR642-1-3602
5STEP
10P
TCS4SR642-2-3602
5STEP
10P
TCS4SR642-3-3602
5STEP
10P
TCS6SR642-1-3602
5STEP
10P
TCS6SR642-2-3602
5STEP
10P
TCS6SR642-3-3602
5STEP
10P
Long Handle ()
Octagonal Handle ()

Contact
Blocks
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Price With
Short Handle

201

CAM Switch 48 x 48 Series and 64 x 64 Series


Size
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S

Item Code
Plate Amp Contact
2xx~4xx 1
1xxx
2xx~4xx 1
1xxx R
2xx~5xx 1
2xxx
2xx~5xx 1
2xxx R
2xx~6xx 1
3xxx
2xx~6xx 1
3xxx R
2xx~8xx 1
4xxx
2xx~8xx 1
4xxx R
2xx~8xx 1
5xxx
2xx~8xx 1
5xxx R
2xx~8xx 1
6xxx
2xx~8xx 1
6xxx R
2xx~8xx 1
7xxx
2xx~8xx 1
7xxx R
2xx~8xx 1
8xxx
2xx~8xx 1
8xxx R

Description
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle

CAM Switch 48 x 48 Series and 64 x 64 Series


Size
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S

Item Code
Plate Amp Contact
2xx~4xx 2
1xxx
2xx~4xx 2
1xxx R
2xx~5xx 2
2xxx
2xx~5xx 2
2xxx R
2xx~6xx 2
3xxx
2xx~6xx 2
3xxx R
2xx~8xx 2
4xxx
2xx~8xx 2
4xxx R
2xx~8xx 2
5xxx
2xx~8xx 2
5xxx R
2xx~8xx 2
6xxx
2xx~8xx 2
6xxx R
2xx~8xx 2
7xxx
2xx~8xx 2
7xxx R
2xx~8xx 2
8xxx
2xx~8xx 2
8xxx R

Description
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle

CAM Switch 48 x 48 Series and 64 x 64 Series


Size
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S
TCS4S,6S

202

Item Code
Plate Amp Contact
2xx~4xx 3
1xxx
2xx~4xx 3
1xxx R
2xx~5xx 3
2xxx
2xx~5xx 3
2xxx R
2xx~6xx 3
3xxx
2xx~6xx 3
3xxx R
2xx~8xx 3
4xxx
2xx~8xx 3
4xxx R
2xx~8xx 3
5xxx
2xx~8xx 3
5xxx R
2xx~8xx 3
6xxx
2xx~8xx 3
6xxx R
2xx~8xx 3
7xxx
2xx~8xx 3
7xxx R
2xx~8xx 3
8xxx
2xx~8xx 3
8xxx R

R Spring Return
Long Handle
Octagonal Handle

Description
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle
Short handle,
Spring returnShort handle

Contact
Blocks
1 Stack
1 Stack
2 Stack
2 Stack
3 Stack
3 Stack
4 Stack
4 Stack
5 Stack
5 Stack
6 Stack
6 Stack
7 Stack
7 Stack
8 Stack
8 Stack

Amp.

Contact
Blocks
1 Stack
1 Stack
2 Stack
2 Stack
3 Stack
3 Stack
4 Stack
4 Stack
5 Stack
5 Stack
6 Stack
6 Stack
7 Stack
7 Stack
8 Stack
8 Stack

Amp.

Contact
Blocks
1 Stack
1 Stack
2 Stack
2 Stack
3 Stack
3 Stack
4 Stack
4 Stack
5 Stack
5 Stack
6 Stack
6 Stack
7 Stack
7 Stack
8 Stack
8 Stack

Amp.

10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A

16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A

25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A

Plate 183
Spec No Amp 1 = 10A, 2 = 16A, 3 = 25A
Contact No 184 195

Cam Switch
Cam Switch

Price With
Short Handle

Price With
Short Handle

Price With
Short Handle

CAM SWITCH (22/25/30 SERIES)


FEATURE
The upper and lower bases of 22, 25, and 30 series can be pushbutton assembled or disassembled as per our patent. Upper base, fixed
base and contact are three detachable parts.
Unique modular design of contact blocks keeps internal parts from falling
apart when contact blocks are disassembled or replaced.
Can assemble or disassemble contact blocks to suit for various models yet
without risking excessive stock.
Contact blocks can be added click-on easily, no need to unscrew.
Connecting screws are fastened from the back rather than normally from
the side. It makes wiring easier.
A special design to keep connecting terminals and screws in the contact
blocks can prevent users from electric shocking.
All the connecting pieces of terminals are covered to avoid from electric
shocking.
Capacities are differentiated by colors of contact blocks: blue for 10A:
gray for 16A and black for 25A.

SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
Voltage
220V-240V
380V-440V
660V-690V

AC-3 (kw)
3 ph.
1 ph.
1.5
0.55
2.2
0.75
2.2
0.75

AC-23A(kw)
3 ph.
1 ph.
1.8
0.75
3
1.1
3
1.1

AC-21A
Iu=Ith

3
5.5
5.5

1.5
2.2
2.2

4
7
7

2.2
3
3

16A

220V-240V
380V-440V
660V-690V

4
7.5
7.5

3
3.7
3.7

5.5
11
11

3
5.5
5.5

25A

VDE 0660 part 107

AC-3(HP)
3 ph.
1 ph.

120V

0.75

0.33

240V

0.75

120V

1.5

0.5

240V

1.5

120V
240V
480V

3
7.5
10

1.5
3
5

10A

220V-240V
380V-440V
660V-690V

IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3

Rated
roltage

HD A300

Motor load

10A

16A

25A

UL 77B7

CONFIGURATION

MOUNTING METHOD

Install the operating head and rubber ring through the front
panel and tighten fixing ring with fixing tool.
203

CAM SWITCH (22/25/30 SERIES)


PANEL CUT-OUT

DIMENSIONS (mm)
Designation

22

25

30

60 min

11.2

12.7

15.2

22.4

25.4

30.4

22 mm / 25 mm series are the same dimensions with common fixing ring.

The assembly method for 22/25 series

The assembly method for 30 series

Assembly instruction
Assembly and disassembly of fixing block
with upper base

Assembly and disassembly of fixing block


with contact block

Assembly:
Align the hole on top of fixing block wiht groove on the
upper base and push them together.

Assembly:
Align the fixing slot on the fixing block to clip slot on the
contact block.

Disassembly :
Place downward by hand or use flat screw-driver to push
down the orange button thru the hole on top of the fixing
block.

Disassembly :
Use flat screwdriver toward fixing slot to lift up clip and
snap for disassembly.

204

CAM SWITCH (22/25/30 SERIES)


Before placing an order for finished products, please refer to the explanation of model
numbers shown in this page
MODEL DESIGNATION (2-3 positions)
Designation

TCS 2 K 4 5 - 2 2209 A
2

3 4

Designation Signal
1. Mounting
Hole
2. Type

7
4. Key With
drawable
(Only key
Operator)

Description

22 mm / 25 mm

30 mm

Knob operator

Key operator

Signal

Description

0.1 Key with-drawable

0 Key with-drawable

2-Positions 1 Key with-drawable

0.1, 2 Key with-drawable

3-Positions 0 Key with-drawable

45 2-Positions

90 2-Positions

0.1, 2 Key with-drawable

7
5. Capacity

3-Positions 0 Key with-drawable

10 A

16 A

25 A

45 2-Positions
spring return from right

45 3-Positions

3313

3131

90 3-Positions

1313

3133

45 3-Positions
spring return from right

1331

3212

3113

3331

3. Positions

7. Key number

MODEL DESIGNATION (4-8 positions)

TCS 2 K 442 2 - 2 2418 A


2

Designation

Signal

Description

22 mm / 25 mm

30 mm

Knob operator

Key operator

6. Wiring diagram

1. Mounting Hole

Designation
4. Key With
drawable
(Only key
Operator)

5. Capacity

Description

Key with-drawable

0 Key with-drawable

10 A

16 A

25 A

6. Wiring diagram

2. Type
3. Position, turn
angle plate number

Signal

7. Key number

440 - 842

3313

3131

1313

3133

1331

3212

3113

3331

DIMENSIONS
TCS2S

TCS2K

t = 8 max
N = number of contact blocks

t = 8 max
N = number of contact blocks

205

CAM SWITCH (22/25/30 SERIES)


As to the order of components for DIY
assembly, please refer to the following
assembly ilustration diagram.

UPPER BASE DESIGNATION

TCS 2 S
1

Designation

Signal

Description

22 mm / 25 mm

30 mm

1. Mounting Hole

Designation
2. Handle

DIMENSIONS
TCS2S, TCS3S

TCS2K, TCS3K

FIXING BLOCK DESIGNATION

DIMENSIONS

TCS 2 4 R
1

TCS

2 3

Designation

Signal

Description

2-8

2-8 Position

45

1. Position
2. Turn angle

90

None

Hold

Spring return (45, 2 Position,


3 Position only)

3. Operation

22mm/25mm/30mm share base

CONTACT BLOCK DESIGNATION

TCS 1 C 01
1

Designation

1. Capacity

Signal

Description

10A

16A

25A

Single-point contact

Double-point contact

CO1 - CA1

See page (M) 9- (M) 20

2. No. of Contacts Fitted


3. Contact base number

206

DIMENSIONS

TCS -C01~CA1
TCS -S01~SA1

Signal

Description

Short handle

Key

CAM SWITCH (22/25/30 SERIES)


22/25/30 legend plates for operating devices, aluminum (m) or acrylic (p)
TN22P-
(Acrylic 22)

TN25P-
(Acrylic 25)

TN30P-
(Acrylic 30)

TN22M(22 Aluminum)

22.3

41

32

52.5

TN25MTN22M
(25 Aluminum) TN25P

22.2

31

26.7

42

25.5

41

32

52.5

TN25M

24.8

31

26.7

42

30.5

41

32

52.5

30.2

38.3

32.7

51.9

TN22P

TN30M(30 Aluminum) TN30P

TN30M

13

14

OFF ON ON ON ON

15
OFF

21

ON

FWD

72

18

FWD OFF REV AUTO MANU

19

20

AUTO OFF MANU

STOP START

00
2

73
II

17
REV

22

MANU OFF AUTO

16

74
II

II

II

ENDOSURE CONTACT
TCS-2H

TCS-2L

TCS-3L

TCS-3R

TCS-2R

The Middle terminals of TCS-3L/


TCS-3R can be snapped and turned
into over passing terminals.

207

CAM SWITCH (22/25/30 SERIES)

electric shocking.
differentiated

CAM Switch 22, 25 & 30 series


Size
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S

Item Code
Description
Amp. Plate Contact
1
13~74
1xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
2xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
3xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
4xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
5xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
6xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
7xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
8xxx 2~3 positions
1 440~842 1xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 2xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 3xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 4xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 5xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 6xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 7xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 8xxx 4~8 positions
1
13~74
1xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
2xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
3xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
4xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
5xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
6xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
7xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
8xxx 2~3 positions
1 440~842 1xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 2xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 3xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 4xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 5xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 6xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 7xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 8xxx 4~8 positions

Contact
Block
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks

Amp.
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A

Remark
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m

Price

(Plate 13~74 183, Plate 440~842 207) + contact 1-8xxx 184-195


208

Cam Switch
Catalogue Cam Switch

CAM SWITCH (22/25/30 SERIES)


KEY Switch
22, 25 & 30 series

CAM Switch
22, 25 & 30 series

Size
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K

Item Code
Description
Amp. Plate Contact
1
13~74
1xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
2xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
3xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
4xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
5xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
6xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
7xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
8xxx 2~3 positions
1 440~842 1xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 2xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 3xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 4xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 5xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 6xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 7xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 8xxx 4~8 positions
1
13~74
1xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
2xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
3xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
4xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
5xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
6xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
7xxx 2~3 positions
1
13~74
8xxx 2~3 positions
1 440~842 1xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 2xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 3xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 4xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 5xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 6xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 7xxx 4~8 positions
1 440~842 8xxx 4~8 positions

Contact
Block
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks

Amp.
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A

Remark
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m

Price

Size
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S

Item Code
Description
Amp. Plate Contact
2
13~74
1xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
2xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
3xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
4xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
5xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
6xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
7xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
8xxx 2~3 positions
2 440~842 1xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 2xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 3xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 4xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 5xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 6xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 7xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 8xxx 4~8 positions
2
13~74
1xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
2xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
3xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
4xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
5xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
6xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
7xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
8xxx 2~3 positions
2 440~842 1xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 2xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 3xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 4xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 5xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 6xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 7xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 8xxx 4~8 positions

Contact
Block
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks

Amp.
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A

Remark
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m

Price

(Plate 13~74 183, Plate 440~842 207) + contact 1-8xxx 184-195


Cam Switch
Catalogue Cam Switch

209

CAM SWITCH (22/25/30 SERIES)


KEY Switch
22, 25 & 30 series

CAM Switch
22, 25 & 30 series

Size
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS2K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
TCS3K
Size
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS2S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S
TCS3S

Item Code
Description
Amp. Plate Contact
2
13~74
1xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
2xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
3xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
4xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
5xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
6xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
7xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
8xxx 2~3 positions
2 440~842 1xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 2xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 3xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 4xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 5xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 6xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 7xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 8xxx 4~8 positions
2
13~74
1xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
2xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
3xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
4xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
5xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
6xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
7xxx 2~3 positions
2
13~74
8xxx 2~3 positions
2 440~842 1xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 2xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 3xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 4xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 5xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 6xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 7xxx 4~8 positions
2 440~842 8xxx 4~8 positions
Item Code
Description
Amp. Plate Contact
3
13~74
1xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
2xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
3xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
4xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
5xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
6xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
7xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
8xxx 2~3 positions
3 440~842 1xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 2xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 3xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 4xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 5xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 6xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 7xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 8xxx 4~8 positions
3
13~74
1xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
2xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
3xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
4xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
5xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
6xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
7xxx 2~3 positions
3
13~74
8xxx 2~3 positions
3 440~842 1xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 2xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 3xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 4xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 5xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 6xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 7xxx 4~8 positions
3 440~842 8xxx 4~8 positions

Contact
Block
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
Contact
Block
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks
1 Stack
2 Stacks
3 Stacks
4 Stacks
5 Stacks
6 Stacks
7 Stacks
8 Stacks

Amp.
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A

Remark
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m

Price

Amp.
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A
25 A

Remark
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
22 or 25 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m
30 m/m

Price

(Plate 13~74 183, Plate 440~842 207) + contact 1-8xxx 184-195


210

Cam Switch
Catalogue Cam Switch

CAM SWITCH (22/25/30 SERIES)


KEY Switch
22, 25 & 30 series

Item Code

Description

Contact
Block

Amp.

Remark

Size

Amp.

Plate

Contact

TCS2K

13~74

1xxx

2~3 positions

1 Stack

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

13~74

2xxx

2~3 positions

2 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

13~74

3xxx

2~3 positions

3 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

13~74

4xxx

2~3 positions

4 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

13~74

5xxx

2~3 positions

5 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

13~74

6xxx

2~3 positions

6 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

13~74

7xxx

2~3 positions

7 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

13~74

8xxx

2~3 positions

8 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

440~842

1xxx

4~8 positions

1 Stack

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

440~842

2xxx

4~8 positions

2 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

440~842

3xxx

4~8 positions

3 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

440~842

4xxx

4~8 positions

4 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

440~842

5xxx

4~8 positions

5 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

440~842

6xxx

4~8 positions

6 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

440~842

7xxx

4~8 positions

7 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS2K

440~842

8xxx

4~8 positions

8 Stacks

25 A

22 or 25 m/m

TCS3K

13~74

1xxx

2~3 positions

1 Stack

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

13~74

2xxx

2~3 positions

2 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

13~74

3xxx

2~3 positions

3 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

13~74

4xxx

2~3 positions

4 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

13~74

5xxx

2~3 positions

5 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

13~74

6xxx

2~3 positions

6 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

13~74

7xxx

2~3 positions

7 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

13~74

8xxx

2~3 positions

8 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

440~842

1xxx

4~8 positions

1 Stack

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

440~842

2xxx

4~8 positions

2 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

440~842

3xxx

4~8 positions

3 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

440~842

4xxx

4~8 positions

4 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

440~842

5xxx

4~8 positions

5 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

440~842

6xxx

4~8 positions

6 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

440~842

7xxx

4~8 positions

7 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

TCS3K

440~842

8xxx

4~8 positions

8 Stacks

25 A

30 m/m

Price

(Plate 13~74 183, Plate 440~842 207) + contact 1-8xxx 184-195


Cam Switch
Catalogue Cam Switch

211

MAIN SWITCH
FEATURE
These series of switches has 5 types of capacity ranging from 16A to 66A
Installation includes fixed way (fixed on the operating panel) and detached way (contact fixed in the control box
whereas upper base and handles fixed on the tope cover of the control box)
Detachable type can be installed on TBR-N (standard aluminium rail-wide rail)
There are two types of switching handles : standard and round. Standard is colored in red/yellow or black/silver.;
while round ones in red/yellow or black/gray.

MODEL DESIGNATION

TDS25 F R R 1
1

Designation

Signal

Description

Type
Voltage

1. Capacity

2. Installation way

TDS16

16A

TDS25

25A

TDS33

33A

TDS40

40A

TDS66

66A

Fixed way

Detched way

Control stations

Standard handle

Rotundity handle

Black / Silver / gray

Red / Yellow

None

100 mm

150 mm

2
3

AC-3
(kw)

AC-23A
(kw)

2.2

5.5

7.5

11.0

380V-440V

3.7

5.5

7.5

11.0

18.5

660V-690V

3.7

5.5

7.5

15.0

22.0

220V-240V

3.0

5.5

5.5

7.5

11.0

380V-440V

5.5

7.5

11.5

15.0

22.0

660V-690V

5.5

7.5

11.5

18.5

30.0

16A

25A

33A

40A

66A

Type
Voltage

4. Color

5. Transmission
rod length (only
detached way)

220V-240V

AC-21

3. Handle

TDS16 TDS25 TDS33 TDS40 TDS66

TDS16 TDS25 TDS33 TDS40 TDS66

110V-120V

1.5

220V-240V

7.5

10

250 mm

380V-440V

10

15

20

300 mm

660V-690V

10

15

20

AC-3
( hp )

3 phase . 3 poles

PLATE DIMENSIONS

212

WIRING DIAGRAM

TBR-N (Dimensions)

MAIN SWITCH
DIMENSIONS
Fixed Way Standard Handle

TDS16/25/33-FSB
,

TDS16/25/33-FSR
,

Type

Price

TDS16(16A)-FSB
TDS16(16A)-FSR
TDS25(25A)-FSB
TDS25(25A)-FSR
TDS33(33A)-FSB
TDS33(33A)-FSR

Fixed Way Rotundity Handle

TDS16/25/33-FRB
,

TDS16/25/33-FRR
,

Type

Price

TDS16(16A)-FRB
TDS16(16A)-FRR
TDS25(25A)-FRB
TDS25(25A)-FRR
TDS33(33A)-FRB
TDS33(33A)-FRR

Detched Way Standard Handle

TDS16/25/33-BSB
,

TDS16/25/33-BSR
,

Detched Way Rotundity Handle

TDS16/25/33-BRB
,

TDS16/25/33-BRR
,

Type

Price

Type

TDS16(16A)-BSB

TDS16(16A)-BSR

TDS16(16A)-BSB1

TDS16(16A)-BSR1

TDS16(16A)-BSB2

TDS16(16A)-BSR2

TDS16(16A)-BSB3

TDS16(16A)-BSR3

TDS25(25A)-BSB

TDS25(25A)-BSR

TDS25(25A)-BSB1

TDS25(25A)-BSR1

TDS25(25A)-BSB2

TDS25(25A)-BSR2

TDS25(25A)-BSB3

TDS25(25A)-BSR3

TDS33(33A)-BSB

TDS33(33A)-BSR

TDS33(33A)-BSB1

TDS33(33A)-BSR1

TDS33(33A)-BSB2

TDS33(33A)-BSR2

TDS33(33A)-BSB3

TDS33(33A)-BSR3

Type

Price

Type

TDS16(16A)-BRB

TDS16(16A)-BRR

TDS16(16A)-BRB1

TDS16(16A)-BRR1

TDS16(16A)-BRB2

TDS16(16A)-BRR2

TDS16(16A)-BRB3

TDS16(16A)-BRR3

TDS25(25A)-BRB

TDS25(25A)-BRR

TDS25(25A)-BRB1

TDS25(25A)-BRR1

TDS25(25A)-BRB2

TDS25(25A)-BRR2

TDS25(25A)-BRB3

TDS25(25A)-BRR3

TDS33(33A)-BRB

TDS33(33A)-BRR

TDS33(33A)-BRB1

TDS33(33A)-BRR1

TDS33(33A)-BRB2

TDS33(33A)-BRR2

TDS33(33A)-BRB3

TDS33(33A)-BRR3

100 . 3

150 . 250 . 300 .

Price

Price

213

MAIN SWITCH
DIMENSIONS
Fixed Way Standard Handle

TDS40/66/80-FSB
,

TDS40/66/80-FSR
,

Type

Price

TDS40(40A)-FSB
TDS40(40A)-FSR
TDS66(66A)-FSB
TDS66(66A)-FSR
TDS80(80A)-FSB
TDS80(80A)-FSR

Fixed Way Rotundity Handle

TDS40/66/80-FRB
,

TDS40/66/80-FRR
,

Type

Price

TDS40(40A)-FRB
TDS40(40A)-FRR
TDS66(66A)-FRB
TDS66(66A)-FRR
TDS80(80A)-FRB
TDS80(80A)-FRR

Detched Way Standard Handle

TDS40/66/80-BSB
,

TDS40/66/80-BSR
,

Detched Way Rotundity Handle

TDS40/66/80-BRB
,

214

TDS40/66/80-BRR
,

Type

Price

Type

TDS40(40A)-BSB

TDS40(40A)-BSR

TDS40(40A)-BSB1

TDS40(40A)-BSR1

TDS40(40A)-BSB2

TDS40(40A)-BSR2

TDS40(40A)-BSB3

TDS40(40A)-BSR3

TDS66(66A)-BSB

TDS66(66A)-BSR

TDS66(66A)-BSB1

TDS66(66A)-BSR1

TDS66(66A)-BSB2

TDS66(66A)-BSR2

TDS66(66A)-BSB3

TDS66(66A)-BSR3

TDS80(80A)-BSB

TDS80(80A)-BSR

TDS80(80A)-BSB1

TDS80(80A)-BSR1

TDS80(80A)-BSB2

TDS80(80A)-BSR2

TDS80(80A)-BSB3

TDS80(80A)-BSR3

Type

Price

Type

TDS40(40A)-BRB

TDS40(40A)-BRR

TDS40(40A)-BRB1

TDS40(40A)-BRR1

TDS40(40A)-BRB2

TDS40(40A)-BRR2

TDS40(40A)-BRB3

TDS40(40A)-BRR3

TDS66(66A)-BRB

TDS66(66A)-BRR

TDS66(66A)-BRB1

TDS66(66A)-BRR1

TDS66(66A)-BRB2

TDS66(66A)-BRR2

TDS66(66A)-BRB3

TDS66(66A)-BRR3

TDS80(80A)-BRB

TDS80(80A)-BRR

TDS80(80A)-BRB1

TDS80(80A)-BRR1

TDS80(80A)-BRB2

TDS80(80A)-BRR2

TDS80(80A)-BRB3

TDS80(80A)-BRR3

Price

Price

100 . 3

150 . 250 . 300 .

MAIN SWITCH
CONTROL STATION STANDARD HANDLE
TDS-ESB
,

Type

Price

TDS-16ESB(16A)
TDS-25ESB(25A)
TDS-33ESB(33A)
TDS-40ESB(40A)
TDS-66ESB(66A)
TDS-80ESB(80A)

TDS-ESR
,

Type

Price

TDS-16ESR(16A)
TDS-25ESR(25A)
TDS-33ESR(33A)
TDS-40ESR(40A)
TDS-66ESR(66A)
TDS-80ESR(80A)

CONTROL STATION ROTUNDITY HANDLE


TDS-ERB
,

Type

Price

TDS-16ERB(16A)
TDS-25ERB(25A)
TDS-33ERB(33A)
TDS-40ERB(40A)
TDS-66ERB(66A)
TDS-80ERB(80A)

TDS-ERR
,

Type

Price

TDS-16ERR(16A)
TDS-25ERR(25A)
TDS-33ERR(33A)
TDS-40ERR(40A)
TDS-66ERR(66A)
TDS-80ERR(80A)

215

FUSE BOX
TFB-101N

110V/220V/24V

TFE-16N

TFBR-101

TFBR-102

TFB-101

TFB-102

TFB-301

TFB-303

TFB-15

216

TFU-50(1A- 50A)

TFU-16(2A30A)

(DIN RAIL MOUNTED) FUSE BOX


FEATURES
1. The fuse box can be mounted in DIN rail (TBR-N) or panel directly.
2. Cabling range from 1.5mm2 - 8 mm2.
3. Make sure power has been cut off before change fuse. The indicator lamp will turn on when power is off.

MODEL DESIGNATION

Designation

TFBR - 32 1 N
2

1. Mounting hole

2. No. of pole

3. Indicator lamp

Signal

Description

TFBR-32

Din rall mouted fuse box

1-POLE

2-POLES

3-POLES

110-500 VAC

None

No lamp

SPECIFICATION
Rated voltage

Ratge current

600 VAC max

32A

Operating temperature
-20 to +80C

Humidity

Application

Fuse size

95% RH max

Cable protection
Motor Protection

10 x 38

DIMENSIONS

WIRING DIAGRAM

TFBR-321 1P

TFBR-322 2P

TFBR-323 3P

FUSE BOX (With indicator lamp)


TFBR-321N 1P

TFBR-322N 2P

TFBR-323N 3P

217

SOLID STATE RELAY

MODEL DESIGNATION

TSSR 25 D H
1

10

10A

25

25A

40

40A

A
D
V
24-380 VAC
H

90-480 VAC

INPUT
TSSR-10A

TSSR-25A

TSSR-40A

TSSR-10AH

TSSR-25AH

TSSR-40AH

PRICE
90~250 VAC 50/60 Hz
3mA Max.
AC 70V
AC 30V
OUTPUT
24~380 VAC

90~480 VAC
600 VAC

218

10A

25A

40A

10A

25A

40A

100A

250A

400A

100A

250A

400A

SOLID STATE RELAY


FEATURES
Input characteristics
TSSR-10D

Characteeristics / model

TSSR-25D

TSSR-40D

TSSR-10DH

TSSR-25DH

TSSR-40DH

Price
Control voltage range

3~32VDC

Conrtrol current

6mA / 12VDC

Pickup voltage

DC 3V max.

Dropout voltage

DC 2V max.

Output characteristics
Voltage range

24~380 VAC

Peak voltage (t = 1 min)

90~480 VAC
600 VAC (reference)

Maximum current (rms)

10A

25A

40A

10A

25A

40A

Maximum surge current (t = 10ms)

100A

250A

400A

100A

250A

400A

General characteristics (@ 25C)


Operating time

1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max

Release time

1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max

Output ON voltage drop

1.6V (rms) max.

Leakage current

4 mA max. (at V max.)

8 mA max. (at V max.)


100 M min. (at 500 VDC)

Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength

2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute

Vibration resistance

Mechanical durability : 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude


Mechanical durability : 1,000 m/s2 (approx. 100G)

Shock resistance
Storage temperature

-30C to 100C (with no icing nor condensation)

Ambient temperature

-20C to 80C (with no icing nor condensation)

Ambient humidity

45 to 85% RH

Weight

Approx. 80g.

FEATURES : PHASE CONTROLLER


Input characteristics
Characteristics/Model

General characteristics (@ 25C)


TSSR-10V

Variable resistor range

TSSR-40V

100k to 48V, 250k to 110V


500k to 220V, 1M to 380V

Control method
PRICE

TSSR-25V

Phase trigger control


@ 640.-

@ 730.-

PRICE

600 VAC (reference) )


10A
100A

@ 640.-

25A
250A

@ 730.-

Vibration resistance

Mechanical durability : 10 to 55 Hz,


1.5 mm double amplitude
Mechanical durability : 1,000 m/s2
(approx. 100G)

Storage temperature

-30C to 100C
(with no icing nor condensation)

Ambient temperature

-20C to 80C
(with no icing nor condensation)

40A
400A

@ 1,070.-

10 mA max. (at V max.)


2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute

24~380 VAC

Peak voltage (t = 1 min)

1.6V (rms) max.

Dielectric strength

Shock resistance

Voltage range

Maximum surge current


(t = 10ms)

Leakage current

@ 1,070.-

Output characteristics

Maximum current (rms)

Output ON voltage
drop

Ambient humidity

45 to 85% RH

Weight

Approx. 80g.

219

SOLID STATE RELAY


DIMENSION
TSSR-

TSSR01-

TSSR02-

TSSR03

220

HEAT SINK
Type

L1

1P

50 mm



2P

100 mm

50 mm

3P

150 mm

100 mm

4P

200 mm

150 mm

5P

250 mm

200 mm

PRICE

DIN RAIL MOUNTED HEAT SINK

DIN RAIL MOUNTED @60.-

TSSR04

Type

L1

1P

50 mm



2P

100 mm

50 mm

3P

150 mm

100 mm

4P

200 mm

150 mm

5P

250 mm

200 mm

PRICE

HEAT CONDUCTION RUBBER


@ 35.-

RELAY
FEATURES

MODEL DESIGNATION

UL safety approval.
Norminal power DC 900 mW & AC 1.2VA
Operating power DC 510 mW.
Either with or without lamp is optional for AC&DC coil.
Low coil power consumption with high response time.

TRL 2 - 24D
1

CONTACT SPECIFICATION
TYPE

TRM2/TRNM2 TRM4/TRNM4

Rating Voltage

TRL2/TRL4
TRNL2/TRNL4

7 A 250 VAC

5 A 250 VAC

10 A 250 VAC

7 A 30 VDC

5 A 30 VDC

10 A 30 VDC

Designation

1. Type

COIL CHARACTER
COIL Voltage Resistance Pick-Up Voltage Drop-Out Voltage
TYPE
(V)
(W)
(V)
(V)
6
DC

AC

40

4.5

2. Contact

Signal

Description

TRM

Narrow Terminal

TRNM

Narrow Terminal with LED lamps

TRL

Wide Terminal

TRNL

Wide Terminal with LED lamps

2A2B

4A4B

0.6

6D

6VDC

12

160

1.2

12D

12VDC

24

650

18

2.4

24D

24VDC

48

2600

36

4.8

48D

48VDC

100

11000

75

10

100D

100 VDC

12

46

3.6

12A

12 VAC

24

180

18

7.2

24A

24 VAC

110

3750

82.5

33

110A

110 VAC

3. Voltage

120

4430

90

36

120A

120 VAC

220

12950

165

66

220A

220 VAC

240

18790

180

72

240A

240 VAC

270

24150

202.5

81

270A

270 VAC

DIMENSIONS
TRM2/TRNM2

TRM2(MY2)

TRNM2(MY2N)

Tends Relay Sockets and


workable PYF08N

TRM4/TRNM4

TRM4(MY4)

TRNM4(MY4N)

Tends Relay Sockets and


workable PYF14N

TRL2/TRNL2

TRL2(LY2)
TRL4(LY4)

TRNL2(LY2N)
TRNL4(LY4N)

221

RELAYS SOCKET
PF-083N

MK-2P

PF-113N

MK-3P

PTF-14N

LY-4

PYF-14N

MY-4

PYF-08N

MY-2

US-08 TIMER SOCKET

PTF-08N

LY-2

8PF-R TIMER SOCKET

PF-085A TIMER SOCKET

P2CF-08 TIMER SOCKET


P3G-08 Timer

222

CONTACTORS
TC 11 A 2

MODEL DESIGNATION

1
Designation
1. Type

2. Model

Signal

Description

TC

Magnetic Contactor

TCR

Designation

Reversing Contactor

Description

Signal

50 Hz

60 Hz

100 VAC

110 VAC

11

12A

200 VAC

220 VAC

16

16A

346 VAC

380 VAC

21

24A

380-400 VAC

440 VAC

30

30A

110 VAC

120 VAC

35

35A

40

44A

240 VAC

260 VAC

50

58A

24 VAC

24 VAC

60

68A

80
3. Auxiliary
Contacts

3 4

(Rated Capacity Based on


AC3 3 ph, 220 VAC)
4.Coil Voltage

100A

48 VAC

48 VAC

415 VAC

460 VAC

220 VAC

240 VAC

(none)

1a1b,2a2b (For TC50-80)

1a

500 VAC

550 VAC

1b

32 VAC

32 VAC

RATING AND CHARACTERISTICS


Type No.

TC11A
TC11B
TCR11AB
TCR112A
TCR112B
TC16A
TC16B
TCR16AB
TCR162A
TCR162B
TC21

Auxiliary Contacts
NO
1
1
2
1
1
2
-

NC
1
1
2
1
1
2

Rated
Operating
Current
(AC1) Ith
A

25

30

40
TCR21

TC30

1
50

TCR30

TC35

1
50

TCR35

TC40

1
60

TCR40

TC50

TCR50

TC60

TCR60

TC80

TCR80

80

100

130
*Mechanical Service Life 5,000,000, Operations.
*For track mounting on DIN rail or panel mounting

IEC 60947 Rated Capacity (AC3)


1 Phase
3 Phases
100 V
200 V
200 V
380 V
120 V
220 V
220 V
440 V
A/kw/hp
A/kw/hp
A/kw/hp
A/kw/hp

500 V
550 V
A/kw/hp

12
0.55
0.75

12
1.1
1.5

12
3
4

12
5.5
7.5

9
5.5
7.5

16
0.75
1

16
1.5
2

16
4
5.5

16
7.5
10

12
7.5
10

24
1.1
1.5
30
1.5
2
35
1.8
2.5
44
2.2
3
58
3
4
68
3.7
5

24
2.2
3
30
3
4
35
4
5
44
5.5
7.5
58
5.5
7.5
68
7.5
10

24
5.5
7.5
30
7.5
10
35
9
12
44
11
15
58
15
20
68
19
25
100
25
35

24
11
15
30
15
20
35
15
20
44
22
30
52
30
40
65
37
50
90
50
70

18.4
11
15
23
15
20
28.5
18.5
25
33
22
30
41
30
40
52
37
50
72
50
70

Rated
Insulation
Voltage

Weight

kg
0.32

600
0.66
0.32
600
0.66
0.39
600
0.79
0.85
600
1.72
0.85
600
1.72
0.85
600
1.72
600

1.21
2.57

600

1.21
2.57

600

1.43
3.00

*Electrical Service Life 1,000,000 Operations.


*UL Pending

223

CONTACTORS
TC11/16
Rated
Auxiliary Operating
Type No.
Contact Current (Acl)
Ith
NO NC

TC21

TC30/35/40

TC50/60/80

Rated Capacity (AC3)


3 Phases
200-220V

kw hp

3 Phases
380-440V
A

kw hp

Rated
Insulation Unit Price
Voltage
V

TC11A

20

12

5.5

600

TC11B

20

12

5.5

600

TC16A

30

16

3.7

12

5.5 7.5

600

TC16B

30

16

3.7

12

5.5 7.5

600

TC21

40

24

5.5 7.5

21

11

15

600

TC30

50

30

7.5

27

15

20

600

TC35

60

35

12.5 33

18

25

600

TC40

65

44

11

15

40

22

30

600

TC50

80

58

15

20

52

30

40

600

TC60

100

68

19

25

65

37

50

600

10

Baht

REVERSING MAGNETIC CONTACTORS


TCR11/16
Rated
Auxiliary Operating
Type No.
Contact Current (Acl)
Ith
NO NC

TCR21

TCR30/35/40

Rated Capacity (AC3)


3 Phases
200 - 220 V

3 Phases
380 - 440 V

kw hp

kw hp

Rated
Insulation
Voltage

Unit Price

Baht

TCR112A

20

12

5.5

600

TCR112B

20

12

5.5

600

TCR162A

30

16

3.7

12

5.5 7.5

600

TCR162B

30

16

3.7

12

5.5 7.5

600

TCR21

40

24

5.5 7.5

21

11

15

600

TCR30

50

30

7.5

27

15

20

600

TCR35

60

35

12.5 33

18

25

600

TCR40

65

44

11

15

40

22

30

600

TCR50

80

58

15

20

52

30

40

600

TCR60

100

68

19

25

65

37

50

600

10

TCR50/60/80

224

CONTACTORS & CONTROL RELAYS


MODEL DESIGNATION

TA4 40 2
2

Designation

Signal

1. Type

Designation

Description

TA4

4P type Contactor for 4HP

TB4

4P type Contactor for 5HP

TR4

4P type Control relay


3. Coil Voltage

40
2. Contacts

4a

31

3a1b

22

Description

Signal

2a2b

50 Hz

60Hz

100V AC

110V AC

200 V AC

220 V AC

346V AC

380V AC

380-400 V AC

440 V AC

110 V AC

120 V AC

240 V AC

260 V AC

24 V AC

24 V AC

48 V AC

48 V AC

415 V AC

460 V AC

220 V AC

240 V AC

500 V AC

550 V AC

32 V AC

32 V AC

RATING AND CHARACTERISTICS (CONTACTORS)


Type No.

Contacts

NO

NC

TA440

TA431

TA422

TB440

TB431

TB422

Rated Capacity (AC3)

Rated Operating
Current (AC1)
Ith

1 Phase

Rated
Insulation Weight
Voltage

3 Phases

100 V
120V

200 V
220 V

200 V
220 V

380 V
440 V

500 V
550V

A/kw/hp

A/kw/hp

A/kw/hp

A/kw/hp

A/kw/hp

kg

25

12
0.55
0.75

12
1.1
1.5

12
3
4

12
5.5
7.5

9
5.5
7.5

600

0.32

30

16
0.75
1

16
1.5
2

16
4
5.5

16
7.5
10

12
7.5
10

600

0.32

RATING AND CHARACTERISTICS (CONTROL RELAYS)


Rated Capacity (AC15)
Rated Capacity (DC13)
Rated
Rated
Rated
Auxiliary
Type No.
Operating 120 240 380 480 500 600 Operating 125 250 400 500 600 Insulation
Contact
Current Ith VAC VAC VAC VAC VAC VAC Current Ith VDC VDC VDC VDC VDC Voltage
NO NC
TR440*

TR431*

TR422*

10

1.9

1.5

1.4

1.2

1.1

0.55 0.31 0.27

Weight

kg

0.2

600

0.32

* CE Mark Pending

DIMENSIONS
TA4/TB4/TR4
Type No.

Description

TA4

4P TYPE CONTACT FOR 4HP

TB4

4P TYPE CONTACT FOR 5HP

TR4

4P TYPE CONTROL RELAY

Price B

225

CONTACTORS & MAGNETIC SWITCHES


USERS INSTRUCTION
Attention :
Turn off power before carrying out any maintenance.
Please handle carefully and avoid abnormal vibration and shock
The dust-proof lable on the side of frame must be tear off clearly, if side-mounted auxiliary contact block or mechanical
interlock is used.
To dismantle the magnetic contactors which is mounted by DIN 35mm rail, right _ screw driver shall be applied and
handled in running direction.
A minimum clearance of 8mm and a minimum creepage distance of 12mm has to be ensured by the installation.

1. Service Environment:
1.1 Operational Temperature : -20C - 50C
1.2 Storage Temperature : - 40C - 70C
1.3 Ralative Humidity : 45% - 85%
1.4 Altitude : below 2000 m.

2. Installation and wiring :


2.1 Ensure that the specifications (Rated power, arrangement of
auxiliary contact, rated coil voltage and frequency) meet the
requirements.
2.2 Mounting positions shall be within the ranges specified below.
2.3 Select appropriate conductor and tighten with appropriate
torque with right tool.
2.4 Tightening torques for contactors are given below:
Type

Item

Screw / blot

TC11

Main Terminal

M3.5

8 - 12

TC16

Main Terminal

M3.5

8 - 12

TC21

Main Terminal

M4

12 - 20

TC30/35/40

Main Terminal

M5

20 - 25

TC50/60

Main Terminal

M6

35 - 40

All Series

Auxi contact & coil terminal

M3.5

8 - 12

Tightening torque shall be within the values given above to avoid deteriorating the screws.

3. Maintenance :
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5

Turn off power before conducting any maintenance.


Disconnect the wires in sequence.
Dismantle contactor as required for maintenance.
Assemble and connect the contactor in reverse procedures conducted in step 3.3 and 3.2
Check the contactor in a good condition.

4. Replacement of the coil :


Follow the instructions if replacement of the coil is carried out.
4.1 Dismantle the contactor in appropriate means.
4.2 Replace the coil to requested coil.
4.3 Assemble the contactor in a reverse sequence conducted in step 4.1
4.4 Check that the contactor can be operated normally.

226

Tighting torque (kgf.cm)

MAGNETIC SWITCHES
MODEL DESIGNATION

TMS 11 A 2 2 - 3.6
2

3 4

Designation Signal

Description

TMS
TMR
TES
1. Type
TEB
TEL
TEW
11
16
21
30
2. Model
35
40
50
60
(none)
3. Auxiliary
A
Contacts
B

Open Type
Reversing Type
Enclosed Type
Enclosed Type With pushbutton
Enclosed Type With indicator
Enclosed Type With rainproof (IEC144 IP 65)
12A
16A
24A
30A
(Rated Capacity Based on
AC3 3ph, 220 V AC)
35A
44A
58A
68A
1a1b, 2a2b (For TMS50, 60)
1a
1b

Designation

Description

Signal

4. Coil Voltage

5. Number of Heaters

50 Hz

60Hz

100V AC

110V AC

200 V AC

220 V AC

346V AC

380V AC

380-400 V AC

440 V AC

110 V AC

120 V AC

240 V AC

260 V AC

24 V AC

24 V AC

48 V AC

48 V AC

415 V AC

460 V AC

220 V AC

240 V AC

500 V AC

550 V AC

32 V AC

32 V AC

2 Heaters

3 Heaters

Phase-Failure (3 Heaters)

RATING AND CHARACTERISTICS


ICE 60947 Rated Capacity (AC3)
Type No.

Auxiliary
Contacts

NO

NC

TMS11A

TMS11B

TMR11AB

TMR112A

TMR112B

TMS16A

TMS16B

TMR16AB

TMR162A

TMR162B

TMS21

TMR21

TMS30

TMR30

TMS35

TMR35

TMS40

TMR40

TMS50

TMR50

TMS60

TMR60

Rated Operating
Current (AC1) Ith

25

30

40

50

50

60

80

100

1 Phase

3 Phases

100 V

200 V

200 V

380 V

500 V

120 V

220 V

220 V

440 V

550 V

A/Kw/hp

A/Kw/hp

A/Kw/hp

A/Kw/hp

A/Kw/hp

12

12

12

12

0.55

1.1

5.5

5.5

0.75

1.5

7.5

7.5

16

16

16

16

12

0.75

1.5

7.5

7.5

5.5

10

10

24
1.1
1.5
30
1.5
2
35
1.8
2.5
44
2.2
3
58
3
4
68
3.7
5

24
2.2
3
30
3
4
35
4
5
44
5.5
7.5
58
5.5
7.5
68
7.5
10

24
5.5
7.5
30
7.5
10
35
9
12
44
11
15
58
15
20
68
19
25

24
11
15
30
15
20
35
15
20
44
22
30
52
30
40
65
37
50

18.4
11
15
23
15
20
28.5
18.5
25
33
22
30
41
30
40
52
37
50

Rated
Insulation
Voltage

Weight

kg
0.43

600
0.88

0.43
600
0.88
0.51
600

1.04
1.03

600

2.08
1.03

600

2.08
1.03

600

2.08
1.55

600

2.76
1.55

600

2.76

227

CONTACTORS
TMS11/16

Rated Capacity (AC3)

Rated
Type No.

Price

Auxiliary Operating
Contacts

Current
(AC1) Ith

NO NC

3 Phases

3 Phases

200-220V

380-440V

kw

hp

kw

Overload range

hp

TMS21

2 Heater

3 Heater

Elements

Elements

A
0.1-0.15, 0.15-0.24

TMS11A

20

12

5.5

0.24-0.36, 0.36-0.54
0.48-0.72, 0.64-0.96

TMS30/35/40

TMS11B

20

12

5.5

TMS16A

30

3.7

12

5.5

7.5

TMS16B

30

16

3.7

12

5.5

7.5

TMS21

40

24

5.5

7.5

21

11

15

0.8-1.2, 0.95-1.45
1.4-2.2, 1.7-2.6, 4-6,
5-8, 6-9.7, 11.9-13, 12-18
1.4-2.2, 1.7-2.6, 2.2-3.4,
2.8-4.2, 4-6, 5-8, 6-9, 7-11,
9-13, 12-18, 16-22, 20-26

TMS50/60

TMS30

50

30

7.5

10

27

15

20

TMS35

60

35

12.5

33

18

25

TMS40

65

44

11

15

40

22

30

TMS50

80

58

15

20

52

30

40

16-22, 20-26, 22-34, 28-

TMS60

100

68

19

25

65

37

50

38, 32-48, 43-65, 54-80

7-11, 9-13, 12-18, 16-22,


20-26, 22-34, 28-38, 32-48

REVERSING MAGNATIC SWITCH


TMR 11/16
Rated Capacity (AC3)

Rated
Type No.

Auxiliary Operating
Contacts

Current
(AC1) Ith

TMR21

Price

NO NC

3 Phases

3 Phases

200-220V

380-440V

Overload range

kw

hp

kw

hp

TMR11

20

12

5.5

TMR112A

20

12

5.5

TMR112B

20

12

5.5

0.48-0.72, 0.64-0.96,

TMR16

30

16

3.7

12

5.5

7.5

0.8-1.2, 0.95-1.45, 1.4-2.2,

TMR162A

30

16

3.7

12

5.5

7.5

TMR162B

30

16

3.7

12

5.5

7.5

0.1-0.15, 0.15-0.24,
0.24-0.36, 0.36-0.54,

TMR30/35/40

1.7-2.6, 4-6, 5-8, 6-9.7,


11.9-13, 12-18

1.4-2.2, 1.7-2.6, 2.2-3.4,


TMR21

40

24

5.5

7.5

21

11

15

2.8-4.2, 4-6, 5-8, 6-9, 7-11,


9-13, 12-18

TMR50/60

228

TMR30

50

30

7.5

10

27

15

20

TMR35

60

35

12.5

33

18

25

TMR40

65

44

11

15

40

22

30

TMR50

80

58

15

20

52

30

40

16-22, 20-26, 22-34, 28-38,

TMR60

100

68

19

25

65

37

50

32-48, 43-65, 54-80

7-11, 9-13, 12-18, 16-22,


20-26, 22-34, 28-38, 32-48

2 Heater

3Heater

Elements

Elements

MAGNETIC SWITCH
ENCLOSED TYPE
TES11/16

TES21

Rated Capacity (AC 3)


Type No.

Price

1 Phase
220V

3 Phases
220V

3 Phases
380V

A kw hp

A kw hp

A kw hp

TES11

11 1.1 1.5 12

TES16

14 1.5

16 3.7

TES21

20 2.2

24 5.5 7.5 21 11 15

12 5.5 7.5

2 Heater
Elements

3 Heater
Elements

5.5

ENCLOSED TYPE WITH PUSH BUTTON SWITCH


TEB11/16

TEB21

Rated Capacity (AC 3)


Type No.

Price

1 Phase
220V

3 Phases
220V

3 Phases
380V

A kw hp

A kw hp

A kw hp

TEB11

11 1.1 1.5 12

TEB16

14 1.5

16 3.7

TEB21

20 2.2

24 5.5 7.5 21 11 15

12 5.5 7.5

2 Heater
Elements

3 Heater
Elements

5.5

ENCLOSED TYPE WITH PUSH BUTTON SWITCH AND INDICATOR LAMP


TEL16

TEL21

Rated Capacity (AC 3)


Type No.

Price

1 Phase
220V

3 Phases
220V

3 Phases
380V

A kw hp

A kw hp

A kw hp

TEL11

11 1.1 1.5 12

TEL16

14 1.5

16 3.7

TEL21

20 2.2

24 5.5 7.5 21 11 15

12 5.5 7.5

2 Heater
Elements

3 Heater
Elements

5.5

ENCLOSED TYPE WITH PUSH BUTTON SWITCH AND INDICATOR LAMP


(RAIN PROOF)
Rated Capacity (AC 3)

TEW11/16/21
Type No.

Price

1 Phase
220V

3 Phases
220V

3 Phases
380V

A kw hp

A kw hp

A kw hp

TEW11

11 1.1 1.5 12

TEW16

14 1.5

16 3.7

TEW21

20 2.2

24 5.5 7.5 21 11 15

12 5.5 7.5

2 Heater
Elements

3 Heater
Elements

5.5

229

THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS


MODEL DESIGNATION

THR 1 3 - 3.6
1

2 3

Designation
1. Type

2. Contacts

3. Number of Heaters

4. Heater Setting
Range (A)

4
Signal

Description

THR

Overload Protection

THP

Phase Failure Protection

for TC11 &TC16

for TC21

for TC30/35 & 40

for TC50&TC60

2 Heater Elements

3 Heater Elements

0.12

0.1

0.2

0.16 - 0.2

- 0.24
- 0.36

0.3

0.24 - 0.3

0.44

0.36 - 0.44 - 0.54

0.6

0.48 - 0.6

- 0.72

0.8

0.64 - 0.8

- 0.96

0.8

- 1.2

1
1.2

THR1/THP1

- 0.12 - 0.15

- 1

0.95 - 1.2

Description
2 Heater Elements

THR-13

3 Heater Elements
Phase Failure
Protecion

Description

THR-22

2 Heater Elements

THR-23

3 Heater Elements

THP-2

67

54

Description
- 1.8 - 2.2
- 2.1 - 2.6
- 2.8 - 3.4
- 3.6 - 4.2
- 5
- 6
- 6.5 - 8
- 7.5 - 9
- 9
- 11
- 11 - 13
- 15 - 18
- 19 - 22
- 23 - 26
- 28 - 34
- 33 - 38
- 40 - 48
- 54 - 65
- 67

- 80

For Contactor

Setting Range (A)

TC11, TC16

0.1-0.15, 0.15-0.24, 0.24-0.36, 0.36-0.54,


0.48-0.72, 0.64-0.96, 1.4-2.2, 1.7-2.6, 2.23.4, 2.8-4.2, 4-6, 5-8, 6-9, 7-11, 9-13, 12-18

For Contactor

Setting Range (A)

TC21

1.4-2.2, 1.7-2.6, 2.2-3.4, 2.8-4.2, 4-6, 5-8,


6-9, 7-11, 16-22, 20-26

For Contactor

Setting Range (A)

Price

Phase Failure
Protecion

Price

TC30, TC35, TC40


Type No

Description

THR-32

2 Heater Elements

THR-33

3 Heater Elements

THP-3

Phase Failure
Protecion

TC30, TC35,
TC40

Price

7-11, 9-13, 12-18, 16-22, 20-26,


22-34, 28-38, 32-48

TC50 TC60
Type No

Description

THR-42

2 Heater Elements

THR-43

3 Heater Elements

THP-4

230

1.4
1.7
2.2
2.8
4
5
6
7
9
12
16
20
22
28
32
43

TC21
Type No

THR4/THP4

- 1.45

THR-12

THP-1

THR3/THP3

4. Heater Setting
Range (A)

Signal
1.8
2.1
2.8
3.6
5
6.5
7.5
9
11
15
19
23
28
33
40
54

TC11 TC16
Type No

THR2/THP2

Designation

Phase Failure
Protecion

For Contactor

TC50, TC60

Setting Range (A)


16-22, 20-26, 22-34, 28-38,
32-48, 43-65, 54-80

Price

THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS


THR (THP)

Manual Reset :
Press reset button to reset the
Thermal Overload Relay
Auto Reset :
Take off "C" Then press reset
button and push "1" (fiat screw
driver) to lock the button to
become autoreset.

Operating Characteristics of Thermal Overload Relays

Star-Delta Starter Selection Table


Type

Motor Output
KW (HP)

Contactor Used

Y-TC21

Y-TC35

Y-TC50

Y-TC60

200-220 V

11 (15)

19 (25)

22 (30)

30 (40)

380 V

19 (25)

30 (40)

45 (60)

55 (75)

440 V

19 (25)

30 (40)

45 (60)

55 (75)

MC M

TC21

TC35

TC50

TC60

MC D

TC21

TC35

TC50

TC60

MC S

TC11

TC16

TC21

TC21
231

ACCESSSORIES
AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCKS (FRONT MOUNTED)
Type No.

NO

NC

TCF-211

TCF-220

TCF-202

TCF-440

TCF-431

TCF-422

TCF-413

TCF-404

Weight

Suitable For

0.034

TC11-TC80

0.034

TC11-TC80

Weight

Suitable For

0.034

TC11-TC80

0.034

TC21

Price

AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCKS (FRONT MOUNTED)


Type No.

NO

NC

TCS-111

TCS-120

TCS-102

TCS-211

TCS-220

TCS-202

REPLACEMENT MAIN CONTACT


Type No.

232

()
Suitable For

TC11C

TC-11

TC16C

TC-16

TC21C

TC-21

TC30C

TC-30

TC35C

TC-35

TC40C

TC-40

TC50C

TC-50

TC60C

TC-60

Price

Price

ACCESSORIES
Mechanical Interlock
Type No.
*TCL-1
TCL-1N
*TCL-3
TCL-3N
* TCL-4
TCL-4N

NO

NC

Suitable For

TC11-TC21

TC-11-TC21

TC30-TC40

TC30-TC40

TC50-TC80

TC50-TC80

Price

* : with electrical interlock

Type No.

Rated Capacity (AC15)


Rated Capacity (AC15)
Rated
Rated
Rated
Operating 120 240 380 480 500 600 Operating 125 250 400 500 600 Insulation Weight
Current Ith VAC VAC VAC VAC VAC VAC Current Ith VAC VAC VAC VAC VAC Voltage
A

kg

TCF-2

0.034

TCF-4

0.054

TCS-1 (2)

10

1.9

1.5

1.4

1.2

1.1 0.55 0.31 0.27 0.2

600

0.034

TCS-3

0.040

TCL

0.036

Spare Coil : TCC-11


Suitable For : TC11-21

Spare Coil : TCC-50


Suitable For : TC50-480

Spare Coil : TCC-30


Suitable For : TC30-40

233

MACHINE LIGHT

xxxxxx
Item
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx

LED

THL-10 SGS CE
LED

10W
6~30VAC/DC, 90~260VAC
310 mm + 390 mm
9000LUX
6000LUX
30000

55W
55W
12VAC/DC

70W
70W
24VAC/DC

4500LUX

6800LUX
800

IP65
XXXX

MODEL DESIGNATION

REPLACEMENT LAMP

THL 10 - H 7 L S
2 3

Item
1. Type
2. Lever

3. Voltage

4. Length
of arm

5. Size
6. Color

Signal
THL10
LW
LC
H
2
7
9
L
M
R
S
xxx
L
S6
T
Space
B

4 5 6

Description
100mm
LED (Warm white)
LED (Cool white)
Halogen
90 ~ 260 VAC (LED)
6 ~ 30 VAC/DC (LED)
24VAC/DC
12VAC/DC
310mm + 390mm
310mm + 115mm
220mm + 220mm
-45mm
xxx
60mm
xxx
Silver
Black

DIMENSIONS

THL-10-S

234

THL10-LW-S
THL10-LC-S
THL10-H-S

THL-10-M

THL10-LW-M
THL10-LC-M
THL10-H-M

MACHINE LIGHT

THL-10 LED SGS CE

DIMENSIONS

THL-10-L

THL10-LW-L
THL10-LC-L
THL10-H-L

BASE THL 10 THL 07

THL-10-R

THL10-LW-R
THL10-LC-R
THL10-H-R

(THL-10-A)

45mm
(THL-10-S4)

60mm
(THL-10-S6)

(THL-10-T)

235

70 MACHINE LIGHT
FEATURES




HALOGEN

HALOGEN LAMP

Flexible Conduit
Temperature Glass
Osram Halogen Lamp 12V 20W
5 Kinds of the
1200 Lux at 50 cm distance

Replacement :
Step 1. To turn counter - clockwise t release the cover.
Step 2. Replace Halogen Lamp
Step 3. To Align the Arrow on the cover and the - on
the back cover then turn clockwise to fit the cover

MODEL DESIGNATION

THL 07 - 1 T M
1

Item
1. Type
2. Voltage

3. Length
of arm

4. Base

2 3

Signal
THL07
1
2
9
T
L
M
R
S
L
M
T
S4
S6

Description
70mm
110 VAC (LED)
220VAC
12VAC/DC
Flexible conduit 460mm
310mm + 390mm (only 12V)
310mm + 115mm (only 12V)
220mm + 220mm
-L Type base
Magnetic base
Triangle base
45 x 45 mm
60 x 60 mm

DIMENSIONS

THL07-TL

THL07-TM

THL07-SL

THL07-RL

236

()

70 MACHINE LIGHT

HALOGEN
DIMENSIONS

THL07-SS4
THL07-SS6
THL07-ST

THL07-9MS4 ( 12VDC/DC)
THL07-9MS6 ( 12VDC/DC)
THL07-9MT ( 12VDC/DC)

THL07-9LS4 ( 12VDC/DC)
THL07-9LS6 ( 12VDC/DC)
THL07-9LT ( 12VDC/DC)

THL07-RS4
THL07-RS6
THL07-RT

BASE DIMENSIONS

MAGNETIC BASE
(THL07-M)

L TYPE
(THL07-L)

237

WALL MOUNT WARNING LIGHT


MODEL DESIGNATION

FEATURES
3 Signal lights in a lanes (Red, Orange, Green)
Long Life : LED 50,000 hrs min.
Intermittence Buzzer : 80db/1m min.

Item
1. Type

Frequency : 60 cycles/min

Degree of protection : TPHL & TPHF : IP53


TPH L - 2

2. Function

TPHB & TPHS : IP50


3. Voltage

DIMENSIONS

TPHL
TPHF ()

Signal
TPH
L
F
B
S
1
2
7
9

Description
Wall Mount Warning Light
Standard
Flash
Buzzer
Flash + Buzzer
110VAC
220VAC
24VAC/DC
12VAC/DC

TPHS

DIMENSIONS

TPHL

TPHF

TPHB

TPHS

238

WALL MOUNT WARNING LIGHT


FEATURES

LIGHT REPLACEMENT

Tendered glass.
IP67 protection.
Osram PL Light.
Service hour : 10,000 hrs.
High safety : Fuse in the Electronic Stabilizer will be
burnt immediately if any unusual situation happen.
Instantaneously started by Electronic Stabilizer.

MODEL DESIGNATION

TFL - 18 2 T
1

Item
1. Type
2. PL
3. Voltage
4. Fix Type

Signal
TFL
18
36
1
2
7
7D
T

Description
Fluorescent Light
18W
36W
120VAC
230VAC
24VAC
24VDC
Plastic base
Steel Circle

DIMENSIONS

TFL-18 (Plastic base)


TFL-18T (Steel circle)

Fluorescent OSRAM DULUX L18/840

TFL-36 (Plastic base)


TFL-36T (Steel circle)

Fluorescent OSRAM DULUX L38/840

BASE DIMENSIONS

PLASTIC BASE

STEEL CIRCLE

239

BLUE INCANDESCENT LAMP, NEON LAMP, LED LAMP

, , LED
Series No.
2S-9-6.3
1S-9-18
2S-9-24
2S-9-30
1S-9-12V
2S-9-110R
2S-9-110G
2S-9-220R
2S-9-220G
2S-9-380R
2S-9-380G
2S-9-TL-6 R,Y,G,W,BL
2S-9TL-12 R,Y,G,W,BL
2S-9TL-24 R,Y,G,W,BL
2S-9TL-110 R,Y,G,W,BL
2S-9TL-220 R,Y,G,W,BL
2S-9TL-380 R,Y,G,W,BL
2E-10-6.3
2E-10-12
2E-10-24
2E-10-30
2E-10-110
2E-10-220-R
2E-10-380
1E-12-12
2E-12-18
2E-12-24
2E-12-30
2E-12-110
2E-12-220
2E-12-380
2T-4.5-6
2T-4.5-12
2T-4.5-18
2T-4.5-24
2T-4.5-30
2T-4.5-110 G,R
2T-4.5-220 G,R
2T1.75F6.3
2T1.75F14
2T1.75F28
1T1.75F110 G,R
2T1.75F220 G,R
1T1.75F380 G,R
1T1.75L6 R,Y,O
1T1.75L12 R,Y,O
2T1.75L24 R,Y,O
1T1.75L6 BL,W,G
1T1.75L12 BL,W,G
2T1.75L24 BL,W,G
S15-I49
S15-I47
S15-I41
S15-I42
S15-I59
S15-I57
S15-I51
S15-I52

240

Code No.
TS9-5 (2S-9-6.3)
TS9-6 (2S-9-18)
TS9-7 (2S-9-24)
TS9-8 (2S-9-30)
TS9-9 (2S-9-12)
TS9-1R (2S-9-110R)
TS9-1G (2S-9-110G)
TS9-2R (2S-9-220R)
TS9-2G (2S-9-220G)
TS9-3R (2S-9-380R)
TS9-3G (2S-9-380G)
LED-R,Y,G,W,BL
LED-R,Y,G,W,BL
LED-R,Y,G,W,BL
LED-R,Y,G,W,BL
LED-R,Y,G,W,BL
LED-R,Y,G,W,BL
E10 6.3V
E10 12V
E10 24V
E10 30V
E10 110V
E10 220V
E10 380V
E12 12V
E12 18V
E12 24V
E12 30V
E12 110V
E12 220V
E12 380V
T-4.5 6V
T-4.5 12V
T-4.5 18V
T-4.5 24V
T-4.5 28V
T-4.5 110V G,R
T-4.5 220V G,R
T13/4 6.3V
T13/4 14V
T13/4 28V
T13/4 110V
T13/4 220V
T13/4 380V
LED-R,Y,O
LED-R,Y,O
LED-R,Y,O
LED-BL,W,G
LED-BL,W,G
LED-BL,W,G
S15-I49
S15-I47
S15-I41
S15-I42
S15-I59
S15-I57
S15-I51
S15-I52

Volt.
Rated Current
6VDC/AC
150mA
18VDC/AC
66mA
24VDC/AC
50mA
30VDC/AC
40mA
12VDC/AC
100mA
110VAC-R
1.3mA
110VAC-G
1.3mA
220VAC-R
2.2mA
220VAC-G
2.2mA
380VAC-R
1.15mA
380VAC-G
1.15mA
6VDC
9-13mA
12VDC
9-13mA
24VDC
8-13mA
110VAC
3-5mA
220VAC
3-5mA
380VAC
6.3VDC/AC
0.15A
12VDC/AC
1W
24VDC/AC
1W
30VDC
1W
110VAC
1W
220VAC
1W
380VAC
1W
12V
0.11A
18V
0.11A
24V
1W
30V
1W
110V
1W
220V
1W
380V
1W
6V
0.3W
12V
0.5W
18V
0.5W
24V
0.5W
28V
0.7W
110V
0.3W
220V
0.3W
6.3VDC/AC
110mA
14VDC/AC
50mA
28VDC/AC
25mA
110VDC/AC
1.5mA
220VDC/AC
1.5mA
380VDC/AC
1.5mA
6VDC
26mA
12VDC
26mA
24VDC
26mA
6VDC
26mA
12VDC
26mA
24VDC
26mA
12VDC/AC
0.5A
24VDC/AC
0.25A
110VAC
0.05A
220VAC
0.03A
12VDC/AC
0.7A
24VDC/AC
0.35A
110VAC
0.06A
220VAC
0.03A

Incan for pilot lamp


T2, TN2, TS2 BA9S

Neon for pilot lamp


T2, TN2, TS2

LED for pilot lamp,


Illuminated TN2

For pilot lamp


TPR, TPF, TPS
25 mm

For pilot lamp


TPR, TPF, TPS, TPL
30 mm

For T16

Incan for
TN16, T13/4 Base
Neon for TN16 T13/4

LED for TN16

Incan for tower light


40 mm

Incan for tower light


50 mm

Price

BLUE INCANDESCENT LAMP, NEON LAMP, LED LAMP

, , LED
Series No.

Code No.

Volt.

Rated
Current

S15-I69

S15-I69

12VDC/AC

0.8A

S15-I67

S15-I67

24VDC/AC

0.4A

S15-I61

S15-I61

110VAC

0.08A

S15-I62

S15-I62

220VAC

0.04A

S15-L49R, Y,G,W,BL

S15L49R, Y,G,W,BL

12VDC/AC

0.1A

S15-L47R, Y,G,W,BL

S15L47R, Y,G,W,BL

24VDC

0.03A

S15-L41R, Y,G,W,BL

S15L41R, Y,G,W,BL

110VAC

0.02A

S15-L42R, Y,G,W,BL

S15L42R, Y,G,W,BL

220VAC

0.02A

2S-15L-12

S15L59R, Y,G,W,BL

12VDC/AC

0.15A

2S-15L-24

S15L57R, Y,G,W,BL

24VDC

0.04A

2S-15L-110

S15L51R, Y,G,W,BL

110VAC

0.02A

2S-15L-220V

S15L52R, Y,G,W,BL

220VAC

0.02A

2S-15S-12-5W

S15-I2

12V

5W

Incan for warning lamp


TWR, TWK 10 110V. 220V

2S-15S-12-8W

S15-I3

12V

8W

Incan for warning lamp TWR, TWK


08, 10, 12 12V, 110V, 220V

2S-15S-24-8W

S15-I3

24V

8W

Incan for warning lamp


TWR, TWK 08, 10, 12 24V

1S-15-110-5W

S15-I4

110V

5W

Incan for warning lamp


TWR, TWK 08 110V

2S-15S-220-5W

S15-I4

220V

5W

Incan for warning lamp


TWR, TWK 08 220V

2S-15S-12-10W

S15-I6

12V

10W

Incan for warning lamp


TWF 08, 10, 12 12V

2S-15S-24-10W

S15-I6

24V

10W

Incan for warning lamp


TWF 08, 10, 12 24V

2S-15S-110-10W

S15-I6

110V

10W

Incan for warning lamp


TWF 08, 10, 12 110V

2S-15S-220-10W

S15-I6

220V

10W

Incan for warning lamp


TWF 08, 10, 12 220V

2S-15-12-35

S15-I7

12V

35W

Incan for warning lamp


TWR, TWK 16, 18 12V, 110V, 220V
TWF 16, 18 12V

2S-15-24-35

S15-I7

24V

35W

Incan for warning lamp


TWR, TWK 16, 18 TWF 16, 18 24V

2S-15-110-35W

S15-I7

110V

35W

Incan for warning lamp TWF 16, 18 110V

2S-15-220-35W

S15-I7

220V

35W

Incan for warning lamp TWF 16, 18 220V

2S-15-L41R,Y,G,W,BL

S15L41R, Y,G,W,BL

110VAC

0.02A

2S-15-L42R,Y,G,W,BL

S15L42R, Y,G,W,BL

220VAC

0.02A

2S-15-L47R,Y,G,W,BL

S15L47R, Y,G,W,BL

24VDC

0.04A

2S-15-L49R,Y,G,W,BL

S15L49R, Y,G,W,BL

12VDC

0.08A

2S-15-L61R,Y,G,W,BL

S15L61R, Y,G,W,BL

110VAC

0.02A

2S-15-L62R,Y,G,W,BL

S15L62R, Y,G,W,BL

220VAC

0.02A

2S-15-L67R,Y,G,W,BL

S15L67R, Y,G,W,BL

24VDC

0.05A

2S-15-L69R,Y,G,W,BL

S15L69R, Y,G,W,BL

12VDC

0.1A

Price

Incan for tower light


60mm, 70mm

LED for tower light


40mm

LED for tower light


50mm, 60mm, 70mm

LED for warning lamp


TWL, TWF-08

LED for warning lamp


TWL, TWF-10,12

241

WIRING DUCTS

242

P.V.C. WIRING DUCT


TC family wire channel is suitable in the use of wires distribution inside the complete set electrical control equipment
and various high and low voltage distributors.

COLOUR : GREY ()

SOLID DESIGN

SOLD:
No slot design, for exeternal wiring or
where wire extraction is not necessary.

ROUND TYPE WIRING DUCT

ITEM NO.

DIMENSION
W x H (m.m)

PACKING

25 x 30

72

WD-2530-0

25 x 40

56

WD-2540-0

25 x 60

60

WD-2560-0

30 x 30

70

WD-3030-0

33 x 40

46

WD-3340-0

40 x 40

38

WD-4040-0

40 x 60

28

WD-4060-0

40 x 80

56

WD-4080-0

60 x 40

26

WD-6040-0

60 x 60

18

WD-6060-0

60 x 80

20

WD-6080-0

80 x 60

20

WD-8060-0

SLOTTED : O

PRICE

Length 2 M

80 x 80

16

WD-8080-0

100 x 60

16

WD-10060-0

100 x 100

10

WD-100100-0

COLOUR : WHITE ()
ITEM NO.

DIMENSION
W x H (m.m)

PACKING

25 x 30

72

WD-2530-0

40 x 40

38

WD-4040-0

50 x 50

26

WD-5050-0

60 x 60

18

WD-6060-0

60 x 80

20

WD-6080-0

75 x 40

32

WD-7540-0

100 x 40

36

WD-10040-0

100 x 60

30

WD-10060-0

SLOTTED : O

PRICE

Length 2 M

COLOUR : GREY, MILK, WHITE (, , )

Item No. PACKING

W1

H1 LENGTH

RD-20
RD-30
RD-40
RD-50
RD-60

300
150
100
65
50

20
30
40
50
60

8
11
16
20
30

6
8
9.5
11
13

4
6
7
8
9

1M
1M
1M
1M
1M

RD-70

50

70

40

15

10

1M

PRICE
(/)

Material : High impact, rigid, self-extinguish P.V.C.


Service temperature : 85C
Colour : Grey (Milk, White, Brown, Dark Brown available)
Backed with high quality double sided tape for permeant stick. Good for floor wiring to faciliate trolly pass and to avoid trip.

243

SOFT WIRING DUCT

...

NEW

..
( )

1.
2. ()
3. ()
4.

ITEM NO.
SRD-25
SRD-25
SRD-25
SRD-25
SRD-50
SRD-50
SRD-50
SRD-50
SRD-65
SRD-65
SRD-65
SRD-65
SRD-75
SRD-75
SRD-75
SRD-75
SRD-100
SRD-100
SRD-100
SRD-100
244

W1

H1

PACKING

25.4

7.4

5.8

3.8

200 PCS

50.8

14.8

11.6

7.8

50 PCS

66.0

19.0

15.3

10.9

40 PCS

76.2

22.0

17.4

11.6

35 PCS

101.6

29.4

23.2

15.4

20 PCS

Length

1M

PRICE

WIRING DUCT

8 mm. SERIES

Material : High impact, self-extinguishing, warpproof P.V.C.


(Polyvinyl chioride)
Colour : Grey
Maximum service temperature : 80C
Used extensively for all wiring applications
Where cable protection is essential i.e. Switchboards etc.
Features parallel holes onboth sidewalls to facilitate cutting in
wire application.
Special colour, size, length upon request of large quantity.
DIMENSION
W x H (m.m)
25 x 30
25 x 40
33 x 40
40 x 40
60 x 40
80 x 40
100 x 40
25 x 60
40 x 60
60 x 60
80 x 60
100 x 60
120 x 60
120 x 65
25 x 80
40 x 80
60 x 80
80 x 80
100 x 80
120 x 80
40 x 100
70 x 100
100 x 100

DIMENSION
W x H (m.m)

4 mm. SERIES

15 x 25
20 x 20
25 x 25
25 x 45
25 x 65
30 x 30
33 x 33
33 x 45
33 x 65
45 x 45
45 x 65
50 x 50
60 x 60
65 x 45
65 x 65

NO. of
PACKING
72
56
46
38
26
20
20
42
28
18
20
16
12
12
28
28
20
16
12
10
24
14
10

ITEM NO.
SLOTTED : 8 mm.

PRICE

Length 2 M
WD-2530-8
WD-2540-8
WD-3340-8
WD-4040-8
WD-6040-8
WD-8040-8
WD-10040-8
WD-2560-8
WD-4060-8
WD-6060-8
WD-8060-8
WD-10060-8
WD-12060-8
WD-12065-8
WD-2580-8
WD-4080-8
WD-6080-8
WD-8080-8
WD-10080-8
WD-12080-8
WD-40100-8
WD-70100-8
WD-100100-8
ITEM NO.

NO. of
PACKING

SLOTTED : 4 mm.

150
140
88
54
40
70
54
40
30
30
24
26
18
20
16

WD-1525-4
WD-2020-4
WD-2525-4
WD-2545-4
WD-2565-4
WD-3030-4
WD-3333-4
WD-3345-4
WD-3365-4
WD-4545-4
WD-4565-4
WD-5050-4
WD-6060-4
WD-6545-4
WD-6565-4

PRICE

Length 2 M

245

WIRING DUCT
DECORATION WIRING DUCT.

Material : Rigid, self-extinguishing P.V.C.


Standard colour : Grey, (Milk, White, Brown available upon request to meet your colour system.)
Features : All size feature same height in 11 mm which were specially designed for flat cables.
Application : Used extensively for electric wire application of indoor decoration or outdoor security,
alarm system.

ITEM NO.

PACKING

Overall
Length

Width
(m.m.)

Height
(m.m.)

TE-1

340

2M

12.7 (1/2 )

11

TE-2

200

2M

19.1 (3/4)

11

TE-3

170

2M

25.4 (1)

11

TE-4

130

2M

31.8 (1 1/4)

11

TE-5

110

2M

38.1 (1 1/2)

11

TE-6

80

2M

50.8 (2)

11

Price
/

TELEPHONE WIRING DUCT (SELF-ADHESIVE)

Material : Rigid, self-extinguishing P.V.C.


Backed with high quality self-adhesive tape to facilitate wire application.
colour : Grey, (Milk, White, Brown available on request)
Length : 2 M
Application : Designed to protect wire on floor.


ITEM PACKING PACKING
NO.
1M
2M

W1

W2

Wire to be
Contained

1M

1 pcs

15.-

TP-1
TP1.5
TP-2

100

350

80

200

3-4 pcs

55

190

3 pcs

21.-

TP-3

45

140

10

10

10

3-4 pcs

27.-

TP-4

60

90

12

15

13

4-7 pcs

34.-

TP-5

50

75

10

17

16

7-9 pcs

37.-

TP-6

40

60

11

19

16

10-15 pcs

47.-

TP-8

30

32

30

37

16

30-40 pcs

115.-

W1

W2

W3

20.0

7.5

30.0
40.0

Item No.

Length W (m.m.)

WD-2010-2
WD-3010-2

2M

WD-4010-3

246

DIMENSION

Price /

PACKING

7.5

10.3

260

12.5

12.5

11.2

150

11

11.5

10.3

130

11.5

2M

Price /

WD-2012-2

WD-4010-3

WD-3010-2

WD-5020-3

WIRING DUCT

SD-100100J/SD-150100J/SD-300100J is thickner wall type design.


SD-600100 please reference the structure design of SDH-600100
Item No.

W x H (mm)

Thickness (mm)

Wires to be contained

SD-15060

150 x 60

2.20.3MM

310~480pcs

SD-150100

150 x 100

2.60.3MM

450~600pcs

SD-200100

200 x 100

2.60.3MM

600~800pcs

SD-200150

200 x 150

3.60.4MM

1040~1200pcs

SD-200200

200 x 200

3.60.4MM

1200~1600pcs

SD-300100

300 x 100

4.00.4MM

1040~1200pcs

SD-400100

400 x 100

50.5MM

1380~1600pcs

SD-600100

600 x 100

50.5MM

2080~2400pcs

Item No.

W x H (mm)

Thickness (mm)

Wires to be contained

SDH-15060

150 x 60

20.3MM

310~480pce

SDH-200100

200 x 100

2.60.4MM

600~800pce

SDH-300100J

300 x 100

50.5MM

1040~1200pcs

SDH-400100

400 x 100

50.5MM

1380~1600pcs

SDH-600100

600 x 100

50.5MM

2080~2400pcs

Length (mm)

Price

2M

Length (mm)

Price

2M

WIRING DUCT COUPLER

247

T TYPE WIRING DUCT CONNECTOR

Item No.
SDHT-20100

W1

475

200

850

100

PRICE
SDH-200100

SDHT-300100J

SDH-300100J

SDHT-400100

SDH-400100

SDHT-600100

SDH-600100

L TYPE WIRING DUCT CONNECTOR

Item No.
SDHL-20100

W1

510

200

100

100

PRICE
SDH-200100

SDHL-300100J

SDH-300100J

SDHL-400100

SDH-400100

SDHL-600100

SDH-600100

END PIECE WIRING DUCT CONNECTOR

Item No.
SDE-20100

248

105

200

105

PRICE
SDH-200100

CONNECTOR
Downeard Connector 45
Item No.

45

PRICE

SDHA200100

SDH200100

SDHA300100J

SDH300100J

SDHA400100

SDH400100

SDHA600100

SDH600100

Downeard Connector 90
Item No.

PRICE

SDHO200100

SDH200100

SDHO300100J

SDH300100J

SDHO400100

SDH400100

SDHO600100

SDH600100

90
Upward Connector 45
Item No.

PRICE

SDHV200100

SDH200100

SDHV300100J

SDH300100J

SDHV400100

SDH400100

SDHV600100

SDH600100

45
Upward Connector 90
Item No.

PRICE

SDHI200100

SDH200100

SDHI300100J

SDH300100J

SDHI400100

SDH400100

SDHI600100

SDH600100

90
Connector L Type 45
Item No.

45

PRICE

SDHF200100

SDH200100

SDHF300100J

SDH300100J

SDHF400100

SDH400100

SDHF600100

SDH600100

Connector X Type
Item No.

PRICE

SDHX200100

SDH200100

SDHX300100J

SDH300100J

SDHX400100

SDH400100

SDHX600100

SDH600100

249

WIRING DUCT COUPLER

Item No.

DCP-100

40.5

75.5

350

Item No.

DCP-100A

184.6

75

PRICE
SDH-300100T
SDH-400100
SDH-500100

PRICE

100 mm

PLASTIC FASTENERS

Item No.

250

PACKING

PF-823HNGYJ

M8
x 22.5
1.25

5.5

15.8

100PCS

PN-8HNGYJ

M8
x 14.6
1.25

10

12.8

100PCS

PRICE


Only for car
Black
Material : PP (Black)
All sizes in mm unless otherwise stated.
ID or OD can vary +0.4 mm
Manufactured from P.P. (Black)
Cut to requested length available
Please contact our office with your requirements.
unit : mm

Inner dia

Outside dia

Standard
Packing

Close design

A (mm)

B (mm)

10.0

17.9

CR-07P

CRS-07P

7.40.4

10.20.4

2.60

300M

CR-11SP

CRS-11SP

10.70.4

14.00.4

1.10

CR-11P

CRS-11P

10.70.4

16.00.4

3.30

CR-13P

CRS-13P

13.80.4

17.50.4

3.10

CR-15P

CRS-15P

15.00.4

19.50.4

3.50

CR-17P

CRS-17P

17.20.4

22.00.4

3.10

CR-19P

CRS-19P

19.30.4

23.80.4

3.50

CR-22P

CRS-22P

21.20.4

25.80.4

3.10

CR-24P

CRS-24P

24.30.4

32.00.4

3.61

CR-25P

CRS-25P

25.00.4

30.00.4

4.10

CR-28P

CRS-28P

28.00.4

34.00.4

3.10

CR-32P

CRS-32P

31.20.4

40.00.4

4.12

CR-35P

CRS-35P

34.90.4

42.00.4

3.10

CR-40P

CRS-40P

39-60.5

50.00.5

4.85

CR-48P

CRS-48P

47.50.4

54.50.5

2.00

*CR-52P

CRS-52P

52.00.5

60.00.5

5.80

*CR-62P

CRS-62P

62.00.5

76.00.5

5.80

*CR80P

CRS-80P

80.00.5

89.00.5

5.80

Part No.
Split design

Price

200M

100M

50M

* Please call if required as it is under developing now

251

CABLE MARKERS
MARKER PLATE
Material : Nylon (Natural)
Used to mark cable bundles for permanent
indentification.
Secured with cable ties extensively from
CT-075 to CT-200 in varity of ways.
Item No.

L (m/m)

MP-1626

26

16

0.8

MP-2040

40

20

MP-2560

60

25

MP-5060

60

50

PACKING

100
pcs/bag

SELF-ADHESIVE WIRE MARKERS (CLOTH TYPE)

Stick to wire for permanent identification.


Used extensively for cable diameters after or before terminal is attached.
Cloth type label.
For your orders, please specify solid or consective and what letter (S), number (S) you need.
For example:

Solid : WM-1 1, 2, A, B . 10 pcs each.

Consective : WM-1 0-9, A-Z . 10 pcs each.
ITEM NO.

SM-1

252

25

Standard Marking

Standard
Packing

6.5

Solid numbers
0, 1, 2, 3 . 99, 100
A, B, C. Z, +, Consective Numbers
1-34, 35-68, 69-100
A-Z, 0-9

50 pcs / Box

PRICE

PRICE

CABLE MARKERS
BM TYPE CABLE MARKERS
Marker tongue spans to fit various cable diameters and
retracts to hold wire firmly in position.
Maximum service temperature : 85C
MATERIAL : Made of finest soft grade, strong, durable P.V.C. that will
resist oil, grease, acid, abrasion and chemicals.

Description
EC type cable marker features high quality flexible interior to fit various
cable diameters.
The markers stay attached on a roller and can be despatched easily when
needed.
Bold print on yellow body to show your codes distinguishly. Any numbers can be composed by arranging letters and numbers in sequence to
provide the necessary codes.
To be fitted before the terminal is attached or solder connection made and
grip cables firmly in position.

SHAPE

ITEM NO.

DIA. RANGE M.M.


MIN
MAX

2
PLAIN CUT

BM - 0

2.0 - 3.2

BM - 1

3.0 - 5.2

BM - 2

3.6 - 7.4

BM - 3

5.2 - 10.0

STANDARD MARKING

STANDARD
PACKING

STANDARD
MARKING

PRICE

1,000 pcs
SOLID NO OR LETTER PER
ROLL FOR 0, 1, 2, 3 .9 A,
B, C, .Z +, -, + - BLANK /
(SLANG)

1,000 pcs
500 pcs

YELLOW BODY
WITH BLACK
PRINT

250 pcs

MARKER STRIP
CAT. NO

STRIP
SIZE

STRIP
HOLE

ACCOMMODATE
MARKERS

MS-65

65 x 9

9 pcs GM-1

MS-100

100 x 9

16 pcs GM-1

PACKING

PRICE

100 pcs

OVALGRIP MARKER
CAT. NO

GM-1

SUITABLE CABLES
MARKER
USED WITHOUT
LENGTH
MARKER STRIP

3.5-7.0

MARKING

PACKING

0, 1, 2, 3 .9
A, B, C, .Z
+, -, /, EARTH,
BLANK

500 pcs/rl

PRICE

253

CABLE TIES
WIRE COLLECTTIE

Wrap electrical cords for


shipping and packing.
Inexpensive.
Material : Polyethylene.
Colour : Clear

Size

Tensile

Max. Bundle

mm

Strength

mm

PV-130-15C (TL-1)

130 x 15

35

PV-140-9C

140 x 9

45

PV-160-9C

160 x 9

38

Part No.

Price

SELF-ADHESIVE TIE MOUNTS


Material : Contructed of nylon and backed with
high quality self-adhesive type.
SELF-ADHESIVE TIE MOUNTS is designed to support Light
Weight wire bundles when properly applied on any clean, smooth,
grease-free surface. For heavey support. Mounting Hole is provided
for screws.
To apply, simply peel off backing paper and apply Mount To surface,
After that, cable ties can inseted to secure wire bundles.

Item No.

H
W (Without Mounting
tape)

TM-2121-4

21

21

3.5

4.7

TM-2828-4

28

28

5.0

5.0

100
pcs/bag

Packing

Packing

PRICE

SADDLE TYPE TIE MOUNTS

MATERIAL: Nylon in natural color.


Saddle design provide maximum
stablility to wire bundles.
To apply, simply fix mount with a
screw and secure wire bundles with
nylon cable ties.
254

Item No.

TM - 0

19

9.5

3.4

TM - 1

15

10

TM - 2

23

16

100 pcs/bag

Price
/

CABLE TIES AND ACCESSORIES

255

CABLE TIES
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION :
Natural nylon : standard cable ties made from U.L. Approved nylon 6/6.
Normal service temperature range :- 10C to 85C.
Flamablility rating : 94 V-2

Bent-tip design for ease of


handling and installation

ITEM NO
NO
White ITEM
Black Colour
Colour

(mm.)

CT-075-2C1
CT-100-2C2
CT-120-2C
CT-120-3C
CT-140-3C
CT-150-3C
CT-180-4C
CT-190-4C
CT-200-3C
CT-200-4C
CT-250-4C
CT-280-4C
CT-300-7C
CT-310-4C
CT-340-7C
CT-380-7C
CT-385-4C
CT-450-8
CT-550-8C
CT-610-9C
CT-710-9C
CT-762-9C
CT-812-9C
CT-914-9C
CT-1168-9C
CT-1219-9C

75
100
120
120
140
150
180
190
203
203
250
280
300
310
340
380
385
450
550
610
710
762
812
914
1168
1219

CT-075-2B1
CT-100-2B2
CT-120-2B
CT-120-3B
CT-140-3B
CT-150-3B
CT-180-4B
CT-190-4B
CT-200-3B
CT-200-4B
CT-250-4B
CT-280-4B
CT-300-7B
CT-310-4B
CT-340-7B
CT-380-7B
CT-385-4B
CT-450-8B
CT-550-8B
CT-610-9B
CT-710-9B
CT-762-9B
CT-812-9B
CT-914-9B
CT-1168-9B
CT-1219-9B

L
(Inch)
3
4
4 3/4
4 3/4
6
7
8
8
10
11
11 7/8
12
13 1/2
15
15 3/16
17 3/4
21 11/16
24
28
30
32
36
46
48

Min. Tensile
Strength
Ibs
Kgs

W
(mm)

Max. Bundle
die (mm.)

2.5
2.5
2.5
3.2
3.2
3.6
4.0
4.8
3.2
4.6
4.8
4.8
7.6
4.8
7.6
7.6
4.8
8.0
8.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0

18
25
30
30

18
18
18
40

8
8
8
18

39
49

40
50

18
22

55
55
74
81
88
89

40
50
50
50
120
50
120
120
50

18
22
22
22
55
22
55
55
22

110
116

Packing
Per/bag

100 pcs

16
185
220
236
246
270
360
380

Packing
Per/box

Price /
()
White Colour

Price /
()
Black Colour

60,000
60,000
50,000
32,000
28,000
25,000
17,000
13,000
22,000
13,000
12,000
10,000
5,000
10,000
5,000
4,500
9,000
2,500
2,000
1,800
1,000
1,000
1,500
1,100
1,000

CABLE TIES
NEW

ITEM NO

NV070 (CT-075-2C)
NV100 (CT-100-2C)
NV150 (CT-150-3C)
NV200M (CT-200-3C)
NV200M (CT-200-4C)
NV250S (CT-250-4C)
NV300S (CT-310-4C)

L
(mm.)
75
100
150
200
200
250
300

(Inch)
3
4
6
8
8
10
12

MOUNT TIES

Packing
pcs/bag

Packing
pcs/box

100 PCS

60,000
60,000
25,000
22,000
13,000
12,000
10,000

Price / ()
White Colour

Price / ( )
Black Colour

Item No.

Old Item
No

MT-155-3C

CV-155

155

3.7

40

40 lbs

MT-205-4C

CV-205

205

4.2

60

50 lbs

mm. mm.

Max. Bundle Min. Tensile


Packing
Dia
Strength

Material : Nylon 6/6 spcifications as same as former page.


Color : Natural white (Available in black)
The cable tie can be secured to panel with a single bolt.
For application where fixation of cable bundle is required

256

100 pcs

Price
/

CABLE TIES
MARKER TIE

Marker
size

Bundle
diameter

Tensile
strength

MV-100-2C 100 x 2.5

25 x 8

25

18 lbs

MV-200-4C 200 x 4.8

28 x 13

50

50 lbs

Cat. NO

Size

Packing

PRICE
Unit : mm

100 pcs

CABLE CLAMP, CABLE CLIPS


NK (Nc) TYPE
ITEM NO

W (m.m.)

NAIL (m.m.)

NK-4 (NC-0.4N)

2.5 x 18

NK-6 (NC-1N)

2.5 x 18

NK-8 (NC-2N)

2.5 x 22

NK-10(NC-3N)

10

2.5 x 25

NK-12(NC-4N)

12

2.5 x 27

Standard Packing

Price /

100 pcs

Meterial : Impact Resistant P.P. (Grey)


Applied for general round cables.
With nails.
NC Type Without Nails Been Deleted. All
Clips Are Now With Nails And Item No Were
Changed Into Ie. NC-1 N N Means With Nails.
And It Is Equal To NK-6.

CLAMP & MOUNTS

NK-14(NC-6N)

14

3.0 x 35

NK-16(NC-7N)

16

3.2 x 38

NK-22(NC-8N)

22

3.2 x 42

NK-25(NC-9N)

25

3.2 x 47

100

NK-32(NC-10N)

32

3.6 x 56

50

CABLE CLAMP
MATERIAL : Nylon (Natural) Max. service temp. : 80C
CABLE CLAMP are designed to holed cables, tubes, and component in domestic
applicance, electronics and electric appraratus generally.
Interion edgges are radiused to pretect cable insulation.
To apply, just clamp down on loosen cable and screw to chassis.
Black color available

Item No. A

CC-03
CC-05
CC-06
CC-08
CC-10
CC-13
CC-16
CC-19
CC-25
CC-32
CC-38

5.0
4.6
5.0
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6

Packing

9.5
10.5
12.0
12.0
15.2
12.5
18.2
18.2
22.0
26.2
30.0

9.6
9.6
10.0
10.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0

3.2 (1/8)
4.8 (3/16)
6.7(1/4)
7.9(5/16)
9.5 (3/8)
12.7 (1/2)
15.8 (5/8)
19.4 (3/4)
25.4 (1)
31.8(1 1/4)
36.7 (1 1/2)

19.8
19.8
22.0
22.0
24.0
31.0
34.3
35.0
43.0
46.2
50.0

1.4
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.8
1.8
1.8

100 pcs

Price /

CABLE CLAMP
SELF-ADHESIVE CABLE CLAMP

Item No A B
4p-s
6p-s
8p-s
10p-s
11p-s
12p-s

6
9
12
14
16
18

4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4

T1

T2

Packing

1.1
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

2
3
3
3
3
3

25.8
29.4
35.5
36.5
38.5
42.0

13.4
13.4
16.4
16.4
16.4
16.4

9.1
14.0
16.5
18.5
20.5
22.5

100 PCS

Price

Material: Nylon (Black)


Backed with a high quality pad. Designed to secuer wire bundles where Fixing holes are impactical. Can be quickly
applied to almost any clean, (Also provided with a mounting hole)
257

HEAT SHRINKING SLEEVE


HEAT SHRINKING SLEEVE

SPIRAL WRAPPING BAND

R: RED W: White BL:Blue B: Black G:


Green Y: Yellow
Material: Rigid Shrinkable P.V.C.
Used for colour distinction and insulation
of busbar in control panel. To be shrinked
by blower or hot water.
Maximum service temp : 80C

Item No.

LAY FLAT
Dimension

Convert to
Dia

Shrinkable
Range

Colour

HS-20

20

13

21-11

R,W,B,BK,Y,G

HS-30

30

19

31-16

R,W,B,BK,Y,G

HS-40

40

25

40-22

R,W,B,BK,Y,G

HS-50

50

HS-60

60

38

60-33

R,W,B,BK,Y,G

HS-70

70

44

70-37

R,W,B,BK,Y,G

HS-80

80

50

80-42

R,W,B,BK,Y,G

HS-100

100

63

100-55

R,W,B,BK,Y,G

HS-120

120

76

120-65

R,W,B,BK,Y,G

HS-150

150

95

150-90

R,W,B,BK,Y,G

Price
/

Pkg

R,W,B,BK,Y,G

CAT. No.

100

FOR COPPER BUS BAR/SIZE

HS-20

1/2 x 1/8, 3/16 x 1/2A, 1/2 x 1/4

HS-30

3/4 x 1/8, 3/4 x 3/16, 3/4 x 1/4, 1 x 1/8, 1 x 3/16

HS-40

1 1/4 x 1/8, 1/14 x 3/16, 1 1/4 x 1/4, 1 1/2 x 1/8

HS-50

1 1/4 x 1/4, 1 1/2 x 3/16, 1 1/2 x 1/4, 1 1/2 x 3/8

HS-60

2 x 1/8, 2 x 3/16, 2 x 1/4, 2 x 3/8, 2 x 1/2

HS-70

2 1/2 x 1/8, 2 1/2 x 3/16, 2 1/2 x 1/4

HS-80

2 1/2 x 3/8, 3x 1/4, 3 x 3/8, 3 x 1/8

HS-100

3 x 3/16, 3 x 1/4, 3 x 3/8, 3 x 1/2

CLOSE

END WIRE CONNECTOR


CAT.
No.

L1

CE-1
CE-2
CE-5
CE-8

2.4
3.0
3.8
4.7

7.8
7.8
10.5
12.0

5.1
5.7
7.3
9.3

7.5
7.5
8.5
9.5

NORMINAL
L2 SECTIONAL A.W.G
AREA
20.0
20.0
25.3
27.2

1.25
2.0
5.5
8.0

22 - 16
16 - 14
12 - 10
8.0

SUITABLE
WIRE
PACKING
STRAING
mm^ 2 d

0.5 - 1.75
1.0 - 3.0
2.5 - 6.0
4.0 - 9.0

PRICE
/

100 pcs
100 pcs

The above size will be changed without notice if necessary.


Material: UL approved NYLON 66,94v-2. Nylon insulated close-end wire connectors.
To apply, insert pre-strippe wires into connector tube and crimp it with crimping tool to hold
wires firmly even in vibration.
258

VINYL WIRE END CAPS


Material: Soft P.V.C
Maximum service temp: 80C
For the insulation works of wire end terminal. Performing the
work with a simple one-touch to tigten and seal againt. Dirt, moisture and water.
Standard color : Red, white, blue, yellow, black. (Green, brown
available on special request)

Item No

Wire Suitable

VC-001

600V 1.25 mm2, 12.5 mm2


mm2,

mm2,

Single,

D1

D2

D3

L1

L2

2.8

3.3

3.1

0.6

3.3

4.5

3.7

0.7

VC-002

1.2
600V 2.0 mm, 2.0
1.6 mm Single

VC-003

600V 3.5 mm2

4.8

5.7

4.1

0.8

VC-005

600V 5.5 mm2, 2.6 mm Single

4.8

5.7

5.2

0.8

VC-008

600V 8.0 mm2, 3.2 mm Single

6.2

7.2

6.2

10

1.0

VC-014

600V 14 mm2

8.0

10.0

8.0

13

11

1.1

VC-022

600V 22 mm2

9.5

12.0

9.5

15

14

1.2

VC-038

600V 38 mm2

11.8

14.0

11.8

17

16

1.5

VC-060

600V 60 mm2

13.5

16.8

13.5

20

19

1.5

VC-080

600V 80 mm2

16.0

19.0

16.0

25

21

1.6

VC-100

600V 100

mm2

18.0

22.0

18.0

30

24

1.7

VC-125

600V 125 mm2

20.0

24.0

20.0

32

25

1.8

VC-150

600V 150 mm2

22.0

24.4

22.0

34

31

1.81

VC-200

600V 200 mm2

28.0

32.0

24.0

35

30

2.0

VC-250

600V 250

mm2

32.0

36.0

25.0

40

35.5

2.0

VC-325

600V 325 mm2

34.3

38.0

28.5

40

36.5

2.01

SPIRAL WRAPPING BAND

MATERIAL : Made from P.E. material.


Excellent in insulation and binding strength.
Color : Standard in natural. Black and color
available upon request.
Flexible construction enables bands to follow
wire ways easily.
Durable, reusable with retained spiral strength.

Packing

100 PCS

50 PCS

20 PCS

Item Item No.


Wrapping
D D1 W
Packing
No. Black
Range (mm.)
SW-06 SW-06B

7.0

4 - 50

SW-08 SW-08B

10.8

6 - 60

SW-10 SW-10B

7.5

10 11.4

7.5 - 60

SW-12 SW-12B

12 13.9

9 - 65

SW-15 SW-15B

12

15

12 - 75

SW-19 SW-19B

15

19 18.2

15 - 100

SW-24 SW-24B

20

24 19.6

20 - 130

15

Price

Price /

10 m
per
plastic
bag

Fix ends of band with cable ties and spiral wire bundles in clockwise
direction to complete works.
Expand spiral range almost
without limit.
An economical way of cable binding. Easily applied to electric
Black color available.
harness cables and wire bundles.
Cut-to-fit versatillity in convenient roll-form.

259

SLIT WRAPPING BAND


SLIT WRAPPING BAND
Item No

Wrapping
Range

XX-XXX

0.8

10

XX-XXX 15 0.8 13

16

XX-XXX 20 0.9 15

22

XX-XXX 25 1.3 18

27

XX-XXX 32 1.3 23

35

Packing Price

5M

INSTALLATION TOOL
Item No

To Be
Used with

XX-XXX

KL-8BK

XX-XXX

15

KL-15BK

XX-XXX

22

KL-20BK

XX-XXX

26

KL-25BK

XX-XXX

32

KL-32BK

Packing

Price

10 PCS

SLIT WRAPPING BAND WITH INSTALLATION TOOL

260

Wrapping
Packing
Range

Item
No

KL-8

0.8

10

KL-15

15 0.8 13

16

KL-20

20 0.9 15

22

KL-25

25 1.3 18

27

KL-32

32 1.3 23

35

1.5M

Price

SNAP BUSHING & HOLE PLUG


SNAP

BUSHING

Material: Nylon(Black)
SNAP BUSHING smooth and insulate your
raw-edged holes in metal chassis
Locking into hole firmly with fingertip pressure.
Protect electrical cables, ropes, utility lines through metal holes.
Available in application for chassis thickness from
0.8 mm to 3.2 mm

Mouting Hole
mm

Item No.
SB-08
SB-10
SB-13
SB-16
SB-19
SB-22
SB-26
SB-30
SB-38

HOLE

PLUGS

A
7.9
9.5
13.0
15.9
18.9
22.0
25.1
29.7
38.1

B
5.2
6.3
8.2
12.2
14.3
17.3
19.1
24.1
29.0

Pack Qty

C
9.4
12.0
14.5
18.6
21.5
23.8
28.0
32.5
41.2

L
8.0
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.4

PRICE

100 pcs

Material: Nylon(Black)
HOLE PLUG close your unneeded holes with fingertip
pressure at own cost and assure good appearance.
Available in application for chassis thickness from
0.8 mm to 3.2 mm.

Mouting Hole
mm

Item No.
HP-08
HP-10
HP-13
HP-16
HP-19
HP-22
HP-25
HP-30
HP-45

A
8.0
10.0
13.0
16.0
19.0
22.0
25.0
30.0
44.5

B
11.9
13.0
16.9
19.8
22.9
24.9
28.3
34.2
49.1

Pack Qty
C
8.0
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
11.3
11.5
11.5
11.1

PRICE

100 pcs

MOVABLE BUSHING

Part No.
STANDARD
1. P.E. Extruded movable bushing.
2. 10M per roll packed in a plastic bag.
3. Cut to fill any hole size for protecting cords, wires,
cables against damage from sharp panel edges.
Available upon request
Also available in moulded PE bushing.
25 cm per piece and 40pcs packed per bag.
For your order, please specify MOULDED MOVABLE
BUSHING.
Otherwise, will be treated as standard ones.

T
mm

Max. Chassis
Thickness

Packing Material

Price

mm

MB-010

MB-016

1.6

1.0-1.6

MB-020

1.6-2.0

MB-024

2.4

2.0-2.4

MB-032

3.2

2.4-3.2

MB-045

4.5

3.2-4.5

10 m.

P.E.

261

GLANDS AND BUSHINGS


Part
No.

To Suite
Panel Hole
mm

To Suite
Cable Die.
mm
A

Length of
Thread
mm

Packing Qty

BG-19

19

10

13

50

BG-22

22

10

13

15

17.5

50

Price

Manufactured from soft pvc (black)


Interior diameter of each gland is available in three sizes A,B,C
Cut unnecessary part (s) away to fit your different cable diameters.

STANDARD

SUPREME-METRIC

IP68

SUPREME-PG

THREAD IP68

262

Part
No.

Thread
mm

For Cable
dia.

Length of
Thread

Packing Qty

NG-16

16 x 1.5

5-10

12

80

NG-20

20 x 1.5

6-13

13

50

NG-25

25 x 1.5

10 - 1 8

13

50

NG-32

32 x 1.5

16 - 22

15

25

NG-40

40 x 1.5

22 - 27

21

10

NG-50

50 x 1.5

30 - 41

23

10

NG-63

63 x 1.5

40 - 53

25

10

Part
No.

Thread
mm

For Cable
dia.

Length of
Thread

Packing Qty

AG-12

12 x 1.5

3 - 6.5

50

AG-16

16 x 1.5

5 - 10

15

50

AG-20

20 x 1.5

10 - 14

15

50

AG-25

25 x 1.5

13 - 18

15

50

AG-32

32 x 1.5

18 - 25

15

25

AG-40

40 x 1.5

22 - 32

18

10

AG-50

50 x 1.5

30 - 38

18

10

AG-63

63 x 1.5

34 - 44

18

10

AG-63L

60.5 x 1.9

34 - 44

20

10

Part
No.

Thread
mm

For Cable
dia.

Length of
Thread

Packing Qty

EG-7

PG-7

3 - 6.5

50

EG-9

PG-9

4-8

50

EG-11

PG-11

5 - 10

50

EG-13.5

PG-13.5

6 - 12

15

50

EG-16

PG-16

10 - 14

15

50

EG-21

PG-21

13 - 18

15

50

EG-29

PG-29

18 - 25

18

25

EG-36

PG-36

22 - 32

18

10

EG-42

PG-42

30 - 38

18

10

EG-48

PG-48

34 - 44

18

10

Price

Price

Price

GENERAL PURPOSE RELAY

LY2
LY2N (with LED)
Contact

Specification
Contact form

Tecnical

Specification
500MW (500VDC)
Between coil and contact
1500VAC 1 min
Between open contact
1000VAC 1 min
Dielectric strength
Between contact of different poles
1500VAC 1 min
Operate / Release time 25ms/25ms
Terminal type
PCB and socket mounting

1Z, 1H, 1D, 2Z, 2H, 2D

Contact resistance

<100MW (1A 6VDC)

Contact material

AgCdO AgSnO2
15A 250VAC / 28VDC
10A 250VAC / 28VDC

Contact capacity

Insulation resistance

Coil Specification
Rated coil power

13F (LY2)

09W/1.2VA

DC

Coil data

Matched

Socket PTF08A-E

Nominal voltage Operate voltage Release voltage


VDC
VDC
VDC
5
4.0
0.5
6
4.8
0.6
12
9.6
1.2
24
19.2
2.4
48
38.4
4.8
110
88.0
11.0

Coil resistance
W 10%
28
40
160
640
2560
12100

Matched socket

AC

Coil data
Nominal voltage Operate voltage Release voltage
VAC
VAC
VAC
6
4.8
1.8
12
9.6
3.6
24
19.2
7.2
48
38.4
14.4
110
96.0
36.0
220/240
176.0
66.0

Coil resistance
W 10%
12
42
168
675
3500
14000/16500

PTF08A-E
Correct

Incorrect

Outline

dimension, Mounting holes (Bottom view), Wiring diagram (Bottom view)


JOX-13F(LY2) PCB type Outline dimension

Mounting holes (Bottom view)

JOX-13F(LY2) Socket type Outline dimension

JOX-13F(LY2-S) Flange mounting type Outline dimension

Mounting holes (Bottom view)

Wiring diagram (Bottom view)

JOX-13F(LY1)

JOX-13F(LY1)-L

Mounting holes (Bottom view)

JOX-13F(LY2)

JOX-13F(LY2)-L

263

GENERAL PURPOSE RELAY

LY4
LY4N (with LED)
Contact

Specification
Contact form

Tecnical

Specification
500MW (500VDC)
Between coil and contact
1500VAC 1 min
Between open contact
1000VAC 1 min
Dielectric strength
Between contact of different poles
1500VAC 1 min
Operate / Release time 25ms/25ms
Terminal type
PCB and socket mounting

4Z, 4H, 4D

Contact resistance

<100MW (1A 6VDC)

Contact material

AgCdO AgSnO2

Contact capacity

10A 250VAC / 30VDC

Insulation resistance

DC

Coil data (LY4)

Matched

Socket PTF-14A-EK

Nominal voltage Operate voltage Release voltage


VDC
VDC
VDC
5
4.0
0.5
6
4.8
0.6
12
9.6
1.2
24
19.2
2.4
48
38.4
4.8
110
88.0
11.0

Coil resistance
W 10%
16.6
24
100
360
1600
6900

Matched socket

AC

Coil data (LY4)


Nominal voltage Operate voltage Release voltage
VAC
VAC
VAC
6
4.8
1.8
12
9.6
3.6
24
19.2
7.2
48
38.4
14.4
110
96.0
36.0
220/240
176.0
66.0

Coil resistance
W 10%
5
20
78
320
2200
6700/9000

PTF-14A-EK

Coil

Specification
Rated coil power

1.5W / 2.5VA

Outline

dimension, Mounting holes (Bottom view), Wiring diagram (Bottom view)


LY4 PCB type Outline dimension

Mounting holes (Bottom view)

LY4 Socket type Outline dimension

LY4 Flange mounting type Outline dimension

Mounting holes (Bottom view)

LY4 Wiring diagram (Bottom view)

LY4 (4Z)

264

Mounting holes (Bottom view)

JOX-981F PCB type Outline dimension

JOX-981F

GENERAL PURPOSE RELAY

Correct

MY2K (with LED & Test Button)


MY4K (with LED & Test Button)
Contact

Specification
Contact form

MY4K

Tecnical

Specification

2Z, 2H, 2D, 4Z, 4H, 4D

500MW (500VDC)
Between coil and contact
1500VAC 1 min
Between open contact
1000VAC 1 min
Dielectric strength
Between contact of different poles
1500VAC 1 min
Operate / Release time 25ms/25ms
Terminal type
PCB and socket mounting
Insulation resistance

Contact resistance

<100MW (1A 6VDC)

Contact material

AgCdO AgSnO2
2Z : 10A 250VAC / 30VDC
4Z : 5A 250VAC / 30VDC

Contact capacity

MY2K

Incorrect

DC

Coil data

Matched

Socket PTF08A-E/PTF14A-E

Nominal voltage Operate voltage Release voltage


VDC
VDC
VDC
5
4.0
0.5
6
4.8
0.6
12
9.6
1.2
24
19.2
2.4
48
38.4
4.8
110
88.0
11.0

Coil resistance
W 10%
28
40
160
640
2560
12100

Matched socket

AC

Coil data
Nominal voltage Operate voltage Release voltage
VAC
VAC
VAC
6
4.8
1.8
12
9.6
3.6
24
19.2
7.2
48
38.4
14.4
110
96.0
36.0
220/240
176.0
66.0

Coil resistance
W 10%
12
42
168
675
3500
14000/16500

PYF08A-E
(MY2K)

PYF14A-E
(MY4K)

Coil

Specification
Rated coil power

0.9W / 1.2VA

Outline

dimension, Mounting holes (Bottom view), Wiring diagram (Bottom view)


MY2K Outline dimension

Mounting holes (Bottom view)

MY2K Socket type Outline dimension

Mounting holes (Bottom view)

MY4K Outline dimension

Mounting holes (Bottom view)

MY4K Socket type Outline dimension

Mounting holes (Bottom view)

MY2K Wiring diagram (Bottom view)

MY4K Wiring diagram (Bottom view)

265

GENERAL PURPOSE RELAY


Contact

Specification
Contact form
Contact resistance
Contact material

MY2
MY4

2Z, 2H, 2D, 3Z, 3H, 3D, 4Z, 4H, 4D


<100MW (1A 6VDC)
AgCdO AgSnO2
5A 250VAC / 30VDC
3A 250VAC / 30VDC

Contact capacity

Tecnical

Specification
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
Operate / Release time
Terminal type

500MW (500VDC)
Between coil and contact 1500VAC 1 min
Between open contact 1000VAC 1 min
Between contact of different poles 1500VAC 1 min
25ms/25ms
PCB and socket mounting

Coil

Specification
Rated coil power

0.9W / 1.2VA

DC

Coil data (LY4)


Nominal voltage
VDC
5
6
12
24
48
110

Operate voltage
VDC
4.0
4.8
9.6
19.2
38.4
88.0

Release voltage
VDC
0.5
0.6
1.2
2.4
4.8
11.0

Coil resistance
W 10%
28
40
160
640
2550
12100

Release voltage
VAC
1.8
3.6
7.2
14.4
36.0
66.0

Coil resistance
W 10%
12
42
168
670
3500
14000/16500

AC

Coil data (LY4)

PYF08A-E

PYF14A-E

Nominal voltage
VAC
6
12
24
48
110
220/240

Operate voltage
VAC
4.8
9.6
19.2
38.4
96.0
176.0

Outline

dimension, Mounting holes (Bottom view)


MY2 PCB type Outline dimension

MY2 Socket type Outline dimension

MY4 PCB type Outline dimension

MY4 Socket type Outline dimension

Mounting holes
(Bottom view)

Wiring diagram (Bottom view)


Correct

Incorrect

266

Mounting holes
(Bottom view)

Wiring diagram (Bottom view)

QPS

AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR (AVR)

2 220V
Polluted utillity supply or commonly know as power line disturbances are
generated due to any one or multiples of the followings, such as, voltage fluctuations, sarges, low or high spikes etc. These disturbances will create problem
or even cause failures to your electronic equipment, such as personal computer
(PC), television, mini hi-fi etc. The damage caused is costly too. Prevention
is necessary in order to sefeguard your equipment and it is always better than
cure.
QPS Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) can help you to sefeguard your
equipment by acting as a power guard against your power line. It is designed
to continously monitors and regulate the supply voltage and to remove any
unwanted disturbances to your equipment.
QPS Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) has been designed by taking into
the following considerations,
Maintenance free operations
Wide input voltage variation
Slim design for easy blending into your office environment
Light in weight.
Competitive pricing






QPS Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR)
AVR

QPS Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR)








TECHNICAL DATA
QPS600 / QPS600 M

QPS1000 / QPS1000

CAPACITY

: 600 VA

1, 000 VA

POWER FACTOR

: 1.0

1.0

INPUT VOLTAGE

: 187 VAC ~ 253 VAC

187 VAC ~ 253 VAC

OUTPUT VOLTAGE

: 220 VAC 7%

220 VAC 7%

OUTPUT WAVEFORM

: Sinewave

Sinewave

FREQUENCY

: 50Hz 5Hz

50Hz 5Hz

SURGE SUPPRESSION

: MOV (energy -40j/2ms)

MOV (energy -40j/2ms)

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

: 0C ~ 40C

0C ~ 40C

HUMIDITY

: < 90% without condensation

< 90% without condensation

POWER CORD

: 1.5 M double Insulated 3 core


complete with 10A 3-pin plug

1.5 M double Insulated 3 core


complete with 10A 3-pin plug

DIMENSION

: 158 mm (W) x 195 mm (D) x 105 mm (H)

158 mm (W) x 195 mm (D) x 105 mm (H)

WEIGHT

: 2.36 kg

2.68 kg

PRICE

267

QPS

SERVO-MOTOR AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE STABILIZERS

3
Voltage Fluctuations

Effects


, ,

Solutions

QPS Single phase Three phases Servo-Motor Automatic Voltage Stabilizer QPS
TAKAMURA Servo-Motor Automatic Voltage Stabilizer
187-253 V (Single Phase) 323-437 V (Three phases)
1.5%
0.05-0.07 1


QPS TAKAMURA Servo-Motor Automatic Voltage Stabilizer

AVS electronic Servo-Motor brushgear

QPS TAKAMURA Servo-Motor Automatic Voltage Stabilizer

Transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) :


Metal Oxide Varistors (MOVs) Line input Supply High Energy Surge
Transient Voltage Spike MOV Voltage Surge Voltage Spike

Over Current Protection ( T150)
T150 MCB MCB
STABILIZER Over Current Short Circuit
Phase Loss ( 3 )
3 QPS
TAKAMURA Servo-Motor Automatic Voltage Stabilizer Phase Sensing Protection System

Automatic Output Delay on System
Automatic Output Delay on System Inrush Current
Power Failure Stabilizer

Power Line Conditioner (PLC)

A high Grade Automatic Voltage Regulator


1. Isolation Transformers
Automatic Voltage Regulator Isolation and Sheided Transformet
Spike Voltage (Utility Supply)
2. Electromagnetic (EMI) Radio Frequency (RFI) interference Filter ( )
EMI RFI
3. Transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) ()
TVSS Spike Voltage 100
TVSS L-N, L-G, L-L, N-G Spike Voltage
600 700
: 2 3 Automatic Voltage Regulator Sensitive Equipments

Applications /

CNC Wire-cut / EDM


CNC Drilling machine
CNC Milling machine
X-Ray
PLC
Photographic Processing equipment
Broadcasting equipment
a) R&D Lab
b) QC Lab
c) Medical Lab
268

Pretection And Indicators

/ Lab Test


Hi-Fi system


Precision Equipment or instrucment

ON/OFF Circuit Breaker


Analog Voltmeter and Ammeter
Phase selector switch Ammeter &
Voltmeter (For three phase only)
Phase indicator lamp

QPS

AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE STABILIZER

ECS SERIES (SERVO MOTOR TYPE)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION :
INPUT VOLTAGE

160V ~ 260V

OUTPUT VOLTAGE

230 Vac 3%, 110Vac 3%

RATED KVA

1 KVA, 2KVA, 3KVA, 5KVA

MAXIMUM LOADING CURRENT

4.3A, 8.7A, 13.0A, 21.7A

OUTPUT WAVEFORM / DISTORTION

SINEWAVE / FOLLOW INPUT

RESPONSE TIME

0.05 ~ 0.07 SEC/V

FREQUENCY

50/60 Hz

EFFICIENCY

>95%

OVER CURRENT PROTECTION (INPUT)

OVER-CURRENT SENSOR

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

0C 45C

LOAD SHARING

EVEN SHARING AMONG THE SOCKETS ***

SERVO-MOTOR TYPE

PANASONIC-JAPAN

CAUTION :
*** Do not load full capacity using single socket, Load sharing must be distributed evenly among the sockets
of same voltage rating or combination of different voltage ratting.

Rated Output
Input
Rated Current
Output
(KVA)
Variation(V)
(A)
(Accuracy)

Dimension (mm)
H

Weight
Kgs( )

15%

175

175

220

8.3

8.7

15%

190

205

240

11.2

160 260

13

15%

285

210

245

12.8

160 260

21.7

15%

285

220

245

14.8

Model

Cabinet

ECS 1000

TYPE A

160 260

4.3

ECS 2000

TYPE B

160 260

ECS 3000

TYPE C

ECS 5000

TYPE D

PRICE

CABINET TYPE :

269

QPS

SERVO-MOTOR AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE STABILIZERS

SINGLE PHASE 220 VAC AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE STABILIZERS

CABINET

270

QPS

AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE STABILIZER

3
THREE PHASES 415 VAC INDEPENDENT PHASE CONTROL AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE STABILIZERS

CABINET

271

IBC

VOLTAGE REGULATOR

Economic Series ES
INTRODUCTION
Variable Voltage Transformer are very convenient and useful where
different voltages are required to conduct tests or inspections. Examples
are Instrument Calibration Labs, QC Department in the manufacturing
sectors, etc. They are also suitable for use as step-up or step-down transformers in areas where supply voltage is too low or too high.

Variable Voltage Transformers

Step up Stepdown
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

The Prineple Sketch of 3 Phases


Variable Transformer Connection

Model

Type Capacity

The Prineple Sketch of Single phase


Variable Transformer Connection

Maximum Output No. of


Input
Output
Overall Dimensions
Current (A)
phase Voltage (V) Voltage (V) (mm) H x W x D

Weight
(Kg)

IBC VR0500-1

500VA

2A

230

0-250

136 x 132 x 150

IBC VR1000-1

1 KVA

4A

230

0-250

158 x 182 x 207

IBC VR2000-1

2 KVA

8A

230

0-250

190 x 182 x 207

IBC VR3000-1

3 KVA

12A

230

0-250

198 x 210 x 235

12

IBC VR5000-1

5 KVA

20A

230

0-250

248 x 245 x 380

18

IBC VR7500-1

7.5 KVA

30A

230

0-250

420 x 320 x 385

32

IBC VR10000-1

10 KVA

40A

230

0-250

420 x 320 x 385

36

IBC VR3000-3

3 KVA

4A

415

0-450

420 x 182 x 250

20

IBC VR6000-3

6 KVA

8A

415

0-450

530 x 182 x 250

26

IBC VR10000-3

10 KVA

12A

415

0-450

540 x 260 x 345

36

IBC VR15000-3

15 KVA

20A

415

0-450

580 x 245 x 385

52

272

Price

PHOTO ELECTRIC CONTROL


AUTO LIGHTER
1. Standard lighting : 31.5 - 125 Lux
(Under conditions at rated voltage and surroundings temperature 20C)
2. Standard unlighting : Below 5 times of lighting
(Under conditions at rated voltage and surroundings temperature 20C)
3. Suitable surroundings temperature range : -10C ~ +40C
4. Service life time : more than 2,000 times
(Operational condition : rated voltage and surroundings temperature 20C)
5. Rated frequency : for both 50 Hz/60 Hz

3AP
Model

6AP

Rated Voltage (V)


Rated Current (A)

3AB

6AB

10A

220

Frequency

50, 60 Hz

Intensity For ON

31.5 Lux

Intensity For OFF

125 Lux.

10

Price

273

AUTO -BREAKER

SPECIFICATION

FRAME
TYPE
(AF)

RATED BREAKING
CAPACITY (KA)
230V

380V

RATED CURRENT
(AMP) (AT)

NF30

CS

2.5

1.5

NF63

CW

7.5

10,16,20,25,32,40,50,63

NF125

CW

30

10

50,63,80,100,125

NF125

CW

30

10

50,63,80,100

NF125

CW

30

10

125

NF250

CW

35

18

125,150,175,200,225,250

NF400

CP

50

40

250,300,350,400

NF630

CP

50

40

500,600

NF800

SEP

50

40

800

2
2 Poles 2P

3
3 Poles 3P
Price

10, 15, 20, 30

TAKAMURA SAFETY BREAKER


TYPE

274

TA-10A

10 A

240 V

TA-15A

15 A

240 V

TA-20A

20 A

240 V

TA-30A

30 A

240 V

PRICE

MAGNETIC CONTACTOR
MADE IN TAIWAN

Selection Guide
Contactors S-N Series
Type

S-N10

S-N11

S-N12

S-N18

Three-phases

220-240 V

2.5 (3-1/4) 3.5 (4-1/2) 3.5 (4-1/2)

4.5 (6)

Motor ratings

380-440 V

4 (5-1/2) 5.5 (7-1/2) 5.5 (7-1/2)

7.5 (10)

IEC category

500 V

4 (5-1/2) 5.5 (7-1/2) 5.5 (7-1/2)

7.5 (10)

AC3 kW (hp)

660 V

4 (5-1/2) 5.5 (7-1/2) 5.5 (7-1/2)

7.5 (10)

Rated Continuous current Ith A


Auxiliary Contacts 1

20

20

20

25

(Standard)

1NO

1NO

1NO+1NC

( Special)

1NC

1NC

2NO

S-N20

S-N21

S-N25

S-N35

2
1NO + 1NC (front)

1NO + 1NC (side)


Number of additional
2NO + 2NC (front)
auxiliary contact
3
block for
Low Level signal
(front) [1NO +1NC
(+standard 1NO+1NC)]
PRICE

Type
Three-phases

220-240 V

Motor ratings

380-440 V

11 (15)

11 (15)

15 (20) 18.5 (25)

IEC category

500 V

11 (15)

11 (15)

15 (20) 18.5 (25)

AC3 kW (hp)

660 V

7.5 (10)

7.5 (10)

11 (15)

Rated Continuous current Ith A


(Standard)

5.5 (7-1/2) 5.5 (7-1/2)

32

32

7.5 (10)

50

11 (15)

15 (20)
60

1NO+1NC 2NO+2NC 2NO+2NC 2NO+2NC

Auxiliary Contacts 1
( Special)
1NO + 1NC (front)
1NO + 1NC (side)
Number of additional
2NO + 2NC (front)
auxiliary contact
3
block for
Low Level signal
(front) [1NO +1NC
(+standard 1NO+1NC)]

2NO

PRICE
275

MAGNETIC CONTACTOR
MADE IN TAIWAN

Selection Guide
Contactors S-N Series
Type

S-N50

S-N65

S-N80

S-N95

Three-phases

220-240 V

15 (20)

18.5 (25)

22 (30)

30 (40)

Motor ratings

380-440 V

22 (30)

30 (40)

45 (60)

55 (75)

IEC category

500 V

25 (30)

37 (40)

45 (60)

55 (75)

AC3 kW (hp)

660 V

22 (30)

30 (40)

45 (60)

55 (75)

80

100

135

150

Rated Continuous current Ith A


Auxiliary Contacts 1

(Standard)

2NO+2NC 2NO+2NC 2NO+2NC 2NO+2NC

( Special)

1NO + 1NC (front)

1NO + 1NC (side)


Number of additional
auxiliary contact block 2NO + 2NC (front)
for 3
Low Level signal (front)
[1NO +1NC
(+standard 1NO+1NC)]

@1,890.-@2,075.-

PRICE

Type

S-N125

S-N150

Three-phases

220-240 V

37(50)

45(60)

Motor ratings

380-440 V

60(80)

75(100)

IEC category

500 V

60(80)

90(125)

AC3 kW (hp)

660 V

60(80)

90(125)

150

200

(Standard)

2NO+2NC

2NO+2NC

( Special)

1NO + 1NC (front)

1NO + 1NC (side)

2NO + 2NC (front)

Low Level signal (front)


[1NO +1NC
(+standard 1NO+1NC)]

Rated Continuous current Ith A


Auxiliary Contacts 1

Number of additional
auxiliary contact block
for 3

Notes : 1. Number of auxiliary contact shows that for non-reversing type. Twice of the auxiliary contacts are provided on
reversing type.

2. (2NO+2NC) x 2 auxiliary contacts are provided on reversing type and no additional contact can be mounted.

3. Front clip-on and side clip-on block should not by mounted both.

276

THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS


MADE IN TAIWAN

Staters (AC Operated)


Enclosed type
(IP20)
Open type
(IP00)

MS-N10
(KP)

MS-N11
(KP)

MS-N12
(KP)

MSO-N10
(KP) (CX)

MSO-N11
(KP) (CX)

MSO-N12
(KP) (CX)

MSO-N18
(KP) (CX)

MS-N20
(KP)

MS-N21
(KP)

MS-N25
(KP)

MS-N35
(KP)

MSO-N20
(KP) (CX)

MSO-N21
(KP) (CX)

MSO-N25
(KP) (CX)

MSO-N35
(KP) (CX)

Thermal Overload Relays


Three heater types with
phase failure protection
Two heater types

TH-N12KP (CX)

TH-N20KP (CX)

TH-N20TAKP (CX)

TH-N12 (CX)

TH-N20 (CX)

TH-N20TA (CX)

1.4 ~ 2 (1.7A)
1.7 ~ 2.5 (2.1A)
2 ~ 3 (2.5A)
2.8 ~ 4.4 (3.6A)
4 ~ 6 (5A)
5.2 ~ 8 (6.6A)
7 ~ 11 (9A)
9 ~ 13 (11A) 2

1.4 ~ 2 (1.7A)
1.7 ~ 2.5 (2.1A)
2 ~ 3 (2.5A)
2.8 ~ 4.4 (3.6A)
4 ~ 6 (5A)
5.2 ~ 8 (6.6A)
7 ~ 11 (9A)
9 ~ 13 (11A)
12 ~ 18 (15A)
16 ~ 22 (19A) 3

18 ~ 26 (22A)
24 ~ -34 (29A)
30 ~ 40 (35A) 4

PRICE

Heater setting range A


(Ordering designation)

Notes: 1. Saturable reactors for thermal overload relays are available as a kit or equipped with the relay.
The suffix R following the model name of the relay indicates ith saturable reactor (ex. TH-N20KPSR*5A)

(Except for type TH-N12KP, TH-N18 and TH-N18KP)

2.
Except for size N10.

3. For size N20 & N21 only.

4. For size N35 only

5. For size N95 only

TAKAMURA
TYPE
S-N10
S-N11
S-N12
S-N20
S-N21
S-N25
S-N35
S-N50
S-N65

COIL PRICE

SIlVER CONTACT PRICE

277

THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS


MADE IN TAIWAN

Staters (AC Operated)


Enclosed type
(IP20)
Open type
(IP00)

MS-N50
(KP)

MS-N65
(KP)

MS-N80
(KP)

MS-N95
(KP)

MS-N125
(KP)

MS-N150
(KP)

MSO-N50
(KP)

MSO-N65
(KP)

MSO-N80
(KP)

MSO-N95
(KP)

MSO-N125
(KP)

MSO-N150
(KP)

Thermal Overload Relays


Three heater types with
phase failure protection
Two heater types

Heater setting range A


(Ordering designation)

TH-N60KP

TH-N60TAKP

TH-N120KP

TH-N120TAKP

TH-N60

TH-N60TA

TH-N120

TH-N120TA

12 ~ 18 (15A)

54 ~ 80 (67A)

34 ~ 50 (42A)

85 ~ 125 (105A)

18 ~ 26 (22A)

65 ~ 100 (82A) 5

43 ~ 65 (54A)

100 ~ 150 (125A) 6

24 ~ 34 (29A)

85 ~ 105 (95A) 5

54 ~ 80 (67A)

30 ~ 40 (35A)

65 ~ 100 (82A)

34 ~ 50 (42A)
43 ~ 65 (54A)
6. For size N150 only.
7. For size N220 only.
8. For size N400 only.
9. TH-N600(KP) must be used with the current transformers (to be supplied by the customer)
10. For size N800 only.

278

ENCLOSE MAGNETIC STARTERS


Enclosed Non-Reversing Motor Starters with Push Button Switch (IP 20)

MS-N

MADE IN TAIWAN

PM series

When the thermal overload relay is tripped, type MS-N/K- PM enclosed direct-on-line motor starters can be
easily reset by pushing the OFF button on the enclosure (MS-N10 and -N11 by pushing the RESET button)

Ordering Designation
Model name

MS-N21PMKP

Heater designation of overload relay

15 A

Main circuit voltage

220 VAC

Coil designation

AC 200 V

Complete type designation

MS-N21PMKP*15A*220V*AC 200V

Note : Mark * indicates a blank space

Rated Operational
Current AC-3

Rated motor capacity 3 Phases


AC-2 & AC-3

Model name

Free aux.
Contacts

Heater designation of
overload relay
PRICE

220-240V 380-440V 220-240V 380-440V 500V 690V Phase failure


(A)
(A)
(A)
(A)
(kW) (kW) Protection type

Two heater
types

(ordering designation)
NO

11

2.5

13

12

3.5

5.5

22

22

5.5

22

22

30

NC

MS-N10PMKP MS-N10PM

5.5

5.5 MS-N11PMKP MS-N11PM

11

11

7.5 MS-N20PMKP MS-N20PM

5.5

11

11

7.5 MS-N21PMKP MS-N21PM

30

7.5

15

15

11

MS-N25PMKP MS-N25PM

40

40

11

18.5

18.5

15 MS-N35PMKP MS-N35PM

55

50

15

22

22

22 MS-N50PMKP MS-N50PM

65

62

18.5

30

30

30 MS-N65PMKP MS-N65PM

1.7A, 2.1A, 2.5A


3.6A, 5A, 6.6A. 9A

11A

1.7A, 2.1A, 2.5A, 3.6A,


19A
5A, 6.6A, 9A, 11A, 15A

22A
29A

35A

15A, 22A, 29A, 35A, 42A, 54A

279

AUTO BREAKERS
ISO 9002
MADE IN TAIWAN

EA TYPE
FRAME SIZE BREAKER AMPERE RATING
(AMPS)

TYPE

RANGE

EA32G

5, 10, 15, 20, 30

EA33G

I.C. (KA) IEC

DIMENSION (m.m)

POLES

PRICE
240V

380V

500V

2.5

1.5

1.5

96

50

60

5, 10, 15, 20, 30

2.5

1.5

1.5

96

75

60

EA52G

10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50

1.5

130

50

60

EA53G

10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50

1.5

130

75

60

EA62G

60

1.5

130

50

60

EA63G

60

1.5

130

75

60

EA102G

60, 75, 100

25

14

7.5

150

60

60

EA103G 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100

25

14

7.5

130

75

60

EA203G

125,150,175,200,225

25

18

10

165

105

60

EA204G

125,150,175,200,225

25

18

10

165

140

60

400

EA403G

250, 300, 350, 400

35

22

18

257

140

103

600

EA603G

500, 600

42

30

22

257

210

103

800

EA803G

700, 800

42

30

18

257

210

103

30

50

60

100

225

280

AUTO BREAKERS
ISO 9002
MADE IN TAIWAN

SA TYPE
I.C. (KA) IEC
FRAME SIZE BREAKER
(AMPS)
TYPE

AMPERE RATING
RANGE

POLES

SA32G

5, 10, 15, 20, 30

2.5

SA33G

5, 10, 15, 20, 30

SA52G

10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50

SA53G

10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50

SA103G

DIMENSION (m.m)
PRICE

240V 380V 500V

2.5

130

50

60

2.5

2.5

130

75

60

25

14

7.5

130

50

60

25

14

7.5

130

75

60

10,15,20,30,40,50,60,75,100

50

30

15

150

90

60

SA104H

10,15,20,30,40,50,60,75,100

85

50

165

105

60

SA203H

125, 150, 175, 200, 225

50

30

18

257

140

103

SA203HG

125, 150, 175, 200, 225

85

50

35

257

140

103

SA204H

125, 150, 175, 200, 225

85

45

257

185

103

SA403G

250, 300, 350, 400

42

30

22

257

140

103

SA404G

250, 300, 350, 400

42

30

22

257

180

103

SA404H

250, 300, 350, 400

85

45

275

280

103

SA603G

500,600

85

45

35

257

210

103

SA604G

500,600

85

45

275

280

103

SA803G

700,800

85

45

35

257

210

103

SA804G

700,800

85

45

275

280

103

1000

SA1003G

1000

85

50

35

400

210

105

1200

SA1203G

1200

85

50

35

400

210

105

30

50

225

400

600

800

281

AUTO BREAKERS
ISO 9002
MADE IN TAIWAN

FRAME SIZE BREAKER


(AMPS)
TYPE

AMPERE
RATING RANGE

POLES

I.C. (KA) IEC

DIMENSION (m.m)

230V

400V

500V

50

NF50GP

10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50

2P

5/3

3/1.5

2.5/1.5

130

50

68

50

NF50GP

10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50

3P

5/3

3/1.5

2.5/1.5

130

75

68

50

NF50MA

10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50

2P

25/13

10/5

7.5/3.8

130

50

68

50

NF50MA

10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50

3P

25/13

10/5

7.5/3.8

130

75

68

60

NF60GP

60

2P

5/3

3/1.5

2.5/1.5

130

50

68

60

NF60GP

60

3P

5/3

3/1.5

2.5/1.5

130

75

68

60

NF60MA

60

2P

25/13

10/5

7.5/3.8

130

50

68

60

NF60MA

60

3P

25/13

10/5

7.5/3.8

130

75

68

100

NF100GP

60, 75, 100

2P

25/13

10/5

7.5/3.8

155

60

68

100

NF100GP

60, 75, 100

3P

25/13

10/5

7.5/3.8

155

90

68

100

NF100MA

10,15,20,30,40,50,60,75,100

3P

50/25

30/15

15/8

155

90

68

100

NF100HA

10,15,20,30,40,50,60,75,100

3P

85/43

50/25

40/20

155

90

68

250

NF250GP

125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

3P

25/13

18/9

7.5/3.8

165

105

69

250

NF250MA

125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

3P

50/25

30/15

15/8

165

105

69

250

NF250HA

125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

3P

85/13

50/25

40/20

165

105

90

400

NF400CS

250, 300, 350, 400

3P

50/35

30/25

16/15

257

140

103

400

NF400GP

250, 300, 350, 400

3P

35/18

25/13

22/11

257

140

103

400

NF400HA

250, 300, 350, 400

3P

35/18

25/13

22/11

257

140

103

630

NF630CS

500, 600, 630

3P

50/35

30/25

16/15

275

210

103

630

NF630GP

500, 600, 630

3P

42/21

30/15

15/8

275

210

103

630

NF630HA

500, 600, 630

3P

85/43

50/25

40/20

275

210

103

800

NF800CS

700, 800

3P

50/35

30/25

16/15

275

210

103

800

NF800GP

700, 800

3P

42/21

30/15

15/8

275

210

103

800

NF800HA

700, 800

3P

85/43

50/25

40/20

275

210

103

1200

NF1200HA

1000

3P

85/43

50/25

40/20

400

210

105

1200

NF1200HA

1200

3P

85/43

50/25

40/20

400

210

105

282

PRICE

MACCON

BREAKERS

NO FUSE BREAKERS
TYPE

POLE

AMP

KA 240V

KA 380V

KA 500V

NF-30-CS

2P

3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30

2.5

1.5

NF-50-CS

2P

10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50

2.5

NF-60-CS

2P

60 A

2.5

NF-100-CS

2P

50, 60, 75, 100

25

18

7.5

NF-30-CS

3P

3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30

2.5

1.5

NF-50-CS

3P

10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50

2.5

NF-60-CS

3P

60 A

2.5

NF-100-CS

3P

50, 60, 75, 100

25

18

7.5

NF-250-CS

3P

125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

25

18

10

NF-400-CS

3P

250, 300, 350, 400

35

25

NF-630-CS

3P

500, 600, 630

50

15

PRICE

ENCLOSED NON-REVERSING MOTOR STARERS


WITH PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
MAX. MOTOR CAPACITY 3-PHASES
CATEGORY AC 2 AND AC 3

AUXILIARY
CONTACT

TYPE

PRICE
220-240V 380-440V
50 KW
KW
KW

600 KW

NO

NC

MS-K-10 PM

2.5

MS-K-11 PM

3.5

5.5

5.5

5.5

MS-K-20 PM

5.5

11

11

7.5

MS-K-21 PM

5.5

11

11

7.5

2
283

MACCON

MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER AND MAGNETIC CONTACTORS

S-K10

S-K11

S-K12

S-K20

S-K21

S-K35

S-K50

S-K95

CONTACTORS
TYPE

S-K10
S-K11
S-K12
S-K20
S-K21
S-K25
S-K35
S-K50
S-K65
S-K80
S-K95

RATED OPERATING CURRENT


CATEGORY AC 3
220-240V
(HP)
3.5
4.5
7.5
7.5
15
15
22

A
11
13
13
22
22
30
40
55
65
85
105

380-440V
(HP)
5.5
7.5

A
9
12
12
22
22
30
40
50
62
85
105

15
15
15
25
-

MAX. MOTOR CAPACITY 3-PHASES


CATEGORY AC 2 AND AC 3
220-240V
KW

380-440V
KW

2.5
3.5
3.5
5.5
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30

4
5.5
5.5
11
11
15
18.5
22
30
45
55

550 KW 600 KW
4
5.5
5.5
11
11
15
18.5
22
30
45
55

4
5.5
5.5
7.5
7.5
11
15
22
30
45
55

AUXILIARY
CONTACT
NO

NC

1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PRICE

THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS, TYPE TH-K


THREE ELEMENTS

TH-K 12

@ 245.-

PRICE

Heater setting
range amps
(Ordering designation)

SK

0.1 ~ 0.15 (0.12A)


0.14 ~ 0.22 (0.17A)
0.2 ~ 0.32 (0.24A)
0.28 ~ 0.42 (0.35A)
0.4 ~ 0.6 (0.5A)
0.55 ~ 0.85 (0.7A)
0.7 ~ 1.1 (0.9A)
1 ~ 1.6 (1.3A)
1.4 ~ 2 (1.7A)
1.7 ~ 2.5 (2.1A)
2 ~ 3 (2.5A)
2.8 ~ 4.4 (3.6A)
4 ~ 6 (5)
5.2 ~ 8 (6.6)
7 ~ 11 (9)
9 ~ 13 (11)

@ 325.0.2 ~ 0.32 (0.24A)


0.28 ~ 0.42 (0.35A)
0.4 ~ 0.5 (0.5A)
0.55 ~ 0.85 (0.7A)
0.7 ~ 1.1 (0.9A)
1 ~ 1.6 (1.3A)
1.4 ~ 2 (1.7A)
1.7 ~ 2.5 (2.1A)
2 ~ 3 (2.5A)
2.8 ~ 4.4 (3.6A)
4 ~ 6 (5A)
5.2 ~ 8 (5.6A)
7 ~ 11 (9)
9 ~ 13 (11)
12 ~ 18 (15)
16 ~ 22 (19)

TH-K60

@ 925.12 ~ 18 (15A)
18 ~ 26 (22A)
24 ~ 34 (29A)
30 ~ 40 (35A)
34 ~ 50 (42A)
43 ~ 65 (54A)

AC 24V, 48V, 110V, 220V, 380V


Model

SK

COIL FOR SK10 - 18


COIL FOR SK20 - 35
COIL FOR SK50 - 65

284

TH-K 20

Price

Waterproof Enclosure Box IP56, PVC Conduit


Weatherproof Enclosure Box IP56
ABS thermoplastic
IP56 Dust/weatherproof
High impact strength
Temperature range from -5C ~ +7C
Chemical resistance to aqueous acids,
alkalis seawater, concentrated phosphoric &
hydrochloric acid
Polycarbonate version available upon request

Weatherproof Enclosure Box

Weatherproof Enclosure Box

Ref.No (L) x (W) LIGHT GREY TRANSPARENT


COVER PRICE
PRICE
x (H) mm
PEB 442

110X110X60

PEB 444

110X110X110

PEB 643

155X115X80

PEB 644 155X115X110


PEB 863

215X150X80

PEB 864

215X150X110

PEB 1084 250X200X110


PEB 1086 250X200X160
PEB 1296 310X230X145
PEB 15127 390X310X180

Conduit, Corrugated Conduit & Conduit


Fitting
PVC-LINK HIGH Impact
uPVC Conduit is manufactured from specially formulated high impact polyvinyl chloride in strict accordance to meet the requirement of BS EN 50086-2-1 :
1996 (Medium Duty 3321)

High Impact Rigid Conduit

Ref. No

/
Size mm
Pack Qty.

P16

16

50

P20

20

50

P25

25

50

P32

32

25

P40

40

25

Colour
Length

Ref.No

Price

: White / Orange /Black


: 2.9 m

/
Size mm.
Pack Qty.

W16

16

50

W20

20

50

W25

25

50

W32

32

25

W40

40

25

Price

285

Conduit, Corrugated Conduit & Conduit Fitting


Conduit, Corrugated Conduit & Conduit Fitting
Corrugated Conduit

PVC-LINK Corrugated
polyvinyl chloride which is
specially formulated to
provide the highest
flexibillty and comply to
the requirement of BS 4607
pt.3

()

Ref. No

Size mm

/
Pack Qty.

PCC16

16

50 M

PCC20

20

50 M

PCC25

25

40 M

PCC32

32

25 M

Colour

Corrugated Conduit Adaptor

Corrugated Conduit Adaptor

Size mm

PCCA16

16

PCCA20

20

PCCA25

25

PCCA32

32

PCCA40

40

PCCA50

50

286

: White / Orange /Black

Ref. No

Colour

Price

/
Pack Qty.

: White / Orange /Black

Price

Ref. No

Size mm

PCCA-C20

20

PCCA-C25

25

Colour

: White / Orange /Black

/
Pack Qty.

Price

Conduit Fitting
Terminal One Ways

Through Two Ways

/
Ref. No Size mm Diameter mm. Pack Qty.

/
Ref. No Size mm Diameter mm. Pack Qty.

Price

WCB 16-1

16

65

50

WCB 16-2

16

65

50

WCB 20-1

20

65

50

WCB 20-2

20

65

50

WCB 25-1

25

65

50

WCB 25-2

25

65

50

Colour

: White / Orange /Black

Colour

: White / Orange /Black

Angle Two Ways

Ref. No

Tee Three Ways

/
Size mm Diameter mm. Pack Qty. Price

Ref. No

/
Size mm Diameter mm. Pack Qty. Price

WCB 16-2A

16

65

50

WCB 16-3

16

65

50

WCB 20-2A

20

65

50

WCB 20-3

20

65

50

WCB 25-2A

25

65

50

WCB 25-3

25

65

50

Colour

Price

: White / Orange /Black

Colour

: White / Orange /Black

Intersection Four Ways

Ref.No

/
Size mm Diameter mm. Pack Qty. Price

WCB 16-4

16

65

50

WCB 20-4

20

65

50

WCB 25-4

25

65

50

Colour

: White / Orange /Black

287

Conduit Fitting

()
Lid Cover

Ref.No
WLC
Colour

Size mm

/
Pack Qty.

16, 20, 25, 32

100

Protector Cover

Ref.No

Price

WPC

: White / Orange /Black

Colour

Size mm

/
Pack Qty.

16, 20, 25, 32

100

: White / Orange /Black

Inspection Tee

Ref.No

Size mm

/
Pack Qty.

WIT 16

16

WIT 20
WIT 25
Colour

Inspection Elbow

Ref.No

Size mm

/
Pack Qty.

100

WIE 16

16

100

20

100

WIE 20

20

100

25

100

WIE 25

25

100

Price

Colour

: White / Orange /Black

: White / Orange /Black

Inspection Bend

Ref.No

Size mm

/
Pack Qty.

WIB 16

16

100

WIB 20

20

100

WIB 25

25

100

Colour

288

Price

: White / Orange /Black

Price

Price

Conduit Fitting
Coupling

Female Adaptor

Ref.No

Size mm

/
Pack Qty.

WC 16

16

WC 20
WC 25
WC 32
Colour

Ref.No

Size mm

/
Pack Qty.

100

WFA 16

16

100

20

100

WFA 20

20

100

25

100

WFA 25

25

100

32

100

Price

Colour

: White / Orange /Black

: White / Orange /Black

Reducer

Spring Clip Saddle

Ref.No

Size mm

/
Pack Qty.

WR 16

20-16
25-20

WR 20
Colour

Price

Ref.No

Size mm

/
Pack Qty.

100

WSCS 16

16

100

100

WSCS 20

20

100

WSCS 25

25

100

32

100

Price

: White / Orange /Black

WSCS 32
Colour

Price

: White / Orange /Black

Bending Spring

Ref.No

Size mm

/
Pack Qty.

PS 16

16

round

PS 20

20

round

PS 25

25

round

Colour

Price

: White / Orange /Black

289

MACCON

WARNING LIGHTS
Voltage : DC 12V, 24V, AC 220V

DIMENSIONS in M/M
SIZE
TYPE No.

No.1

95

110

80

20

75

175

75

No.2

110

130

90

20

75

185

106

No.3

140

165

130

20

90

240

140

No.4

165

180

145

20

95

260

140

No.

TYPE

VOLT

AU 220, AU 12, AU 24 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

AU 220, AU 12, AU 24 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

AU 220, AU 12, AU 24 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

AU 220, AU 12, AU 24 220 V, 12 V, 24 V

No.

DESCRIPTIONS

B01

12V 10W ( AU1)

B32

12V ( AU2)

B02

24V 10W ( AU1)

B39

24V ( AU2)

B03

12V 8W ( AU1 220V)

B09

12V 10W ( AU2 220V)

B05
B08

12V 35W ( AU3 AU4)


24V 35W ( AU3 AU4)
220V 40W ( AU3 AU4)

Price are subject to change without prior notice



290

PRICE

PRICE

REVOLVING WARNING LIGHT


High power heavy duty revolving Warning Light

360
2


ABS




100


DC 12, 24 AC 100, 110,
115, 200, 220, 230 240

220V, 12V, 24V @ 80.MODEL

RATED VOLT

CURRENT

PLASHES PER
MINUTE

COLOR

CG100-12

DC 12 V

3.0 A

180 f.p.m

Y, R

CG100-24

DC 24 V

1.5 A

180 f.p.m

Y, R

CG100-220

AC 220 V

0.2 A

180 f.p.m

Y, R

PRICE

291

OBSTRUCTION MAKER LIGHT


CT-15
() CT-15F

CT-25

Voltage AC110/220
292

MOTOR SIRENS
S-290 MOTOR SIREN

VOLTAGE : DC 12/24
AC 110/220

MODEL

VOLT

/ RPM

SIZE (mm.)

S290-12

12DC

4,700

4,700

S290-24

24DC

4,700

4,700

S290-220

220AC

4,700

4,700

PRICE

PW-235 ELECTRONIC SIREN

12V
220V

MINI MOTOR SIREN TYPE MS

12V, 24V
110V, 220V

VOLTAGE : DC 12,
AC 220

S-283 MOTOR SIREN

VOLTAGE : AV110V/230V
SOUND POWER 200W 400 Meters
293

ELECTRIC ALARM

KY145 Electric Alarm


The material of KY145 Electric Alarm main body is a
special pressure casting aluminium alloy, which is processed
through heat treating to make sure that the device wont be
transformed in outline, not be blocked between mechanical
parts, not get rusty easily; and the device should have features of quickly staring, smooth running and loud sounding.
The devices can be used in places where has a stable
electricity source and must rise to the emergency, like bid-size
water reservoir, army station, prison, antiaircraft defence facilities, danger ares such as demolish (by explosives), airpost,
polices station, and many other kinds of opublic buildings.
KY145 (parameters)

Price

Noise rank

123 2dB (diameter circled ared)

Motor

0.4 Kw 110/220 V AC 50/60 Hz

Protection degree

IP44

Output frequency

700/760 20 Hz

Weight

5 Kg

Package size

27 x 18 x 21 cm

Dimension

294

SIRENS

ISO9001 : 2000

LK-MW10N

LK-MW10R

LK-CT

LK-SCT

295

SIRENS

ISO9001 : 2000

LK-JDW105

(S283)

48

110

230

240

6.2

1.9

1.0

1.1

dB(A)1m

113

113

113

114

Hz

1,000

1,000

1,000

1,050

N/W (kg)

3.5

Packing
Size (cm)

23.4 x 15.3 x 20.8

IP Rating

IP 44

LK-JDW145

(KY145)

LK-JDW188

()

LK-JDW245

()

296

SIRENS

ISO9001 : 2000

LK-MS190

LK-MS190
LK-MS190
LK-MS190

12 V
24 V
220 V

LK-MS290

LK-MS290
LK-MS290
LK-MS290

12 V
24 V
220 V

297

SIRENS

ISO9001 : 2000

Large electromechanical sirens


LK-JDL188
LK-JDW145
LK-JDW450
LK-STH10B

LK-JDL400
LK-JDW188
LK-JDW450-2
LK-STH10H

LK-JDL480
LK-JDW245
LK-M2
LK-STH21-2

LK-JDL550
LK-JDW400
LK-STH10A

Description
Large electromechanical sirens are traditional sirens which have been widely used all over the word. Each electromechanical siren consists of an electric motor which turns a fan called the rotor or impeller, spinning inside a slotted
drum called the stator.
Lion King model LK-JDL400, LK-JDL480, LK-JDL550, LK-M2, LK-M5, LK-STH10A, LK-STH10B, LKSTH21-2 are omni directional sirens for vertical mounting.
Lion King model LK-JDW400, LK-JDW450, LK-JDW450-2 are double-ended sirens for horizontal mounting.
Lion King electromechanical sirens are widely used in:

* Civil defense warning systems of cities all over the world.* Fire or accident warning systems of factories, mining industrial, residential or business area, public buildings, forests, docks, and warehouse, etc...
* Alarm systems for oil fields, airports, seaports, frontier defense, military bases, police stations, jails, etc...
* Warning systems for natural disasters of earthquake, tsunami, flood, etc...\
Lion King electromechanical sirens, with the proven technology, superior performance and best quality, are widely
used by Chinese Civil Defense, Military, Police and Fire Fighting department, and are also popularly used in many countries in Southeastern Asia, Middle East, Europe, America, Australia and Africa.

LK-JDL188

298

()

SIRENS

ISO9001 : 2000

LK-MS190

()

LK-MS290

()

LK-MS290

()

LK-MS290

()

299

SIRENS

ISO9001 : 2000

LK-MS190

()

LK-MS290

()

LK-MS290

()

300

SIRENS

ISO9001 : 2000

LK-MS190

()

LK-MS290

()

LK-MS290

()

301

MACCON

LMK-30

30/5A-150/5A
2-3VA
Class 1
INSULATION 600V

TYPE

CURRENT TRANSFORMER
LMK-40

200/5A-400/5A
3-5VA
Class 1
INSULATION 600V

LMK-60

400/5A-800/5A
7.5-10VA
Class 1
INSULATION 600V

CURRENT

MSQ-30

30/5, 50/5, 60/5, 100/5, 150/5

MSQ-40

200/5, 250/5, 300/5, 400/5

MSQ-60

400/5, 500/5, 600/5, 800/5

MSQ-100

1,000/5

MSQ-100

1,200/5

MSQ-100

1,500/5

MSQ-100

2,000/5

MSQ-100

2,500/5

MSQ-100

3,000/5

302

LMK-100

1000/5A-3000/5A
10-15VA
Class 1
INSULATION 600V

PRICE

MACCON

CURRENT TRANSFORMER

RCT-120

RCT-90

Primary
Current
Rating (Amp)

Sec.
Current
(A)

RCT-35

20-300

1.0

40

0.8

RCT-58

400-600

1.0

40

RCT-90

800-1,200

1.0

40

1.3

RCT-120

1,600-3,000

1.0

40

Model

TYPE

RCT-58 RCT-35

Burden
Power
Accuracy
(VA)
Strength

Weight

Model

RCT-35

95

75

35

65

55

45

20

13

RCT-58

120

100

60

65

55

45

20

13

RCT-90

150

130

90

65

55

45

20

13

RCT-120

190

180

120

145

60

45

20

13

POSITION

PRICE

30/5, 50/5 A
60 / 5 A
RCT-35

100 / 5 A
150 / 5 A
200 / 5 A, 250 / 5 A
300 / 5 A
400 / 5 A

RCT-58

500 / 5 A
600 / 5 A
800 / 5 A

RCT-90

1,000 / 5 A
1,200 / 5 A
1,500 / 5 A

RCT-120

2,000 / 5 A
2,500 / 5 A
3,000 / 5 A
303

CURRENT TRANSFORMER
ISO 9002

RCT-15-4

RCT-15-3

Model

RCT-15-1

RCT-15-2

RCT-15-3

RCT-15-4

304

Primary Current Sec. Current Burden


Power
Accuracy
Rating (Amp)
(A)
(VA)
Strength

Weight

RCT-15-1

20-300

15

1.0

40

0.8

RCT-15-2

400-600

15

1.0

40

RCT-15-3

800-1,200

15

1.0

40

1.3

RCT-15-4

1,600-3,000

15

1.0

40

Model

TYPE

RCT-15-2 RCT-15-1

RCT-15-1

95

75

35

65

55

45

20

13

RCT-15-2

120

100

60

65

55

45

20

13

RCT-15-3

150

130

90

65

55

45

20

13

RCT-15-4

190

180

120

145

60

45

20

13

POSITION
30 / 5A, 50 / 5 A
60 / 5 A
100 / 5 A
150 / 5 A
200 / 5 A
250 / 5 A
300 / 5 A
400 / 5 A
500 / 5 A
600 / 5 A
800 / 5 A
1,000 / 5 A
1,200 / 5 A
1,500 / 5 A
2,000 / 5 A
2,500 / 5 A
3,000 / 5 A

PRICE

CURRENT TRANSFORMER
ISO 9002

MFO-30

30/5A-150/5A
2-3VA
Class 1
INSULATION 600V

MFO-40

MFO-60

200/5A-400/5A
3-5VA
Class 1
INSULATION 600V

400/5A-800/5A
7.5-10VA
Class 1
INSULATION 600V

TYPE

CURRENT

MFO-30

30 / 5, 50 / 5, 60 / 5, 100 / 5, 150 / 5

MFO-100

1,000/5A-3,000/5A
10-15VA
Class 1
INSULATION 600V

PRICE

200 / 5, 250 / 5, 300 / 5


MFO-40
400 / 5
400 / 5, 500 / 5
MFO-60

600 / 5
800 / 5
1,000 / 5
1,200 / 5
1,500 / 5

MFO-100
2,000 / 5
2,500 / 5
3,000 / 5
305

PANEL METER
ISO 9002

PANEL METER SIZE 96 x 96


SCALE PLATE REPLACEABLE

Volt Meter Type BE-96V


ACCURACY CLASS 1.5

PRICE

0-250 V
0-300 V
0-400 V
0-500 V
0-600 V

Ammeter For C/T Rang Type BE-96A


ACCURACY CLASS 1.5

PRICE

0-30/5A, 0-50/5A, 0-60/5A, 0-100/5A, 0-150/5A


0-200/5A, 0-250/5A, 0-300/5A, 0-400/5A, 0-500/5A
0-600/5A, 0-800/5A, 0-1,000/5A, 0-1,200/5A
0-1, 500/5A, 0-2,000/5A, 0-2,500/5A, 0-3,000/5A

Direct Ammeter Type BE-96A

PRICE

0-30A, 0-50A
0-60A, 0-100A

PRICE

Power Factor Meter 380 V Type SR-4

Kilowatt Meter 220/380V Type SR-KW

PRICE

30KW/C.T. 50/5, 50KW/C.T. 100/5,


60KW/C.T. 100/5, 100KW/C.T. 150/5,
120KW/C.T 200/5, 150KW/C.T. 200/
5, 200KW/C.T. 300/5,
250KW/C.T. 400/5, 300KW/C.T. 500/
5, 400KW/C.T. 600/5,
500KW/C.T. 800/5, 600KW/C.T.1,000/
5, 800KW/C.T. 1,200/5,
1,000KW/C.T 1,500/5, 1,200KW/C.T.2,000/5,
1,500KW/C.T. 2,500/5,
2,000KW/C.T 3,000/5, 2,500KW/C.T.4,000/5,
3,000KW/C.T. 5,000/5

Frequency Meter Type BE-96 ACCURCY


CLASS 1 RATING : VOLTAGE 200/250,
380/440 V Frequency span : 45/55

306

45-55H

220/380V

45-55H

220V

45-55H

220/380V

45-55H

220/380V

45-65H

220V

()
()

PRICE

PANEL METER
ISO 9002

VOLT - AMP METER

AMP METER
SIZE 80 x 80 mm.

Type
BP-80A

BP-80A

Amp Range

Dimension

Accuracy

80 x 80 mm.

Class 2.5

Dimension

Accuracy

80 x 80 mm

Class 2.5

PRICE

0-5A, 0-10A, 0-15A, 0-20A, 0-30A,


0-40A, 0-50A, 0-60A, 0-80A, 100A
0-50/5A, 0-60/5A, 100/5A, 150/5A, 200/5A,
0-300/5A, 400/5A, 500/5A, 600/5A

VOLT METER
SIZE 80 x 80 mm.

Type

Amp Range

PRICE

0 - 300 V
0 - 400 V
BP-80V
0 - 500 V
0 - 600 V

REVALCO

HOUR METER
APPROVAL
Model no
Supply Voltage
Dimension
Time Range
Net weight

: HM-1, HM-2 (RAIL TYPE)


: AC110V, 220V/50 Hz, 60Hz
: 48x48x40 mm
: 0-99,999.99 Hours
: 50 g.

307

HIGH VOLTAGE INSULATORS

RS-12

RS-15

RS-24

Part No.
End diameters (A/B),mm.
Height / (H), mm.
Surface leakage distance, mm.
Reted voltage, kV
Low frequency dielectric strength, kV
Impulse voltage resistance, kV
Persistent bending strength, 1 min, kg.
Tensile, strength, kg.
Torque strength, kg-m.
A1
A2
TOP
A3
AX
AY
INSERTS
S1
S2
ARRANGEMENT
S3
BOTTOM S31
SX
SY
SY1

RS-6M

RS-24
70
210
356
24
60
125
300
>1,500
>25
M10
--M8
--40
M10
-------------

RS-15
70
142
210
15
50
110
400
>1,500
>25
M10
--M8
--40
M10
-------------

RS-12
58
130
172
12
36
95
300
>2,000
>25
M10
M8
--36
--M10
-------------

RS-3M
RS-6M
70
90
125
7.2
22
75
400
>1,200
>25
M10
M8
--40
--M10
-------------

RS-3M
70
60
88
3.6
16
60
400
>1,200
>25
M10
M8
--40
--M10
-------------

LOW VOLTAGE INSULATORS DIMENSION

RM-25

RM-35

RM-51

RM-76

Item No.

RM-25/RM-25S

25

30

22.9

M6

M6

RM-35/RM-35A

35

32

28

M8

M8

RM-51/RM-51A

51

36

29

M8

M8

RM-76/RM-76A

76

50

36

M10

M10

308

1. Material : Bluk molding compound. unsaturated polyester


resin based or EPOXY based.
2. Nut insert : Brass, various
specifications are available. Arrangement of nut insert can be
designed upon request.
3. Test specifications :: JIS C3801
and JIS C3851.
4. Color : Dark Brown or Dark
Red.
5. Dimension and characteristics
: (Shown below)

BUS-BAR SUPPORTS

Price

BS 180
BS 210
BS 270
BS 409

BS 409

BS 210

BS 270

BS 180

309

DIGITAL METER

DIGITAL FREQUENCY METER


SPECIFICATION

OPERATING VOLTAGE
: 220V, 380V

FULL SCALE RANGES


: 99.9 Hz FULL SCALE

DIGITAL VOLT METER


SPECIFICATION

OPERATING VOLTAGE

OPERATING VOLTAGE

: 100-500 VAC

: 220V, 380V

FULL SCALE RANGES

SCALE RANGES

: 500 VAC FULL SCALE

DIMENSION

DIMENSION

: 96 x 96 mm

: 96 x 96 mm

6 220V

DIGITAL AMP METER


SPECIFICATION

8 220V

: 30/5, 50/5, 60/5, 100/5, 150/5,


200/5, 250/5, 300/5, 400/5,
500/5, 600/5, 800/5, 1,000/5
DIMENSION
: 96 x 96 mm

Cooling fan
120 x 120 x 38 mm.

PRICE @485.- ()

4 LCF-4
RO Series H.R.C. Fuse Link

6 LCF-6

Application
Low Voltage H.R.C. Fuse features light in weight, small in size, low in power loss and high
in breaking capacity. This product has been widely used in overload and short-circuit protection of electric installation.

Specification

310

Type

Size mm.

Ammeter

Rated Current (A)

RO15-2
RO15-4
RO15-6
RO15-10
RO15-16
RO15-20
RO15-25

10 X 38
10 X 38
10 X 38
10 X 38
10 X 38
10 X 38
10 X 38

2A
4A
6A
10 A
16 A
20 A
25 A

1-32
1-32
1-32
1-32
1-32
1-32
1-32

Price

SOLENOIDS

RATED RATED
MODEL PUSH OR
STROKE PULL
NO
PULL
(mm)
(Kg)

RATED
SERVICE

RATED
RATED
VOLTAGE
L*W*H
CYCLES
(AC)

PLUNGER TOTAL
WEIGHT WEIGHT PRICE
(Kg)
(Kg)

TAS-05

10

0.5

220

50/60Hz 84x33x38

0.062

0.20

TAS-5

15

220

50/60Hz 93x49x50

0.114

0.40

TAS-10

15

1.5

220

50/60Hz 93x53x50

0.138

0.45

TAS-15

15*

220

50/60Hz 93x57x50

0.153

0.50

TAS-20

PUSH
PULL
TAS-25 COMBINED

20

220

50/60Hz 130x70x63

0.302

1.15

20

220

50/60Hz 130x75x63

0.348

1.30

TAS-30

20

220

50/60Hz 130x80x63

0.393

1.45

TAS-40

30

220

50/60Hz 170x100x86

0.777

2.70

TAS-45

30

220

50/60Hz 170x110x86

0.957

3.10

TAS-50

40

10

220

50/60Hz 230x113x102

1.832

4.80

CONTINUOUS

311

WEEKLY PROGRAMMABLE TIME SWITCH


MODEL : WTS-3

7
FEATURES:
* SIX ON/OFF SETTING
* 10 SETTING DAY FOR CHOICE : (1) MO (2) TU (3)
WE (4) TH (5) FR (6) SA (7) SU (8) MO+TU+WE+TH+FR
(9) SA+SU (10) FROM MO TO SU
MINIMUM SETTING INTER VAL : 1 MINUTE
SUPPLY VOLTAGE : 100-250 VAC, 12V, 24V
OUTPUT : 7A 250VAC, 1 CONTACT
MAX. LOAD : 2,000 VA
INSIDE BATTERY : NI-CA D *1 PC (JUST FOR CLOCK
RUNNING, NOT OR OUTPUT ON/OFF SWITCHING.

A. SETTING PRESENT DAY AND TIME

After program 1 OFF is set completely, press TIMER


again to enter program 2 ON setting. And so on, program 2 OFF > 3 ON > 3 OFF > 4 ON > 4 OFF > 5 ON
> 5 OFF > 6 ON > 6 OFF.
There are 6 ON/OFF programs for setting, But if you
need only 2 or 3 programs, just ignore the rest programs.

DIMENSIONS

312

C. Affter programs setting . Press CLOCK key then return to present time
(CLOCK MODE)
D. TO RESET IT
Press RESET key. The previous setting time and programs will be cleared
to intial state.
E. TO SELECT ON/AUTO/OFF MODE
1. Press MANUAL key to select ON, AUTO, or OFF MODE
2. ON mode set output at ON state
3. OFF mode set output at OFF state
4. AUTO mode set output to program mode. Relay contact will turn ON/
OFF according to the program time.
5. After program setting is confirmed. It is necessary to press MANUAL key
and change the mode to ensure the Timer working in correct program.
Please check the present time. If it is in the duration of program ON setting time, then press MANUAL to make it from ON to AUTO mode. In
case of the present time is now within program OFF setting time. then
make it from OFF to AUTO mode. Because from ON to AUTO. relay
contact will be turned to ON state until next OFF setting time coming.
Contrary from OFF to AUTO, relay contact will be switched to OFF state
and lasting until next ON setting time is coming.
F. WIRE CONNECTION
Max. Load : 2000 VA
Applied Voltage Range : 100-250 VAC
Inside Battery : NI-CAD*1 PC (Just for clock running, not for output
ON/OFF switching)

SELF-POWER VOLTAGE DETECTION & PROTECTION RELAY


, , , ,
Model No
Classification

JVM-1

JVM-2

JVM-3

JVM-4

Phase Failure Phase


Sequence

Phase Failure Phase


Sequence Over Voltage
Under Voltage

Phase Failure Phase


Sequence

Phase Failure Phase


Sequence Over Voltage
Under Voltage

Socket base 8PFA

Socket base 8PFA

Socket base P2CF11

Socket base P2CF11

Appearance

Price

Features

Surface Mounting
Output Capacity

SPDT
Delay ON : 0.5 Sec.

Response Time of Relay


Delay OFF : 3 Sec.
Frequency

ACCURANCY

LIFE

Rated Voltage
(Range : 85% ~ 110%)

Mechanical

50 Hz or 60 Hz (Depend upon users area)

3 Phases
220, 380, 415, 440V

3j : 220, 380, 415,


440 V
1j : 110, 220,
380, 415, 440V

3 Phases 220, 380,


415, 440V

3j : 220, 380, 415,


440 V
1j : 110, 220,
380, 415, 440V

10,000,000 Times

Electrical AC220VPF=1

500,000 Times

Repeat

2% Max

2% Max

Setting

10% Max

10% Max

Voltage

2% Max

2% Max

Temperature

2% Max

2% Max

Reset time
Ambient temp & Humidity

0.2 Sec Max


- 10 ~ 55C, 85% Max

313

CONNECTION & OPERATIONAL DIAGRAMS

314

LEVEL CONTROL RELAY



Model No
Classification

JLC-1

JLC-2

JLC-3

Water Supply or Water Drianage


for controlling conductive liquids
under 40 kW

Water Supply for


controlling conductive
liquids under 40 kW

Water Drianage for


controlling conductive
liquids under 40 kW

Socket base 8PFA

Socket base P2CF11

Socket base P2CF11

Appearance

Price

Features

Surface Mounting
Output Capacity
Response Time of Relay
Frequency

ACCURANCY

LIFE

Rated Voltage
(Range : 85% -110%)
Mechanical
Electrical
AC220VPF=1

SPDT
Standard : 0.5 SEC
50 Hz or 60 Hz

110 VAC, 220 VAC, 380 VAC, 415 VAC

10,000,000 Times
500,000 Times

Repeat

******

Setting

******

Voltage

******

Temperature

******

Reset time
Ambient temp &
Humidity

0.2 Sec Max.


- 10 ~ 55C, 85% Max

315


61F-G FLOATLESS RELAY

PS-3S ELECTRODE HOLDER

79.5H x 84W x 127D


61F-G
AC: 110 V, 220 V, 240 V, 50/60 Hz
Two LEDs use for two status
85-110% of rate voltage
8 VAC (except high sensing 24 VAC)

PS-3S & SUS-A


Electrode Rod (SUS-A)

4 KW min (GENERAL)
15 KW min. (GENERAL)
Operate : 80 msec max. Release : 160 msec max.
5 A, 250 VAC (RESISTIVELOAD)

61FG AC220V

lkmmax. (GENERAL)

PS-3S

5 x 106 times min

1M x 3

106 times min


1,000 MW (DC 500V) MIN

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz, for 1 minute


3.2VA

- 10C ~ +55C
750 g

21D

21E

(APPLICATION)


, ,

- 45 ~ 85%RH
380 g

Price

LEVEL REGULATOR HJ

HJ-33 ()

HJ-31 ()

SPECIFICATIONS

INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION

Float material

Polypropylene

Cable material

Neoprene cable

Switching current max.

10 A

Switching Voltage max.

250VAC

Operating temp

0-60C

Contact model

1A1B 1C

Cable length

4m

If request cable length over 4m, Please do advise

316

HJ-32 ( )

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
1.
2.

COPPER SOLDERLESS TERMINALS RING TYPE


NON INSULATED TERMINALS RING TYPE


CATALOG NUMBER

1.5-3, S4, 4, 5
1.25-3, S4, 4,5
2.5-S3, S4, 4, 5
2-S3, S4, 4, 5
2.5-6,8
2-6, 8
4-4,S5
3.5-4, S5
6-4, 5
5.5-4,5
6-6
5.5-6
6-8
5.5-8
10-6
8-6
10-8
8-8
10-10
8-10
16-6
14-6
16-8, 10
14-8, 10
16-12
14-12
25-S6, S8
22-S6, S8
25-6
22-6
25-12
22-12
35-6, 8, 10, 12
30-6, 8, 10, 12
50-S6, S8, S10
38-S6, S8, S10
50-6, 8, 10, 12
38-6, 8, 10, 12
70-8, 10, 12
60-8, 10, 12
95-10, 12
70-10, 12
120-10, 12
80-10, 12
120-14
80-14
120-16
80-16
150-8, 10, 12
100-8, 10, 12
100-14, 16
150-14, 16
185-12, 14, 16
150-12, 14, 16
185-18
150-18
180-12, 14, 16
240-12, 14, 16
240-18, 20
180-18, 20
200-12, 14, 16
300-12, 14, 16
300-18
200-18
300-20
200-20
400-16
325-16
400-18, 20
325-18, 20

QTY / PACK

PRICE

2,500 /
2,500 /
2,000 /
2,000 /
2,000 /
1,000 /
1,000 /
1,000 /
500 /
500 /
500 /
500 /
250 /
250 /
250 /
200 /
250 /
200 /
100 /
100 /
100 /
50 /
50 /
50 /
50 /
50 /
25 /
25 /
25 /
25 /
20 /
15 /
20 /
15 /
10 /
317

COPPER SOLDERLESS TERMINALS


INSULATED TERMINALS RING TYPE


NUMBER

TYPE
AWG OR MCM

MM2

VF1.25 - M3, 4, 5

22 - 16

0.5 - 1.65

VF2 - S3, 4, 5

16 - 14

1.04 - 2.63

VF2 - 6

16 - 14

1.04 - 2.63

VF2 - 8

16 - 14

1.04 - 2.63

VF3.5 - S4, S5

12 - 10

2.63 - 4.60

VF5.5 - 4, 5

12 - 10

2.63 - 6.64

VF5.5 - 6

12 - 10

2.63 - 4.64

VF5.5 - 8

12 - 10

2.63 - 4.64

VF5.5 - 10

12 - 10

2.63 - 4.64

PRICE

NON INSULATED TERMINALS SPADE TYPE


TYPE
NUMBER
AWG OR MCM

MM2

1.25 - E3A, S4A, 5A

22 - 16

0.5 - 1.65

2 - S3A, S4A, 5A

16 - 14

1.04 - 2.63

3.5 - 4A, 5A

12 - 10

2.63 - 4.60

5.5 - S4A, S5A

12 - 10

2.63 - 6.64

PRICE

INSULATED TERMINALS SPADE TYPE


TYPE
NUMBER
AWG OR MCM

MM2

VF1.25 - E3A, M4A, S5A

22 - 16

0.5 - 1.65

VF2 - S3A, M4A, S5A

16 - 14

1.04 - 2.63

VF3.5 - S4A, S5A

12 - 10

2.63 - 4.60

VF5.5 - S4A, S5A

12 - 10

2.63 - 6.64

VF5.5 -S6A

12 - 10

2.63 - 6.64

318

PRICE

COPPER SOLDERLESS TERMINALS


NON INSULATED CONNECTORS BUTT TYPE

TYPE
NUMBER

AWG OR MCM

MM2

B 1.25

22 - 16

0.5 - 1.65

B2

16 - 14

1.04 - 2.63

B 5.5

12 - 10

2.63 - 6.64

B8

6.64 - 10.52

B 14

10.52 - 16.78

B 22

16.78 - 26.66

B 38

26.66 - 42.42

B 60

1/0

42.42 - 60.57

B 70

2/0

60.57 - 76.28

B 80

3/0

76.28 - 96.30

B 100

4/0

96.30 - 117.20

B 150

250 - 300

117.20 - 152.05

B 180

300 - 350

152.05 - 192.60

B 200

400

192.60 - 242.27

B 325

500 - 600

242.27- 325

PRICE

INSULATED CONNECTORS BUTT TYPE

TYPE
NUMBER

PRICE
AWG OR MCM

MM2

VB 1.25

22 - 16

0.5 - 1.65

VB 2

16 - 14

1.04 - 2.63

VB 5.5

12 - 10

2.63 - 4.60

319

COPPER DEAMILESS CABLE LUGS


ST SERIES (SHORT BARREL) COMPRESSION TYPE

()

WIRE RANGE

SPECIFICATION

3.7
5.3
5.3
6.4
5.3
6.4
5.3
6.4
6.4
8.3
5.3
6.4
8.3
10.3
8.3
10.3
8.3
10.3
8.3
10.3
8.3
10.3
10.3
12.8
10.3
12.8
10.3
12.8
16.5
10.3
12.8
16.5
12.8
16.5
12.8
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5

7.2
8.7
8.7
10.3
8.7
10.3
8.7
10.3
11.9
13.5

18.5
19.0
19.0
21.1
19.0
21.0
20.0
23.0
27.5
30.5

3.6
4.4
4.4
5.2
4.4
5.2
4.4
5.2
5.5
6.8

9.5
10.0
10.0
12.0
10.0
12.0
9.5
12.5
12.5
15.5

1.2
1.0
1.1
0.9
1.3
1.1
1.4
1.2
1.8
1.6

7.0

2.4

0.8

1/0.8

7.0

2.7

0.8

2.5

1/0.67

7.0

3.3

0.85

7/0.85

0.8

3.8

0.85

7/1.04

12.0

4.7

1.1

10

7/1.35

11.9

27.5

5.5

12.0

2.2

13.5
16.0
13.5
16.0
13.5
16.0

31.0
31.5
32.0
34.0
34.0
37.0

6.8
7.5
6.8
8.0
6.8
8.0

15.6
16.0
16.0
18.0
16.0
19.0

1.8
1.5
1.9
1.6
2.4
2.1

12.0

5.6

1.1

16

7/1.70

12.0

6.3

1.1

20

7/1.96

14.0

7.1

1.2

25

19/1.35

16.0

39.0

8.0

19.7

2.4

15.0

8.6

1.2

35

19/1.35

18.0

39.0

9.0

19.2

3.0

15.0

9.5

1.5

50

19/1.78

20.6

44.0

10.3

22.5

3.0

16.0

11.0

1.5

70

19/2.14

22.5

44.0

10.5

22.0

4.0

16.0

11.8

2.0

80

19/2.30

24.7

51.0

10.5

22.2

3.5

22.0

13.5

1.75

95

37/1.78

27.0

58.5

13.5

29.7

3.2

28.9

55.0

11.0

23.5

4.4

24.0

15.6

2.2

120

37/2.03

30.4

65.0

15.0

30.7

4.5

26.0

16.5

2.25

150

37/2.25

36.9

67.0

14.0

29.0

5.2

28.0

20.2

2.6

185

37/2.52

41.1
45.6
49.9
55.4
64.4

83.6
85.6
99.7
105.5
128.1

17.0
17.0
24.8
22.5
32.5

35.0
36.0
50.5
45.0
65.0

6.4
7.4
7.8
8.6
10.2

37.6
37.6
36.3
45.5
45.8

22.1
24.3
26.8
29.8
34.5

3.2
3.7
3.9
4.3
5.1

240
300
400
500
630

61/2.25
61/5.52
61/2.85
61/3.20
127/2.52

CATALOG NO.

ST 2
ST 2.5
ST 4
ST 6
ST 10

ST16

ST 20
ST 25
ST 35
ST 50
ST 70
ST 80

ST 95

ST 120

ST 150
ST 185
ST 240
ST 300
ST 400
ST 500
ST 630
320

3.5
5
5
6
5
6
5
6
6
8
5
6
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
10
12
10
12
10
12
16
10
12
16
12
16
12
16
16
16
16
16
16

MM2 (METRIC
STANDING)

PRICE

COPPER SOLDERLESS TERMINALS


ISO 9002

PUSH ON FEMALE TERMINALS

-
NUMBER

TYPE

COLOR

AWG OR MCM

MM2

FSO22250F

22 - 18

0.5 - 1.5

RED

FSO16250F

16 - 14

1.5 - 2.5

BLUE

FSO12250F

12 - 10

2.5 - 6.0

YELLOW

PRICE

BLADE MALE TERMINALS

-
NUMBER

TYPE

COLOR

AWG OR MCM

MM2

MSO22250F

22 - 18

0.5 - 1.5

RED

MSO16250F

16 - 14

1.5 - 2.5

BLUE

MSO12250F

12 - 10

2.5 - 6.0

YELLOW

PRICE

BULLET SINGLE MALE CONNECTORS

--
NUMBER

TYPE

COLOR

AWG OR MCM

MM2

MP22156F

22 - 18

0.5 - 1.5

MP16195F

16 - 14

1.5 - 2.5

BLUE

MP12195F

12 - 10

2.5 - 6.0

YELLOW

PRICE

RED

BULLET SINGLE FEMALE CONNECTORS

--
NUMBER

TYPE

COLOR

AWG OR MCM

MM2

FIR22156F

22 - 18

0.5 - 1.5

RED

FIR16195F

16 - 14

1.5 - 2.5

BLUE

FIR12195F

12 - 10

2.5 - 6.0

YELLOW

PRICE

INSULATED PIN TERMINALS

NUMBER

TYPE

COLOR

AWG OR MCM

MM2

PT2216F

22 - 18

0.5 - 1.5

RED

PT1614F

16 - 14

1.5 - 2.5

BLUE

PT1210F

12 - 10

2.5 - 6.0

YELLOW

PRICE

321

SOLDERLESS TERMINALS CONNECTORS


ISO 9002

INSULATED BLADE TERMINALS


1.

2.



3.
4.

MAXIMUM ELECTRIC RATING :


75C 600 VOLTS MAX.
MAXIMUM ELECTRIC CURRENT:
22-16 AGW/0.5-1.5 mm2
: 19 AMPERE
16-14 AGW/1.5-2.5 mm2
: 27 AMPERE
12-10 AGW/4 - 6 mm2
: 48 AMPERE
TERMINAL MATERIAL
: COPPER
INSULATED METERIAL
: VINYL (PVC)

WIRE RANGE
AWG/mm2

ITEM NO.
BT1-10V

22-16 AWG
0.5-1.5 mm2

16-14 AWG
1.5-2.5 mm2

BT1-11V
BT1-14V

DIMENSIONS inch (mm)


B
.087 (2.2)
.118 (3.0)

.807 (20.5)

.413(10.5)

.827 (21.0)

.433(11.0)

.945 (24.0)

.551(14.0)

BT1-18V

.087 (2.2)

1,102 (28.0)

.707 (18.0)

BT2-9V

.110 (2.8)

.748 (19.0)

.345 (9.0)

.807 (20.5)

.413 (10.5)

.906 (23.0)

.512 (13.0)

BT2-10V
BT2-13V

.087 (2.2)

BT2-18V
12-10 AWG
4-6 mm2

1.102 (28.0)

.707 (18.0)

BT5-10V

.110 (2.8)

.906 (23.0)

.413 (10.5)

BT5-18V

.118 (3.0)

1.201 (30.5)

.707 (18.0)

d1

.394 (10.0)

.161 (4.1)

.067 (1.7)

.394 (10.0)

.177 (4.5)

.091 (2.3)

.492 (12.5)

.256 (6.5)

.134 (3.4)

INSULATED MALE DISCONECTORS

NYLON-FULLY INSULATED COUPLERS


(MALE DISCONNECTORS)

NYLON-FULLY INSULATED COUPLERS


(FEMALE DISCONNECTORS)

DOUBLE MALE DISCONNECTORS

322

PRICE

TYPE

Colour

FDFV1-250

Packing
Box

Bag

Red

1,000

100

FDFV2-250

Blue

1,000

100

FDFV5-250

Yellow

5,00

100

TYPE

Colour

MDFNY1-250

Packing
Box

Bag

Orange

500

100

MDFNY2-250

White

500

100

MDFNY5-250

Yellow

500

100

TYPE

Colour

FDFNY1-250

Packing
Box

Bag

Orange

1,000

100

FDFNY2-250

White

1,000

100

FDFNY5-250

Yellow

500

100

TYPE

Colour

DMTF-250

Clear

Packing
Box

Bag

500

50

PRICE

PRICE

PRICE

PRICE

SOLDERLESS TERMINALS CONNECTORS


ISO 9002

PIGGY BACK DISCONNECTORS

Type

FLAG FEMALE DISCONNECTORS

Tab size mm Wire size Colour

Packing
Box

PBDV1-250

6.35 x 0.8

1.5

Red

1,000

PBDV2-250

6.35 x 0.8

2.5

Blue

1,000

PBDV5-250

16.35 x 0.8

5.5

Yellow

500

Type

Tab size mm Wire size Colour

FLDNY1-250

6.4 x 0.8

1.5

Red

Bag

Packing
Box

Bag

1,000

100

Price

Price

STRIPPING QUICK SPLICE

878100

878101

878107

878201

878104

878109

Packing
TYPE

Colour

Price
Box

878100

500

878101

500

878201

200

878107

250

878109

500

878104

250

Bag

323

NON-INSULATED CORD END TERMINALS


DIN 46228 ISO 9002

TERMINAL MATERIAL : COPPER TUBE (TIN PLATED)

DIMENSION
WIRE RANGE
A.W.G. mm2

ITEM NO.

PRICE

inch

mm2

inch

mm2

inch

mm2

inch

mm2

22 A.W.G. 0.5 mm2

EN 0506

0.197

5.0

0.051

1.3

0.039

1.0

0.067

1.7

20 A.W.G. 0.75 mm2

EN 7506

0.236

6.0

0.059

1.5

0.047

1.2

0.075

1.9

18 A.W.G. 1.0 mm2

EN 1006

0.236

6.0

0.067

1.7

0.055

1.4

0.087

2.2

18 A.W.G. 1.0 mm2

EN 1012

0.472

12.0

0.067

1.7

0.055

1.4

0.087

2.2

16 A.W.G. 1.5 mm2

EN 1507

0.276

7.0

0.079

2.0

0.067

1.7

0.098

2.5

14 A.W.G. 2.5 mm2

EN 2507

0.276

7.0

0.102

2.6

0.091

2.3

0.13

3.3

12 A.W.G. 4 mm2

EN 4009

0.354

9.0

0.126

3.2

0.110

2.8

0.154

3.9

10 A.W.G. 6 mm2

EN 6012

0.472

12.0

0.154

3.9

0.138

3.5

0.185

4.7

8 A.W.G. 10 mm2

EN 10-12

0.472

12.0

0.193

4.9

0.177

4.5

0.228

5.8

6 A.W.G. 16 mm2

EN 16-12

0.472

12.0

0.244

6.2

0.228

5.8

0.283

7.2

4 A.W.G. 25 mm2

EN 25-15

0.591

15.0

0.311

7.9

0.295

7.5

0.358

9.1

2 A.W.G. 35 mm2

EN 35-18

0.709

18.0

0.343

8.7

0.327

8.3

0.402

10.2

1/0 A.W.G. 50 mm2

EN 50-18

0.709

18.0

0.429

10.9

0.406

10.3

0.5

12.7

2/0 A.W.G. 70 mm2

EN 70-25

0.984

25.0

0.563

14.3

0.531

13.5

0.622

15.8

3/0 A.W.G. 95 mm2

EN 90-25

0.984

25.0

0.614

15.6

0.583

14.8

0.681

17.3

4/0 A.W.G. 120 mm2

EN 120-32

1.26

32.0

0.697

17.7

0.657

16.7

0.795

20.2

250/300 MCM A.W.G.


150 mm2

EN150-32

1.26

32.0

0.811

20.6

0.772

19.6

0.906

23

324

SOLDERLESS TERMINALS CONNECTORS


ISO 9002

CORD END TERMINALS


ITEM WIRE
NO. mm2
E0508

0.5

E7508

0.75

E1008

1.0

E1508

1.5

E2508

2.5

E4009

4.0

E6012

6.0

E10-12

10

E16-12

16

E25-16

25

E35-16

L
6
8
6
8
12
6
8
12
8
10
18
8
12
18
9
12
18
12
18
12
18
12
18
16
22

PACKING FRENCH COLOUR

1.0

1.3

1,000

White

Orange

White

1.2

1.5

1,000

Blue

White

Grey

1.4

1.7

1,000

Red

Yellow

Red

1.7

2.0

1,000

Black

Red

Black

2.3

2.6

1,000

Grey

Blue

Blue

2.8

3.2

1,000

Orange

Grey

Grey

3.5

3.9

1,000

Green

Black

Yellow

4.5

4.9

1,000

Brown

Ivory

Red

5.8

6.2

500

Ivory

Green

Blue

7.5

7.9

250

Black

Brown

Yellow

8.3

8.7

Red

Beige

Red

Blue

Olive

Blue

16
35

E35-25

GERMAN COLOUR

DIN COLOUR

PRICE

250

25

100

20
E50-25

50

10.3 10.9

100

25

TWIN CORD END TERMINALS


ITEM NO.

PACKING

TE 7508

1,000

COLOUR

D2

D3

2.1

1.8

3.5

6.2

2.3

2.0

4.0

6.0

2.6

2.3

4.2

7.2

3.3

2.9

5.0

8.5

PRICE

8
White
10

TE 1008

8
1,000

Grey
10

TE 1508

8
1,000

Red
13

TE 2510

10
1,000

Blue
13

325

K.S.Terminals Terminals Connectors 30


KST
K.S.Terminals BMC (Battery Modular Connectors) BMC
(Battery Modular Connectors)

BMC SEries (Battery Modular Connectors) 1 Pole 2 Poles
150 - 350 Rating for use to 600 Volts continuous AC DC operation
BMC (Battery Modular Connectors)
:
UPS System
Forklift Trucks
Electric Vehicles

Telecommunication
Chargers

326

327

328

329

330

331

332

TUBULAR CABLE-LUGS
TUBULAR CABLE-LUGS
Regular Type
Material : E-copper
Surface : tin plated
with or without inspection hole

Conductor Section
Bolt
mm2

Cat. No.

Dimensions mm
b
d1
d2

1.5
1.5
1.5

M4
M5
M6

CCT-438
CCT-538
CCT-539

5.0
-

8
8
10

1.8
-

3.7
-

16
16
18

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

M4
M5
M5
M6

CCT-388
CCT-540
CCT-436
CCT-541

7.0
-

8
10
8
10

2.4
-

4.0
-

18
20
18
20

4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0

M5
M6
M5
M8

CCT-389
CCT-543
CCT-404
CCT-424

7.0
-

10
10
9
12

3.1
-

4.8
-

20
20
20
24

6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0

M5
M6
M6
M8
M10

CCT-390
CCT-444
CCT-544
CCT-545
CCT-423

9.0
-

10
10
12
12
16.8

3.8
-

5.5
-

23
23
27
27
33

10
10
10
10
10

M5
M6
M8
M10
M12

CCT-405
CCT-353
CCT-547
CCT-447
CCT-430

9.0
-

12
12
12
19
19

4.5
-

6.2
-

25
25
27
33
37

16
16
16
16
16

M5
M6
M8
M10
M12

CCT-429
CCT-354
CCT-549
CCT-440
CCT-401

12
-

12
12
12
19
19

5.4
-

7.1
-

30
30
32
36
40

20

M8

CCT-550

12

12

6.0

7.7

32

25
25
25
25

M6
M8
M10
M12

CCT-355
CCT-551
CCT-552
CCT-402

12
-

13
16
16
18

6.8
-

8.8
-

30
37
37
41

35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M12

CCT-542
CCT-403
CCT-356
CCT-301
CCT-399
CCT-544
CCT-406
CCT-419

12
15
12
15
15
12
15
15

15
15
15
15
15
18
18
20

8.2
-

10.6
-

35
38
35
38
40
38
41
45

50
50
50
50

M6
M8
M10
M12

CCT-452
CCT-357
CCT-556
CCT-408

16
-

18
18
18
20

9.5
-

12.4
-

43
43
43
48

70
70
70
70
70
70

M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16

CCT-439
CCT-557
CCT-358
CCT-559
CCT-407
CCT-437

18
-

21
21
21
21
28

11.2
-

14.7
-

50
50
50
50
57

28

57

Price

333

TUBULAR CABLE-LUGS
TUBULAR CABLE-LUGS
Regular Type
Material : E-copper
Surface : tin plated
with or without inspection hole

334

Conductor Section
mm2

Bolt

Cat. No.

95

M8

Dimensions mm
a

d1

d2

CCT-305

20

25.0

13.5

17.4

55

95

M10

CCT-359

25.0

55

95

M12

CCT-561

25.0

55

95

M14

CCT-461

28.0

61

95

M16

CCT-340

28.0

61

120

M8

CCT-445

22

28.0

15.0

19.4

60

120

M10

CCT-408

28.0

60

120

M12

CCT-241

28.0

60

120

M14

CCT-439

28.0

64

120

M16

CCT-546

28.0

64

150

M8

CCT-436

26

30.0

16.5

21.2

69

150

M10

CCT-409

30.0

69

150

M12

CCT-242

30.0

69

150

M14

CCT-418

30.0

69

150

M16

CCT-564

30.0

69

150

M20

CCT-449

34.0

79

185

M10

CCT-420

32

34.0

18.5

23.5

78

185

M12

CCT-304

34.0

78

185

M14

CCT-410

34.0

78

185

M16

CCT-243

34.0

78

185

M20

CCT-451

34.0

78

240

M10

CCT-352

38

38.0

21.0

26.5

92

240

M12

CCT-302

38.0

92

240

M14

CCT-442

38.0

92

240

M16

CCT-244

38.0

92

240

M20

CCT-567

38.0

92

300

M12

CCT-311

42

43.0

23.5

30.0

101

300

M14

CCT-499

43.0

101

300

M16

CCT-254

43.0

23.5

30.0

101

300

M20

CCT-569

43.0

101

400

CCT-417

44

50.1

26.8

34.8

114

400

M12

CCT-252

50.1

114

400

M14

CCT-457

50.1

114

400

M14

CCT-456

50.1

114

400

M16

CCT-246

50.1

114

400

M16

CCT-339

50.1

105

400

M20

CCT-257

50.1

105

400

M20

CCT-571

50.1

114

500

CCT-459

48

56.0

30.0

39.0

124

500

M20

CCT-573

52

59.0

31.7

41.4

132

500

M16

CCT-337

48

56.0

30.0

39.0

124

500

M20

CCT247

48

56.0

30.0

39.0

124

Price

Compression Joint Non Tension Poof For Copper Condutors


Compression Joint Non
Tension Poof For
Copper Condutors

Marking
mm2

Part No.

1.5

CTL-1.5

Dimensions mm2
A

1.8

3.7

12

2.5

CTL-2.5

2.4

4.0

15

4.0

CTL-4

3.1

4.8

15

6.0

CTL-6

3.8

5.5

15

10

CTL-10

4.5

6.2

20

16

CTL-16

5.4

7.1

20

20

CTL-20

6.0

7.7

20

25

CTL-25

6.8

8.8

32

35

CTL-35

8.2

10.6

36

50

CTL-50

9.5

12.4

40

70

CTL-70

11.2

14.7

40

95

CTL-95

13.5

17.4

45

120

CTL-120

15.0

19.4

45

150

CTL-150

16.5

21.2

55

185

CTL-185

18.5

23.5

65

240

CTL-240

21.0

26.5

80

300

CTL-300

23.5

30.0

85

400

CTL-400

26.8

34.8

91

500

CTL-500

30.0

39.0

100

630

CTL-630

35.0

45.0

112

800

CTL-800

39.0

50.6

150

1000

CTL-1000

43.0

56.2

170

Price

CABLE GLANDS : TYPE PG


APPLICATION : IN OUTDOOR OR INDOOR AREAS WITH ARMOURED
BRAIDED UNARMOURED OR LEAD SHEATED UNARMOURED CABLE
WHERE IT IS ESSENTIAL TO PRODUCE IP55 SEAL ON THE INNER
SHEATH.
FUNCTION : OFFER A DUSTPROOF SEAL ON TO THE OUTER SHEATH
OF AN ARMOURED, BRAIDED OR ARMOURED CABLE.

STANDARDS : AS PER GERMAN STANDARD


MECHANICAL : IMPACT RESISTANT
SIZE
: PG-9 TO PG-48
MATERIAL : BRASS
FINISH
: NICKEL
GASKET
: NEOPRENE (ONION TYPE)

THREAD LENGTH
D

CABLE MAXIMUM
MAX A

CCT-PG-7

CCT-PG-9

12

CCT-PG-11

15

CCT-PG-13.5

10

16

CCT-PG-16

10

18

CCT-PG-21

10

24

CCT-PG-29

10

32

CCT-PG-36

12

42

CCT-PG-42

12

47.50

CCT-PG-48

15

52

SIZE

PRICE

335

PLASTIC AND BRASS CABLE GLANDS

MADE IN GERMANY

PLASTIC CABLE GLAND WITH RING


CAT NO.

THREAD MM.

FOR CABLE

307 Pg

PG 7

5-7 mm.

309 Pg

PG 9

6-8 mm.

311 Pg

PG 11

8-10 mm.

313 Pg

PG 13.5

10-12 mm.

316 Pg

PG 16

12-14 mm.

321 Pg

PG 21

15-17 mm.

329 Pg

PG 29

24-26 mm.

336 Pg

PG 36

31-33 mm.

342 Pg

PG 42

39-41 mm.

348 Pg

PG 48

45-47 mm.

PRICE

BRASS CABLE GLAND WITH RING


CAT NO.

THREAD MM.

FOR CABLE

307 M

PG 7

5-7 mm.

309 M

PG 9

6-8 mm.

311 M

PG 11

8-10 mm.

313 M

PG 13.5

10-12 mm.

316 M

PG 16

12-14 mm.

321 M

PG 21

15-17 mm.

329 M

PG 29

24-26 mm.

336 M

PG 36

31-33 mm.

342 M

PG 42

39-41 mm.

348 M

PG 48

45-47 mm.

336

PRICE

PC-WAX

1
1

Note : 1 gallon / Pail



0.5 Litter / Tube

PC-WAX
Yellow Wax


PC-WAX
(Power cables, Control cables, instrumentation and
communication cables)
(Wax-based)



Cable jackets
Polyethylene Jackets
(Semi-conductor materials)

conduit

Quantity (gallons) = .0015 * L * D

L = Length of pull in feet


D = diameter of conduit in inches
(approximately 3/4 gallon per 100ft. of 5 conduit)

337

KUHS 225
HEAT SHRINKABLE TUBINGS FOR INSULATION, PROTECTION AND HARNESSING

UNITUBE KUHS-225

is a flexible, flame retardiated,


irradiated crosslinked,
heat-shrinkable, modified
polyolefin tubing that is recognized
by Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
under subject 224, rating voltage
600V, VW-1 at 125C and
by Canadian standards (CSA),
rating voltage 600V, OFT at 125C

These include:





Cables
Terminals
Harness
Splices
Components
Terminations

1. Applicable specification

Condition

Value

Physical

UL 224 125C 600V VW-1


File No.: E157822 (S)
CSA C22.2 NO.198
125C 600V OFT
File No. : LR89935

2. Features

SPECIFICATION VALUES

Property

Tensile strength

> 1.05 kg/mm2

Elogation

> 200%

Tensile strength after aging

158C 168 hrs.

> 70% original

Elongation after aging

134C 60 days.

> 100%

Dfomation

125C 1 hr.

< 50%

Heat shock

136C 1 hr.

no crack

Cold bend

-10C 1 hr.

no crack

Dielectric strength

> 2.5 kv

Volume resistivity

> 1014 W. cm

(1) Self-extinguish polyolefin heat


shrinkable tubings crosslinked
by radiation.
(2) Tubing having shrinkability at
comparatively low temperature,
for instance, hot water of 100C
or heat gun.

3. Shrinking properties
(1) Radial shrinkage:
50% minimum
(2) Longitudinal shrinkage:
5% maximum
(3) Minimum shrink temperature:
100C

Electrical

Corrosion
Chemical

Copper stability
Flammability

338

158C 168hrs.

pass
> 100% elongation

VW-1 / OFT

pass

4. Standard color

The standard color is black and white.


But additional colors available upon
request.

STANDARD SIZE
EXPANDED AS SUPPLIED
SIZE

RECOVERED AFTER HEATING


LENGTH

FORM

COLOUR

0.36 mm

200 m

Round

BK,BL,W,G,R,Y

0.44 mm

200 m

Round

BK,BL,W,G,R,Y

INSIDE DIAMETER
(AVERAGE)

WALL THICKNESS
(MINIMUM)

INSIDE DIAMETER
(MAXIMUM)

WALL THICKNESS
(MINIMUM)

1.2 mm

1.4 mm

0.20 mm

0.60 mm

1.5 mm

2.0 mm

0.20 mm

0.75 mm

2.0 mm

2.5 mm

0.20 mm

1.00 mm

0.44 mm

100 m

Round

BK,BL,W,G,R,Y

2.5 mm

3.0 mm

0.25 mm

1.25 mm

0.44 mm

100 m

Round

BK,BL,W,G,R,Y

3.0 mm

3.4 mm

0.25 mm

1.50 mm

0.44 mm

100 m

Round

BK,BL,W,G,R,Y

3.5 mm

3.9 mm

0.25 mm

1.75 mm

0.44 mm

100 m

Round

BK,BL,W,G,R,Y

4.0 mm

4.4 mm

0.25 mm

2.00 mm

0.44 mm

100 m

Round

BK,BL,W,G,R,Y

4.5 mm

5.0 mm

0.25 mm

2.25 mm

0.56 mm

100 m

Round

BK,BL,W,G,R,Y

5.0 mm

5.6 mm

0.25 mm

2.50 mm

0.56 mm

100 m

Round

BK,BL,W,G,R,Y

6.0 mm

6.5 mm

0.25 mm

3.00 mm

0.56 mm

100 m

Round

BK,BL,W,G,R,Y

7.0 mm

7.7 mm

0.25 mm

3.50 mm

0.56 mm

100 m

Flat

BK,W,R

8.0 mm

8.6 mm

0.25 mm

4.00 mm

0.56 mm

100 m

Flat

BK,W,R

9.0 mm

9.8 mm

0.25 mm

4.50 mm

0.56 mm

100 m

Flat

BK,W,R

10.0 mm

10.4 mm

0.25 mm

5.00 mm

0.56 mm

100 m

Flat

BK,W,R

11.0 mm

11.4 mm

0.25 mm

5.50 mm

0.56 mm

100 m

Flat

BK,W,R

12.0 mm

12.5 mm

0.25 mm

6.00 mm

0.56 mm

100 m

Flat

BK

13.0 mm

13.7 mm

0.30 mm

6.50 mm

0.69 mm

100 m

Flat

BK

14.0 mm

14.4 mm

0.30 mm

7.00 mm

0.69 mm

100 m

Flat

BK

15.0 mm

15.6 mm

0.30 mm

7.50 mm

0.69 mm

100 m

Flat

BK

16.0 mm

16.7 mm

0.30 mm

8.00 mm

0.69 mm

50 m

Flat

BK

18.0 mm

19.3 mm

0.35 mm

9.00 mm

0.77 mm

50 m

Flat

BK

20.0 mm

21.7 mm

0.40 mm

10.0 mm

0.77 mm

50 m

Flat

BK

22.0 mm

23.4 mm

0.40 mm

11.0 mm

0.77 mm

50 m

Flat

BK

25.0 mm

25.5 mm

0.45 mm

12.5 mm

0.87 mm

50 m

Flat

BK

28.0 mm

29.0 mm

0.45 mm

14.0 mm

0.87 mm

50 m

Flat

BK

30.0 mm

31.0 mm

0.50 mm

15.0 mm

0.87 mm

50 m

Flat

BK

38.0 mm

39.0 mm

0.50 mm

19.0 mm

0.97 mm

30 m

Flat

BK

50.0 mm

51.0 mm

0.50 mm

25.0 mm

0.97 mm

30 m

Flat

BK

PRICE

Additional Non-Standard sizes available upon request


Wall thinckness will be less if tubing recovery is restriced during shrinkage

UL YELLOW CARD
YDPU 2
Extruded Tubing , Electrical-Component
UNICHEM CO LTD

SHRINKAGE-TEMPERATURE CURVE

January 27, 1999

287-2 SINWOL RI SUNG KEO-UP CHUN AN-KUN 333-830,

CHUNGCHONG-NAMDO KOREA

CAT. No
Max
Max
Col

V
Temp C
Recogizerd

Max
Temp Rated Oil
Resistance*c

VW-1
Rated #

Heat shrinkable, flexible. polyoicfin tybing.


KUHS-225
600
125
Unltulxe
600
105
KUSH-205
KUSH-105 600
105

All except Clear


All except Clear

-
-

Yes
Yes##

Clear

No

*Tubing is considered to comply with the optional oil resistant requirements only if it is so marked.
#Tubing is to comply with the optional VW-1 flammability requirements only if it is so marked
## VW-1 rating limited to all colors except clear in size 3/32 in. and black color only for all other sizes.
4/19/1999
Ubderwruters Kabiratirues Ubc.

Card 1 of 2

339

CARBIDE TIPPED HOLE SAW


FS-22 STANDARD MODEL
SIZE RANGES : DIA. 15 mm-100 mm

SIZE RANGES:
15 mm 100 mm (WITH VARIATION OF 1 mm)

SPECIAL FEATURES:
FOR TOUGH DRILLING ON 5 mm THICK

STAINLESS STEEL SHEET. LOW WEAR-OFF


MAIN APPLICATIONS:
FOR DRILL OPERATION ON STAINLESS STEEL
SHEET OR SQUARE WARES, CAST IRON.
IRON PLATES AND FRP FORMED PRODUCTS

APPLICATION :



Stainless steel sheet, hollow-wire, pipe, square pipe etc.


Electrical control box, auto body, cast iron, FRP (fiberglass reinforced plastic).
Aluminium window/door frames, water tank made of stainless steel.
Ship-byilding industry, plumbing industry etc.

Please adopt lower rpm for pipe and higher rpm for sheet
Dia. m.m.

Stainless Steel

Unhardened Steel

Iron Sheet

15 - 19
20 - 29
30 - 39
40 - 49
50 - 59
60 - 69
70 - 79
over 80

800 - 1000
480 - 800
320 - 530
240 - 400
200 - 320
150 - 250
100 - 150
under 100

450 - 800
315 - 420
250 - 350
195 - 250
160 - 195
120 - 160
100 - 120
under 100

1500 - 2000
1000 - 1400
650 - 950
470 - 720
380 - 570
300 - 500
200 - 350
under 200

SIZE (m.m.)

SIZE (IN)

SIZE FOR CONDUIT (IN)

PRICE

16
19
20
22
25
28
30
32
33
34
35
38
41
43
44
48
49
50
51
60
61
64
70
73
76
89

5/8.
3/4.
7/8.
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2

1/2.
3/4.
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3

()

340

()

()

H.S.S HOLE SAW


HIGH SPEED STEEL HOLE SAW
HS-16 STANDARD MODEL
SIZE RANGES : DIA. 16 mm-76 mm

MATERIAL
HIGH SPEED STEEL (SKH51)

SIZE RANGES:
16 mm (5/8) - 76 mm (3) DIAMETER

APPLICATIONS:
FOR TOUGH DRILLING ON 1.6 mm THICK IRON PLATES

USES :
(A) ELECTRIC WORK :
1. PIPEING
2. REFRIGERATION MACHINES
(B) IRON WORK:
1. SHEET METAL WORK
2. DRILL HOLE INSTALLATION

SPECIAL FEATURES :
(A) SHARPER TEETH TIP FOR EASIER CUTTING.
(B) LONGER PRODUCT LIFE, TEETH STAY SHARP LONGER.
(C) BETTER CHIP CLEARANCE.
(D) FOR PRECISION HOLE DRILLING

PACKING :
EACH PACKED IN A PVC BOX.
FIXED WITH ARBOR AND HSS PILOT DRILL.

SIZE (m.m.)
()

SIZE (IN)
()

SIZE FOR CONDUIT (IN)


()

13
16
19
20
22
25
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
38
40
41
43
45
48
50
51
54
60
61
64
70
73
76

1 / 2.
5/8.
3 / 4.
7 / 8.
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
2
2 1/2
3

1 / 2.
3 / 4.
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
-

PRICE

341

STRIPPER
QUALITY TECHNETRONIC TO WORLD COMBINE
WIRE STRIPPER

ME-A.B.C

MS-107
(KS-170)

0.5mm2 - 6mm2

Model
ME-A 0.5 - 2.0 mm2.
ME-B 1.0 - 3.2 mm2.
ME-C 1.25 - 8 mm2.

MD-163
(GD-163)
-
1.05mm2 - 6mm2
CABLE STRIPPER

4-16 mm
Used thumb to press Make circular cur
Stripper onto sheath
Old Model
New Model
CS-16
MS-16
CS-25
MS-25

Make longitudinal out Peet away sheach

4 - 16 mm.
8 - 28 mm.

Price.

MPC 25, 42

PVC

25 mm - 42 mm
Old Model
MPC-25
MPC-42

LY-104 AEG : 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

New Model
MS-16

, ,

Old Model
LY-104A

New Model
MT104I

LY-104 = 7-in-1 Tool


1. Wire Stripper
2. Wire Cutter
3. Cutter (Solid Wire)
4. Pier
5. Wire Loop
6. Measure Scale
7. Crimp
342

0 mm - 25 mm.
0 mm - 32 mm.

Price.

3/4
1 1/4

Price.

COMPRESSION TOOLS
QUALITY TECHNETRONIC TO WORLD COMBINE

Hand type of compressed tools

1.5 - 150 2
MK-80A (CYO-80A)

New
Model

Old
Model

Ratchet type and pushing type of machine principle action.


Terminal compressed : point type min 1.25mm2, max.
150mm2, hexagonal type min. 6mm2, max. 150mm2.
European DIN 1.5mm2 ~ 150mm2
Bare terminal, insulated-compressed terminal, rigidly
precise, it not easy fall out.
Compressed terminal have point type and hexagonal type
(hexagonal one is positive at present)
Wonderful coating and rust resisting - good quality of
Chromium Vanadium-steel and machine body manufactured by ISO 9002 of wax-removed precise cast factory.
Sincere heat treatment, the equipment of treatment controlled by computer comes from ISO 9002 company.

Size Weight Compressed standard Comppressed


(mm) (g)
DIN mm2
10, 16, 25, 35, 50,
MK-80 CYO-80A Open terminal pincer 570 3,160
Point
70, 95, 120
Name


MK-80B (CYO-80B)

Copper row hand tool with many functions.


New
Model

Old
Model

Name

MK-80B CYO-80B

Price

Copper Row Hand Tools

Terminal Up To 10 mm2 ~ 50 mm2


Item
A copper row hand tool with many
Number
functions, it has five functions.
MK-1001
The design for dies is replaceable type. MK-1002
Easy to operate, weight is only 3.1 kg. MK-1003
Suitable to electric rationed plate,
MK-1004
electric distributed plate engineering MK-1005
operation convenient to carry.
Packed with an iron box.
The maximum standard to 100A of BH
uses 3 mm of copper row, 50A-705A
use 2 mm of copper row, below 50A
use 1 mm of copper row.

Size Weight
(mm)
(g)
2,700

Compressed standard
DIN mm2

20 3

Comppressed

A B
15
15
20
24

T/mm

10
1
10
2
12
3
14
3
Terminal
102~502mm

Price

10 - 150 2

New
Old
Model
Model
MK-150 CYO-150

Name

Size Weight
Compressed standard
Comppressed
(mm) (g)
DIN mm2
685 4,500 10, 16, 25, 35, 50-70, 95, 120-150
Point

Price
343

CABLE, STEEL ROPES CUTTING TOOLS


QUALITY TECHNETRONIC TO WORLD COMBINE
Cable, steel ropes cutting tools

Cable 10mm2 ~ 500mm2, round bars 5 mm ~ 9 mm, steel ropes 9 mm ~ 14 mm


The operated handle is made from alloy-aluminum
Ratchet cable cutter MS-325, MS-520 specialize
metal, treated by T6 heat; strong, durable and
in cutting Copper and Aluminum AWG 750 MCM,
handy.
1,000 MCM, (325 mm2, 500 mm2).
The blade is forged by Chromium-Vanadium-steel,
Couldnt cut steel rope and-or iron-bar materials;
which is sharp to save labor on cutting.
cable JIS cutters are suitable for IV. SV cables.

ME-22

ME-38

ME-60

ME-100

ME-400

ME-500

MS-325

MS-520

MI-60

MI-200

MI-624

Wire Rope Cutter

Round bar wire rope cutter


Specialize in cutting iron
bars and steel ropes.
The blade is forged by
Tungsten steel.
Type : MI-60, MI-200,
MI-624
Selection Chart (applicable range)

Old
Item
Number Number
CC-22
CC-38
CC-60
CC-100
CC-250
CC-400
CC-500
CS-325
CS-520

344

ME-22
ME-38
ME-60
ME-100
ME-250
ME-400
ME-500
MS-325
MS-520
MI-60
MI-200
MI-624

Length
Weight
mm
in
kg
160 6 1/4 0.180
210 8 1/4 0.308
235 9 1/2 0.510
320 12 5/8 0.706
600 23 5/8 1.634
690 26 3/4 2.186
800 31 1/2 2.960
255 9 1/2 0.598
400 15 1/4 1.534
315 12 3/8 0.734
585
23
1.644
800 31 1/4 5.142

Copper cable
DIN mm2
AWG
25
#4
50
#2
60
# 1/0
120
# 3/0
300
500
400
750
630
1,000
400
750
630
1,000

round bar : 5 mm / wire rope : 5 mm


round bar : 9 mm / wirerope : 10 mm
steel wire : 1/2, 12 mm

Price

HAND TYPE OF COMPRESSION TOOLS


QUALITY TECHNETRONIC TO WORLD COMBINE
Hand type of compression tools Capcity : 1.5 mm2 ~ 150 mm2

Hand pressed tool : Ratchet type and push type of machine motion
Bare terminal, insulated terminal pressed;very tight and
excellent quality of chromium vanadium steel and cast
not easy to drop with good electric conducting.
iron for machine body. Manufacture by ISO 9002 preci Pressed terminal have point type and hexagonal type
sion cast mill.
(hexagonal type press is the most affirmative now)
Strict heat treatment, computer control handle by ISO
Wonderful coating and resistance rust treatment :
9002.

MH-02

MH-08

MH-14

MH-22

MH-38H

MH-123

MK-05

MK-06

MT-38

MT-80/100

CK-07

Selection Chart (applicable range)

Old
Item Length Weight
Number Number (mm) (kg)
MH-02
MH-08
MH-14
MH-22
MH-38H
MH-123A MH-123A
CK-05 MK-05
CK-06 MK-06
CT-38 MT-38
CT-80 MT-80
CT-100 MT-100
CK-07 MK-07
MH-02
CT-08
CT-14
CT-25

Terminal sizes
AWG/MCM

200 0.23
# 22-16, 16-14
265 0.42
# 12-10, 8, 6
295 0.5 # 22-16, 16-14, 12-10, 8, 6
# 22-10, 8, 6, 4
350 0.74
365 0.82
# 8, 6, 2
290 0.48
380 1.05
# 12-10, 8, 6, 4, 2
650 2.972 # 8, 6, 4, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0
# 8, 6, 2
545 2.5
670 4.94 # 8, 6, 4, 2, 1/0-3/0
680 4.96
# 4, 2, 1/0, 4/0
650 3.0

JIS mm2
1.25-2.0
1.25-8
2.0-14
5.5-22
14-38

DIN mm2

1.2, 2.5
1.5, 2.5, 6.0, 10
2.5, 6.0, 10, 16
4-6, 10, 16, 25
16, 25, 35, 50
1.5-2.5, 6
6-70
6, 10, 16, 25, 35, 50, 70
8-80 10, 16, 25, 35, 50, 70, 95, 120
8-38
10, 16, 25, 50
8-80 16, 25, 35, 50-70, 95-120
22-100 25, 35, 50-70, 95, 120
25, 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150

Shape

Price

Point
Point
Point
Point
Hexagon
Point
Hexagon
Hexagon
Point
Point
Point
Hexagon
345

CO-400A

CO-500B


16 2 400 2


70 2 500 2

CO-630A


70 2 630 2

CP-700

CP-700
CO-400

CO-630B

16 2 400 2


70 2 630 2

CP-700

CP-700

CP-700
SELECTION CHART (Applicable Range)

Weight Head
MODEL Output
(tons) (kgs) (kgs)
CO-400A

17

CO400B

17

CO-500B
CO-630A
CO-630A
CO-630B
CO-630B

20

11

35

20

16

35

19

CO-400A
CO-400B
346

CO-630A
CO-630B
CO-500B
CP0-400A
CPO-400B

Application
Range
JIS AWG DIN

Standard Dies

16-70,95-150,185-400,
325 650 400 MALE
FEMALE 16-25,35,50-70,95,120,150,185-240,300,400
16-25,35,50-70,95,120,150,185-240,300,400
325 650 400 FEMALE
x 9 Set
400 1000 500 70,95,120-150,185, 240,300,400,500 x 8 Set
(70-100),(120-150),(185-240),300,400,500,630
500 1200 630
630 630
150, 185, 240, 300, 400, 500, 630
500 1200 630
630 630
(-)
(-)
(-)
(-)
(-)

Price
Shape
CP-700
Point
Hexagon
Hexagon
Hexagon
Hexagon
Hexagon
Hexagon

HYDRAULIC CRIMPING TOOLS


CPO-400A

CPO-150

CPO-150S


16 2 400 2


16 2 185 2

CPO

400B

CYO-400B


16 2 400 2


16 2 400 2

180

16 2 185 2

SELECTION CHART (Applicable Range)


Application Range
MODEL

Output Weight
(tons)

(kgs)

Head

Standard Dies

(kgs)
JIS

Shape

Price

AWG DIN

CPO-400A

17

17

9.5

325

750

400

CPO-400B

17

17

9.5

325

750

400

CPO-150

5.5

150

300

185

CPO-150S

5.5

150

300

185

CYO-400B

12

4.6

325

650

400

MALE 16-70,95-150,185-400,
FEMALE 16-25,35,50-70,95,120,150,185-240,300,400

16-25,35,50-70,95,120,150,185-240,300,400

MALE 16-70,95-185 (1 Section)


FEMALE 16-25,35,50-70,95,120,150,185
MALE 16-70,95-185
FEMALE 16-25,35,50-70,95,120,150,185 (2 Section)
16, 25, 35, 50-70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400
enclosed 50-400

Point

Hexagon

Point

Point

Hexagon

: CYO-400B  50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400 .

16, 25, 35 .

CYO-400B
347

HYDRAULIC COMPRESSION
TERMINALS UP TO 10 mm 400 mm

FEATURES

Terminal pressed dies match DIN, AWG, JIS, standard.


Head can revolve 180
One person operated and convenient in high altitude work.
Have safe-protecting device.
Bypass cartridge for easy shop repairs.
CPO-150 CPO-325A : Point, Two-stage
CPO-240 CPO-325B : Hexagon, Two-stage

COMPRESSED TYPE

Figure of assembling
and dismantling dies.

Application Range

MODEL
Number

Output
(tons)

Weight
(kgs)

Head
(kgs)

JIS

AWG

DIN

CPO-240

10

4.2

250

500

240

348

Figure of returning
oil switch.

Standard Dies mm2

Shape

16,25,35,50,70,95,120,150,185,240 x 10 Set

Hexagon

HYDRAULIC COMPRESSION
APPLICATIONS

BY CYO-400A
Compressed head made with iron


Designed to accommodate hexagonal, circular
shell and indue type dies for applying compression fittings to copper, aluminum and ACSR conductors.

CYO-400A

Characters :

HOW TO CHANGE DIES

1. Two-section of high, low pressure, quick entering oil, easy operation and convenient returning oil. Using revolving type of
compression to be quick returning oil.
2. When the pressure reaches up 700 kg/cm2 (12 ton), the design
of safe releasing pin has the voice of Ka Cha for warning the
operator to stop all actions.
3. The glass-fiber operative insulating club can resist voltage 20
kv and keep five minuites, which has been tested by Taipai power company.
4. The compressed head can do 180 of revolution.
5. There is a pressure adjusting valve outside of the machine not to
take off the structure.
6. Use the beautiful plastic box for packing.
7. C type of Ti-tanium alloy head is easy to convenient to operate
in high altitudes high durability, high extension acid-resisting,
acid-alkali, which is best matarial for aviation, submarine industy to use.
* Opening 38 mm can press pincer compressed tube,
LGF 35~95 mm2

Figure

for Specifications
Model
Compressed Capacity
Ton
Strike
Oil Capacity
Voltage

CYO-400A/ CYO-400AT CYO-400C


162 ~ 400 mm2 (enclosed 50-400 mm2) 9 Sets
12
30 mm / 38 mm (CYO-400C)
145 cc
20,000 V/5 min (Between Handle Grips)

Weight (kg)

6.4 (Steel) / 5 (Ti) / 7.8 (CYO-400C)

Usable Oil

R32 Special circle oil

Hexagon

349

HYDRAULIC TOOLS
BAR

CUTTER

, 150 .
10 .

CWC-150

OUTPUT
MAX.
WIDTH
WEIGHT
TON
THICKNESS

MODEL
CWC-150

15

150 mm

12.5 mm

26 kg

CWC-200

20

200 mm

12.5 mm

35 kg

PRICE

CP-700

CP-700
, 12 .
CP-700 @ 50,700.-

BAR

BENDERS

CB-200A

CP-700

Output

15 ton

Max. Thickness

12.5 mm

Width

200 mm

Weight

18 kg

Dimension

345 (H) x 245 (W) x 220 (D) mm

HYDRAULIC

BUS-BARS BENDING , 10 .

CP-700

CB-150D

MODEL

OUTPUT
TON

WIDTH

MAX mm
THICKNESS

WEIGHT

CB-150D

15

150 mm

12.5 mm

23 kg

10 mm for angle 90

CP-700
HYDRAULIC

PUNCHER

CH-60

, 10 .
3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4
CP-700
(-)
Powerful perforation up to 10 mm thick mild steel With a 20.5 mm max. Hole.
Output

CP-700

350

@ 73,800.-

Punching
Capacity

31 metric tons at 700 kgf/cm of oil pressure


Thickness

10 mm

Hole Diameter

3/8 ~ 3/4 mm

Throat depth

70 mm

Weight

13.5 kgs

Dimensions

360 (H) x 210 (W) x 95 (D) mm

ANGLE-STEEL HYDRAULIC PUNCHING TOOL

CH-70
-
12 .
3/8 , 1/2 , 5/8 , 3/4
CP700

CP-700

351

SLUG-BUSTER PUNCH DRIVER SETS


CC-104

()
1/2 4
3.2 .
SLUG-BUSTER PUNCH DRIVER SETS
CC-104I 2

PUNCHER

CP-700 ()
CC-104

II

CC-104II () 2 4
()

1/2
3 / 4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4

R-1
R-2
R-3

@ 350.@ 535.@ 1,100.-

MODEL
NUMBER

TON

Weight
(kgs)

Mild Streel
(mm)

Stainless
Steel
(mm)

CC-104 I+II

12

8.0

0~3.2

2.0

Hole diameter
mm

1/2 (22 mm) 3/4 (27.5 mm) 1 (34.3 mm)


1 1/4 (43 mm) 1 1/2 (49 mm) 2 (60.8 mm)
2 1/2 (76.6 mm) 3 (89.4 mm)
3 1/2 (102.6 mm) 4 (115.3 mm)
Packed in Carrying Case

RATCHET PUNCH

MANUAL KNOCKOUT SET WITH RATCHET WRENCH


CC-104RW

APPLICATIONS

1 Hex head Ratchet Wrench allows use with 3/8 (9.5mm)


and (19.1 mm) draw studs.
Plastic carrying case. Mild steel 3.0 mm 2 Conduit
Size Manual Slug Buster Knockout Punch Set.

Hole:


Size:

SIZE ()
1/2

(22mm)
(27mm)
1 (34.3mm)
1 (43mm)
1 (49mm)
2(60.8mm)

3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2

352

3/8
3/4

PRICE

BENDERS
CPB-3

CPB-4

IMC, RSC 1/2 - 3

SIZE

IMC, RSC 1/2- 4

CP-700

PRICE

1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4

CP-700

MODEL
NUMBER

OUTPUT
(TON)

THICK STEEL
CONDUIT (B)

GAS PIPE
(SCB)

WEIGHT (kg)
(Frame+Cylinder)

CPB-3

16.62

16 mm - 82 mm
(1/2 - 3)

15 mm - 65 mm
(1/2 - 2 1/2)

18.6

CPB-4

19.78

16 mm- 104 mm 15 mm-100 mm


(1/2 - 4)
(1/2 - 4)

28.80

Price

CP-700-2A

CBH-90

750 MCM (500) mm2


CBH-90 RATCHET CABLE BENDER FOR UP TO 750 MCM.
Simplifies and cable installation.
Bends copper or aluminum through 750 MCM (325)
Packed in carrying case.
90 Bending Radius.

CPB-19-25,

31

HAND BENDERS
MODEL
NUMBER

PIPE SIZE

BENDING
RADIUS

CPB-19

199 1/2

85R

1/2

CPB-25

25 RSC 1/2

105R

3/4

CPB-31

PRICE

1 3/4

353

POWER PUMPS
ELECTRIC 700 kg/cm 10,000 PSI

APPLICATIONS
The nice outward appearance cast with gravitation
and coated to finish; use a carbon-brushmotor; output
0.4kw speed, torsion 700kg/cm 10,000 psi standard.
Power pumps have many functions to contact a lot of
functional need.
For instant: Oil cylinder, compressed terminal iron
plate, performed, cable, steel cuter, tube benderetc.

CTE-25AS

DIAGRAM
TWO-SPEED OPERATION




200 cu in/min @ 0-200 PSI


20 cu in/min @ 200 10,000 PSI
220 volt, 110 volt 60/50 #cycle.
3/8 NPTF return to tank Pot.
High Pressure Hose 2M.

SINGLE-ACTING

DOUBLE-ACTING
Res.
Size

Usable
Oil Cap.
(Cu in)

1 GAL.

230

237mm

166mm

365mm

148mm

911/32

617/32

143/8

511/16

FOOT 700kg/cm 10,000 PSI


CP-700

CP-700-2A

FEATURES

Selection Chart (applicable range)


Max Press
Output
(kg/cm2/PSI)

Pump
Speed

CTE-25AS 700~10,000psi Two-speed


CP-700

700~10,000psi Two-speed

CP-700-2A 700~10,000psi Two-speed


CEP-800

700~10,000psi Two-speed

CEP-800-1 700~10,000psi Two-speed

354

CEP-800-1

APPLICATIONS

10,000 PSI (700kg/cm) operation


Two-speed operation
High Pressure Hose 2M.
3/8 NPTF return to tank port.
Aluminum Hand valve. Super cycle oil each
half year, Ready to install oil pressure gauge
to test the working pressure.

Model
Number

CEP-800

There are single and two stage designs for our hand pumps. General speaking two-stage
is with higher effect more oil output and used by normal.
TYPE : Hand and foot pump.
Output : 700kg/cm 10,000 psi
Suggestion : Using hand type will be the must convenient and mom-power; single acting
must be change to double-action as well as equipment 4 way value to use.
In order to design and match the requirement for large oil cylinder and longer stroke, the
pump in itself must equip with a large oil tank. Have to explain on choice.

Pressure
Rating
(kg/cm2)
Low 0-20
High 20-700
1 st 350
2nt 10,000
1 st 350
2nt 10,000
1 st 350
2nt 10,000
1 st 350
2nt 10,000

Oil
Delivery
(1/min)
2.6L
0.32
2.3
13
3.1
13
2.3
13
2.3
13

Reservoir
Capacity
(cc)

Wight
(kg)

Dimension
LxWxH
(mm)

Remarks

4,000

15.2

237 x 166 x 365

Pressure Holding Pump

900

10

510 x 140 x 150

Hand

2,100

17

590 x 120 x 150

Hand

1,200

18

630 x 200 x 240

Foot

400

14

390 x 150 x 250

Foot

Price

HYDRAULIC CUTTERS
FEATURES

FOR WIRE ROPE, BAR, STRAND, BOLTS AND CABLE

Guillotine operation.
Carrying bag included.
Lifting handies on larger model.
Spring return.
Pumps : CP-700 or CTE-25AS

CPC-20A

CPC-40A

CPC-55A

CPC-85A

CPC-85B

CPC-40B

CPC-55B

CPC-100B

Selection Chart (Maximum Cutting Capacity)

Model
Number

Output
(tons)

CPC-20A 20
CPC-40A 6
CPC-55A 7
CPC-85A 4
CPC-40B 6
CPC-55B 10
CPC-85B 4.5

Round Bar

Wire Rope
Weight Length
(kg)

(mm)

Wire Strands
Bare
Rein- Copforcing per
Bar
Standards

6x7
Hempcore

6 x 12
Hempcore

6 x 19
Hempcore

Soft
Soft
Cop- Aaluper minum
Bar
Bar

(mm)
20

(mm)
20

(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)


20
25
25
25

Soft
Steel
Bar

Bare
Aluminum
Standards

(mm)
32

(mm)
32

Cable

1x9
1 x 7 Guy
Lead
Under
Guy
TeleSteel
ACSR
Steel phone Sheathed ground
Wire
Cable
cable
Wire Gable
Strands
Strands CCP (Telephone
Cable )

9.3

675

(mm)
20

(mm)
32

(mm)
32

(mm)
32

(mm)
32

6.5

630

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

20

20

38

20

20

39

7.2

610

25

30

35

20

20

16

20

24

50

50

28

20

50

9.2

705

28

46

85

85

50

310

22

25

20

20

20

16

20

32

32

38

20

20

41

300

25

30

35

28

28

16

20

50

50

50

15

20

50

6.5

456

..

28

46

85

85

50

CPC-100B 8.8

13.5

570

42

46

100

70

CPC-20B 20

16

305

20

20

20

20

25

20

25

32

32

35

20

20

41

Price

HYDRAULIC CABLE CUTTER SETS

CC-50B

cp-700

CC-50B capacity : 1,000CM (500mm2) weight : 6kg


Copper or aluminum cable.
Cutting seconds. Jaws slide open Quickly to
save time between cuts.
11 ton ram hand pump,
foot pump.

355

HYDRAULIC CABLE REEL STANDS AND SPINDLES

- 10
CRS-10

- 2
CRS-46

Maximum
Hight : 700mm
Low : 400mm
Capacity : 2 TON

CABLE REEL STANDS AND SPINDLES


CRS-5

Weight : 800 kg
Dimension : 450 m/m 760 m/m
356

HYDRAULIC TOOLS

30

5 M /min
1500 KG
30

CCP-2500

3 M/min
2500 KG
50

Type NO CCP-2500

400 W
220 V
60 KG
- ,
,

:
1.
2.


3. RESET

4.

1.
2.

3.

4.
6
( 1)
5.

6.

7. 1 1
8.
10 RESET

CABLE PULLER
PULL UP TO 1,500 Kg.
DP-015B

Weight : 33 Kg.

357

MADE IN TAIWAN

20A NEMA Locking Type Plugs, Receptacles & Connectors


Product

Item No.

Description of goods

LK-6322

3P20A250V Locking plug NEMA L6-20P

LK-6324

3P20A480V Locking plug NEMA L8-20P

LK-6421

4P20A125/250V Locking Plug NEMA L14-20P

LK-6424

4P20A480V Locking Plug NEMA L16-20P

Price

LK-2322F 3P20A250V Locking Receptacle NEMA L6-20R

LK-2324F 3P20A480V Locking Receptacle NEMA L8-20R

LK-2421F 4P20A125/250V Locking Receptacle NEMA L14-20R

LK-2424F 4P20A480V Locking Receptacle NEMA L16-20R

LK-7322

3P20A250V Locking Cord Connector NEMA L6-20C

LK-7324

3P20A480V Locking Cord Connector NEMA L8-20C

LK-7421

4P20A125/250V Locking Cord Connector NEMA L14-20C

LK-7424

4P20A 480V Locking Cord Connector NEMA L16-20C


369

MADE IN TAIWAN

30A NEMA Locking Type Plugs, Receptacles & Connectors


Product

Item No.

Description of goods

LK-6332

3P30A250V Locking Plug NEMA L6-30P

LK-6334

3P30A480V Locking Plug NEMA L8-30P

LK-6431

4P30A125/250V Locking Plug NEMA L14-30P

LK-6436

4P30A600V Locking Plug NEMA L17-30P

LK-2332F 3P30A250V Locking Receptacle NEMA L6-30R

LK-2334F 3P30A480V Locking Receptacle NEMA L8-30R

LK-2431F 4P30A125/250V Locking Receptacle NEMA L14-30R


LK-2434F 4P30A480V Locking Receptacle NEMA L16-30R
LK-2436F 4P30A600V Locking Receptacle NEMA L17-30R

370

LK-7332

3P30A250V Locking Cord Connector NEMA L6-30C

LK-7334

3P30A480V Locking Cord Connector NEMA L8-30C

LK-7431

4P30A125/250V Locking Cord Connector NEMA L14-30C

LK-7434

4P30A480V Locking Cord Connector NEMA L16-30C

Price

30A NEMA
Product

MADE IN TAIWAN

Locking Type Plugs, Receptacles (Bakelite)

Item No.

Description of goods

LK-6332B
(MH 2586)

3P30A250V Locking Plug (Bakelite) L6-30P

LK-6334B

3P30A480V Locking Plug (Bakelite) L8-30P

LK-6432B
(MH 2587)

4P30A250V Locking Plug (Bakelite) L15-30P

LK-6436B

4P30A600V Locking Plug (Bakelite) L17-30P

Price

LK-2332FB
3P30A250V Locking Receptacle (Bakelite) L6-30R
(MH 2878)

LK-2334FB 3P30A480V Locking Receptacle (Bakelite) L8-30R

LK-2432FB
4P30A250V Locking Receptacle (Bakelite) L15-30R
(MH 2879)

LK-2434FB
4P30A480V Locking Receptacle (Bakelite) L16-30R
(MH 2880)

LK-2436FB 4P30A600V Locking Receptacle (Bakelite) L17-30R

371

30A NEMA
Product

MADE IN TAIWAN

Locking Rubber Plugs, Connectors

Item No.

Description of goods

LK-8332B
3P30A250V Locking Plug (Rubber) L6-30P
(MH 2578)

LK-8334B 3P30A480V Locking Plug (Rubber) L8-30P

LK-8432B
4P30A250V Locking Plug (Rubber) L15-30P
(MH 2579)

LK-8434B
4P30A480V Locking Pulg (Rubber) L16-30P
(MH 2580)

LK-8436B
4P30A600V Locking Plug (Rubber) L17-30P
(MH 2581)

LK-5332B
3P30A250V Locking Connector (Rubber) L6-30C
(MH 2637)

LK-5334B 3P30A480V Locking Connector (Rubber) L8-30C

LK-5432B
4P30A250V Locking Connector (Rubber) L15-30C
(MH 2638)

LK-5434B 4P30A480V Locking Connector (Rubber) L16-30C

LK-5436B 4P30A600V Locking Connector (Rubber) L17-30C

372

Price

20A 250V
Product

MADE IN TAIWAN

Locking Type Plugs, Receptacles

Item No.

Description of goods

LK-6420
(MH 2576)

4P20A250V Locking Plug (Bakelite)

LK-6320
(MH 2575)

3P20A250V Locking Plug (Bakelite)

LK-6220
(MH 2574)

2P20A250V Locking Plug (Bakelite)

Price

LK-2420K-1
4P20A250V Locking Surface Receptacle (Bakelite)
(MH 2887)
LK-2320K-1
3P20A250V Locking Surface Receptacle (Bakelite)
(MH 2886)
LK-2220K
(MH 2885)

2P20A250V Locking Surface Receptacle (Bakelite)

LK-2420F
(MH 2876)

4P20A250V Locking Receptacle (Bakelite)

LK-2320F
(MH 2875)

3P20A250V Locking Receptacle (Bakelite)

LK-2220F
(MH 2874)

2P20A250V Locking Receptacle (Bakelite)

20A 250V
Product

Locking Rubber Type Plugs, Connectors

Item No.

Description of goods

LK-8420
(MH 2584)

4P20A250V Locking Plug (Rubber)

LK-8320
(MH 2583)

3P20A250V Locking Plug (Rubber)

LK-8220
(MH 2582)

2P20A250V Locking Plug (Rubber)

LK-5420
(MH 2634)

4P20A250V Locking Connector (Rubber)

LK-5320
(MH 2633)

3P20A250V Locking Connector (Rubber)

LK-5220
(MH 2632)

2P20A250V Locking Connector (Rubber)

LK-5420-1
(MH 2648)

4P20A250V Locking Connector (Without Rubber)

LK-5320-1
(MH 2649)

3P20A250V Locking Connector (Without Rubber)

LK-5220-1

2P20A250V Locking Connector (Without Rubber)

Price

373

MADE IN TAIWAN

NEMA Straight Type Plugs, Connectors


Product

Item No.

Description of goods

LK-7515P

15A 125V Straight Plug NEMA 5-15P

LK-7520P

20A 125V Straight Plug NEMA 5-20P

LK-7615P

15A 250V Straight Plug NEMA 6-15P

LK-7620P

20A 250V Straight Plug NEMA 6-20P

LK-5515R

15A 125V Straight Connector NEMA 5-15C

LK-5520R

20A 125V Straight Connector NEMA 5-20C

LK-5615R

15A 250V Straight Connector NEMA 6-15C

LK-5620R

20A 250V Straight Connector NEMA 6-20C

Price

NEMA Straight Type Angle Plugs


Product

Item No.

Description of goods

LK-7515PT 15A 125V Angle Plug NEMA 5-15P

LK-7520PT 20A 125V Angle Plug NEMA 5-20P

LK-7615PT 15A 250V Angle Plug NEMA 6-15P

LK-7620PT 20A 250V Angle Plug NEMA 6-20P

374

LK-3331

30A 125/250V Angle Plug NEMA 10-30P

LK-3351

50A 125/250V Angle Plug NEMA 10-50P

Price

MADE IN TAIWAN

Grounding Type Plugs, Receptacles & Connectors


Product

Item No.

Description of goods

LK-7004
(ME 2538)

15A 125V Grounding Plug (Rubber) 5-15P

LK-5215
(ME 2624)

15A 125V Grounding Connector (Rubber) 5-15C

LK-7001
(ME 2592)
(1709)

15A 125V Grounding Plug (Bakelite) 5-15P

LK-3021F
(ME 2816)

15A 125V Grounding Socket (Bakelite) 5-15R

Price

LK-3224F
(ME 2817) 15A 125V Grounding Duplex Socket (Bakelite) 5-15R
(827V, 827B)

2 Pole Plugs, Sockets, Wall Taps, Switch & Button


Product

Item No.

LK-1031

Description of goods

Price

2 Pole Socekt 15A 125V

375

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IP40

IP 40

IP 40

VERSATILE WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURES


MADE IN ITALY

402

IP 65

MADE IN ITALY

ADAPTABLE BOXES IP44-IP55-IP56


MADE IN ITALY

403

ADAPTABLE BOXES IP44-IP55-IP56


MADE IN ITALY

( 10 ) @420.-

404

IP 65

The NORMA range of waterproof fluorescent fitting; innovative in design, technically advanced
and manufactured using superior strongly resistant material.
The NORMA range offers :

a comprehensive range of fittings

a solution to all types of installation

high performance

practical and quick installation
The NORMA range reflects a harmony of modern aesthetically pleasing design which renders it
suitable for any application.
The range is compatible with conditions or atmospheres which do not attack (or corrode) the
material from which it is manufactured.
BODY light grey (RAL 7035) dustproof polycarbonate body with frosted ends and polyurethane
double gasket.
DIFFUSER transparent interior prismatic, smooth exterior. UV stabilized polycarbonate diffuser.
BRACKETS for ceiling fixing and diffuser fixing and diffuser fixing clips in stainless steel.
CABLE GLAD polyamide PG 13,5 for 9/11 mm cables.
STANDARD WIRING 230V 50Hz, HPF. Wiring options available on request.
Class II with special voltage and frequency, without electrical connection, with connection in
series or parallel, with dimmable electronic ballast.
The NORMA range is manufactured in accordance with standards EN 60598-1, EN 60598-2-1.

TYPE

Numb of Lamp

TYPE

Numb of Lamp

NORMA 118

1 x 18 W

Price

NORMA 236

2 x 36 W

NORMA 218

2 x 18 W

NORMA 158

1 x 58 W

NORMA 136

1 x 36 W

NORMA 258

2 x 58 W

Price

405

WEATHERPROOF FLUORESCENT FITTINGS IP-65


DUSTPROOF POLYCARBONATE DIFFUSER

F7118
F7136

F7218
F7236

Price
Code

Power W

Length

Width

Extrends
PVC Clip

F7118

1X18 W

675

112

100

F7218

2X18 W

675

166

100

F7136

1X36 W

1278

112

100

F7236

2X36 W

1278

166

100

INJECTED DIFFUSER

Price

Stainless Clip

ACCESSORIES

1 x 18 1x18

POLYCARBONATE CLIP

2 x 18 2x18

1 x 36 1x36

STAINLESS STEEL CLIP

2 x 36 2x36

406

Price

/
/

WEATHERPROOF FLUORESCENT FITTINGS IP-65


DUSTPROOF POLYCARBONATE DIFFUSER

, IP 65
BODY
:

DIFFUSER
:
REFLECTOR
:

TIGHTNESS
:

HEAT & SHOCKPROOF ABS(Acrylonitrile butadiene - styrene)


: for better strength, rigidity and temperature range
PRISMATIC POLYCABONATE : for better luminaire and against UV
STEEL SHEET WITH EPOXY-POLYESTER POWERDER COATING, at 200 deg. C
: for colour stability and LUX-efficiency.
CONFORM TO IP 65 : completed with LOCK CLIPS, GASKET and COVER CAP

F7118

F7136

F7218

F7236

407

GLOBAL JOINTING SYSTEMS A New World of Jointing


Branch Joint

Straight Joint

Suitable for voltages up to 3.6kV


Easy to install, click together modulds
Complete range of joints from 0.75 mm. ~ 400 mm2.
Suitable for single and multicore polymeric and

paper cables both stranded and solid copper/


aluminium conductors
Performance tested to BS7888/HD623- Full test
report available on request

GJS Cast Resin Cable Straight Joint

GJS CAST RESIN BRANCH JOINT

CODE

L x H (mm)

GJS S4
GJS S10
GJS S16
GJS S25
GJS S50
GJS S120
GJS S240
GJS S400

PRICE.

CODE

L x H (mm)

GJS SB4
GJS SB10
GJS SB25

160 x 30
210 x 38
225 x 48
310 x 52
370 x 66
600 x 79
780 x 125
1240 x 157

PRICE.

190 x 62
220 x 95
270 x 112

Suggestion Chart :
INT.
Diameter
(mm)

Model
GJS S4
GJS S10
GJS S16
GJS S25
GJS S50
GJS S120
GJS S240
GJS S400

10-21
10-30
10-33
17-38
20-40
30-49
48-79
55-103

GJS
GJS S4
GJS S10
GJS S16
GJS S25
GJS S50
GJS S120
GJS S240
GJS S400
408

1 CORE
Unarmed
Armed
(mm2)
(mm2)
16-95
16-35
16-185
16-120
70-240
50-150
95-400
70-240
185-500
120-300
300-800
185-630
500-1000 400-1000
500-1000 800-1000

2 CORE
Unarmed
Armed
(mm2)
(mm2)
1.5-35
1.5-10
1.5-70
1.5-35
16-95
4-50
35-150
6-70
95-185
50-120
120-300
70-185
240-400
150-400
300-400
185-400

3 CORE
Unarmed
Armed
(mm2)
(mm2)
1.5-16
1.5-6
1.5-50
1.5-25
10-70
4-35
16-120
10-70
50-120
25-95
95-120
50-150
150-500
120-400
300-500
240-500

EQUIVALENT BRAND & MODEL (GJS = Other brand)


PIRELI
CTL
J1
J1/J2
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7

CM0
CM1
CM2
CM2/CM3
CM3
CM4
CM5/CM6
CM7

4 CORE
Unarmed
Armed
(mm2)
(mm2)
1.5-16
1.5-6
1.5-35
1.5-16
10-50
4-25
25-95
10-50
50-95
25-70
70-185
50-120
185-400
120-300
300-500
240-500

RADIFORM
A-OSJ/A-1SJ
A-1SJ/A-2SJ
A-2SJ
A-3SJ
A-4SJ
A-5SJ
A-6SJ/A-7SJ
A-8SJ

F.R.P. DUCT RODDER


Model 220-3

* For conduct and clean of the underground cable installation.

ITEM NO

HEIGHT

MAX.

STORAGE

PRICE

220-3-200

0.60 m

6 mm

200 mtr

ITEM NO

HEIGHT

MAX.

STORAGE

230-1-50

1m

11 mm

50 mtr

230-1-150

1m

11 mm

150 mtr

230-1-200

1m

11 mm

200 mtr

230-1-300

1m

11 mm

300 mtr

230-1-450

1.2 m

11 mm

450 mtr

230-1-300-14

1.3 m

11 mm

300 mtr

Model 230-1

PRICE

409

FRP CONDUIT SNAKE

Model 220-1

Reel
: Hight 1M
Weight 19 Kg.
Hight 1.2M Weight 22 Kg
Length : 50m, 100m, 120m, 150m, 200m, 240m,
250m, 300m, or any length

ITEM NO DIAMETER LENGTH


FRP 50

11 M / M

50 M

FRP100

11 M / M

100 M

FRP 120

11 M / M

120 M

FRP 150

11 M / M

150 M

FRP 200

11 M / M

200 M

PRICE

CABLE PULLING

SURELY

125



ITEM NO DIAMETER LENGTH

PRICE


3 PVC
400

ITEM NO DIAMETER LENGTH

NF-15

4.5 M/M

15 M

LK-W15

6 M/M

15 M

NF-30

4.5 M/M

30 M

LK-W30

6 M/M

30 M

NF-50

4.5 M/M

50 M

LK-W50

6 M/M

50 M

410

PRICE

SWITCH & DISCONNECT STICK


HIGH VOLTAGE INSULATED TUBE

For operating and closing disconnect switches and cutouts, and also for installing and removing
open-link fuse links.
Test to CNS 9576.C4370. 90kV per feet for 5 minutes.
Quick assemble, and easy to store these sticks in PVC bag.
Stick is made of fiberglass, of diameter 1-1/4 and 1-1/2.
Surface finish makes bright yellow color.
Switch and disconnect head is made of high strength bronze.
MODEL

POLE DIA. & LENGTH

No. Piece

HOTS-8

1-1/4 x 8 x 1

HOTS-10

1-1/4 x 10 x 1

HOTS-12

1-1/4 x 12 x 1

HOTS-16

1-1/4 x 8 x 1 + 1-1/2 x 8 x 1

HOTS-18

1-1/4 x 8 x 1 + 1-1/2 x 10 x 1

HOTS-20

1-1/4 x 10 x 1 + 1-1/2 x 10 x 1

HOTS-24

1-1/4 x 12 x 1 + 1-1/2 x 12 x 1

HOTS-241

1-1/4 x 8 x 1 + 1-1/2 x 8 x 2

PRICE

HIGH VOLTAGE INSULATED TUBE

Test to CNS 9576.C4370. 90kV per feet


Avoid any injury while working near the pole top,
for safety purpose.

Used for covering the cable line.


Avoid any injury while working on the construction
near the cable line, for safety purpose.

MODEL

LENGTH

DIAMETER

IT-25M

2.5 M

35 mm

IT-3M

3M

35 mm

PRICE

411

PULLING GRIPS

MODEL
NUMBER

CABLE
DIAMETER
RANGE INCHES

TG-050-24
TG-062-24
TG-075-24
TG-100-24
TG-150-24
TG-200-24
TG-250-24
TG-300-24
TG-350-24

.50 - .61
.62 - .74
.75 - .99
1.00 - 1.49
1.50 - 1.99
2.00 - 2.49
2.50 - 2.99
3.00 - 3.49
3.50 - 3.99

STANDARD

MODEL
NUMBER
SG-075A
SG-100A
SG-125A
SG-150A
SG-175A
SG-200A
SG-250A
SG-350A
412

CABLE
DIAMETER
RANGE INCHES
.75 - .99
1.00 - 1.24
1.25 - 1.49
1.50 - 1.74
1.75 - 1.99
2.00 - 2.49
2.50 - 2.99
3.50 - 3.99

APPROX
BREAKING
STRENGTH LBS
SHORT
4,500
5,600
6,800
9,600
16,400
18,500
24,500
24,500
31,000

DOUBLE WEAVE
APPROX
BREAKING
STRENGTH LBS
2,500
3,500
4,000
4,000
4,000
4,000
4,000
4,000

8
8
9
9
11
12
12
14
14

21
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
26

5
5
6
9
10
10
10
12

11
11
20
17
18
19
20
22

PRICE

PRICE

GRIPS
SD WIRE GRIP
Also for Copper Messenger Wire

MODEL

Conductor
Dia.[mm]

Safe
Load

Weight
kg

SD-1000C

2.6-15

1 TON

0.6

PRICE

2 TON MIGHTY GRIP


Also for Copper Messenger Wire

MODEL

Conductor
Dia.[mm]

Safe
Load

Weight
kg

S-2000C

4-22

2 TON

1.3

PRICE

3 TON-L-GRIP
For Copper cable, covered condutor
and messenger wire.

MODEL

Conductor
Dia.[mm]

S-3000CL 16 - 32

Safe
Load

Weight
kg

3 TON

2.8

PRICE

PAT NGK GRIPS


MODEL

Min.-Max
(Mm)

Max. Safe Weight


Load Ibs
kg.

1656-20 5.08 - 10.16

4500

1.36

1656-30 7.87 - 13.46

4500

1.7

1656-40 13.46 - 18.8

8000

3.4

1656-50 18.04 - 21.83

8000

3.4

PRICE

413

PULLER
MODEL 1040
RATCHET PULLER SET
1 TON PULLER

CAPACITY

WEIGHT

1 TON

5.2 KG

PRICE

MODEL 1506
RATCHET PULLER SET
1.5 TON PULLER

CAPACITY

WEIGHT

1.5 TON

6.2 KG

PRICE

JAW & JAW

414

MODEL

Working
Load
Limit(kg)

Weight kg

Dia (Mm)

HGS-3000

1000

0.25

24

HGS-8000

4000

0.9

38

PRICE

SAFETY BELT
MODEL HC-12

(For single suspension only)

Nylon life Line



dia. 13 mm, length 1,500 mm
Nylon Body Belt [ twill fabric]

width 50 mm. length 1,200 mm

weight approx. 1.11 kgs.
Safety belt with 12 mm dia. Life line is also available.

MODEL HC-27

(For both U-shaped and single-line suspension)

Nylon life Line



dia. 16 mm, length 2,200 mm
Nylon Inner Belt

width 75 mm. length 700 mm
Nylon Outlet Belt

width 45 mm. length 1,200 mm

weight approx. 2,000 g

MODEL HC-113

(For both U-shaped and single-line suspension)

Nylon life Line



dia. 16 mm, length 2,200 mm
Nylon Inner Belt

width 90 mm. length 700 mm
Nylon Outlet Belt

width 45 mm. length 1,200 mm

weight approx. 2,600 g

415

SAFETY HARNESS
* Safety harness and lanyard are strongly recommend when working at height above 2 m.

MODEL TH-201

Model Front

MODEL HC-102

Strap Buckles
D Ring
Side
Back
Chest Shoukder Leg

Special Feature

Price

TH-201

Simple: Light Weight, Easy to wear.

HC-102

Standard: D Ring on waist for snap hook.

LANYARD
* Safety harness and lanyard are strongly recommend when working at height above 2 m.

MODEL R150BC

Large Snap Hook


+ Karabiner
Lanyard
Model
Specification

R150BC

416

14 mm Rope
x 1.5 mtr

MODEL LA15

Price

Large Snap Hook


+ Karabiner
Lanyard
Model
Specification

LA15

Cushion Lanyard
x 1.5 mtr

MODEL DLA15/DLA20

Price

Large Snap Hook x2


+ Karabiner
Lanyard
Model
Specification
DLA15

Cushion Lanyard
x 1.5mtr

DLA20

Cushion Lanyard
x 2.0mtr

Price

RETRACTABLE LIFELINE
* The retract system helps individual protecting against falls work.

MODEL HB-10

MODEL HB-15

ANCHORAGE ROPE

MODEL HB-20

CONDUIT ROPE
When lifeline is fixed on the top, the conduit rope is
used to bring down the cable for the user to connect
the snap hook on the D-Ring of safety harness.

Connect snap hook to the thimble and


insert in the karabiner.

The strength of the anchorage point


must be greater than 5,000 lbs

Max. Weight 150 kg. include person


weight and carried materials

Connect to back D-Ring


** HB-10 used galvanized wire, HB-10(S) used stainless cable.

Model

Cable

Length

Wire Breaking

HB-10 (S)

4 mm.

10 m.

1,250 kg up

Max. Stop
Distance
1.5 m.

HB-15 (S)

4 mm.

15 m.

1,250 kg up

1.5 m.

6.6 kg.

HB-20 (S)

4 mm.

20 m,.

1,250 kg up

1.5 m.

8.6 kg

Weight

Price.

4.6 kg.

417

RETRACTABLE LIFELINE
MODEL HB-6N

CONDUIT ROPE
When lifeline is fixed on the top, the conduit rope is
used to bring down the cable for the user to connect
the snap hook on the D-Ring of safety harness.

Circle

Model

Cable

Length

Wire Breaking

HB-6N

25 mm.

6 m.

1,250 kg up

418

Max. Stop
Distance
1.2 m.

Weight
1.6 kg.

Price.

MADE IN GERMANY

Field of application :
Power supply and installation
companies.
Electrical workshop in all branches
of the industry, carrying out
installations, maintenance works
and repairs under higher voltages.

At a glance :

the absolutely safe KCL protective gloves with test stamp for
any work in a range up to 500 v, 1,000 v, 7,500 v, 1,7000 v, and
26,500 v made of special nature latex.
Anatomical design, very good flexibility, a good sensitivity as
well as different thicknesses of the gloves meet specific
requirements.
The antibacterial finish, particularly important when wearing
the gloves for a longer time, protects the skin.

TECHINICAL DATA:
Item no
Designation
Colour
Design/Class
Working Voltage
Test Voltage
Length [app.mm]
Thickness [app.mm.]
Sizes

583

584

585

586

587

Electro

Electro

Electro

Electro

Electro

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

00

500 V

1,000 V

7,500 V

17,000 V

26,500 V

2,500 V

5,000 V

10,000 V

15,000 V

30,000 V

360

410

410

410

410

0.5

1.00

1.50

2.30

2.90

F2/9, F3/10, F4/11

F2/9, F3/10, F4/11

F2/9, F3/10, F4/11

F2/9, F3/10, F4/11

F2/9, F3/10, F4/11

1 pair

1 pair

1 pair

1 pair

1 pair

Packing Unit Per Size


Price
PHYSICAL DATA:

Descisive for mechanical stress and wearing comfort


Tensile strenth1]
[Mpa]
Elogation at break

1]

[%]
Mechanical puncture
resistance [N/mm]

Tension rest 1]
[%]

Good

Good

Good

Good

Good

26

25

21

21

20

Excellent

Excellent

Excellent

Excellent

Excellent

910

900

850

870

870

Good

Good

Good

Good

Good

32

35

50

60

105

Excellent

Excellent

Excellent

Excellent

Excellent

0.4

0.4

0.4

0.4

0.4

Low temperature flexibility

Excellent [up to app. - 40C]

Heat resistance
Acid resistance1]
Oil

resistance1]

Ozone

resistance1]

Low temperature resistance1]


1]

Fair [max.app. 90C]


Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

TESTS ACCORDING TO EN 60903/IEC 903

419

EIA LOW VOLTAGE H.R.C. FUSE LINK

MADE IN GERMANY

Sluggish : Quick - acting


Rated voltage : 500 a.c.
Rate breaking capacity : 120 KA
SIZE

RATE CURRENT AMPS


16A, 20A, 25A, 35A, 40A, 50A, 63A, 80A

00
100A, 125A, 160A
50A, 63A, 80A, 100A, 125A, 160A
1
200A
160A, 200A, 250A
2

315A
400A
315A, 400A

3
500A, 630A

420

PRICE

FUSE LINK
FS002-FS200
Catalog
NO.
FS2K
FS3K
FS5K
FS8K
FS10K
FS12K
FS15K
FS20K
FS25K
FS30K
FS40K
FS50K
FS60K
FS65K
FS75K
FS80K
FS85K
FS100K
FS150K
FS200K

Amp
2
3
5
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
65
75
80
85
100
150
200

Dimension: (Unit : mm)


Head (D) Tube (d)
L

12

PRICE

7.8

600

19

10

25

17

421

WELDING METAL
There are four types of weld metal each designed to meet
specific application requirements.
The correct type of weld metal shall be applied in order to
prevent excessive corrosion and oxidation.
The four types of weld metal are :
Type-A : for copper-to-copper and copper to steel plate
Type-B : for steel rail grounding cables.
Type-CP : for cathodic protection applications
Type-C : for cast-iron connections.
: 18 months (with water-proof covering)
Storage Duration

12 months (w/o water-proof covering)
Expired Weld Metal : Can be susceptible to moisture, and may

lead to dangerous cracking and spillage.
Free Factory Re-Processing. With prior arrangement, expired weld
metal stock can be returned to factory for re-processing at no
charge. (Customer pays for shipping to/from the factory).
Weld metal packaged by weight.

TABLE OF PACKAGED WELDING METAL


Weld Metal Item Number

No of Cartridges per box

# CP 15

40

25

40

32

40

45

20

65

20

90

10

115

10

150

10

200

10

250

10

ALL IN FEW SECONDS FOR FINISHING ONE 100% CONNECTION.


SIMPLE TOOLS, EASY WORK, NO POWER

422

Price

ONE TIME MOLD


EXOWELD ONE TIME MOLD CERAMIC MOULD WITH POWER WELDING

Type CWE Cable End to End


Code No.

Cable Size

Type CGE Cable to Rod


Price

Code No.

Cable Size

CWE 135

16-35

CGE 135

16-35

CWE170

50-70

CGE 170

50-70

CWE1120

95-120

CGE 1120

95-120

CWE1300

150-300

CGE 1300

150-300

Type CWT Cable Run to Top


Code No.

Cable Size

Price

Code No.

5/8", 3/4"

Cable Size

16-35

CGT 235

16-35

CWT 270

50-70

CGT 270

50-70

CWT 2120

95-120

CGT 2120

95-120

CWT 2300

150-300

CGT 2300

150-300

Type CWX Cable Cross

Rod

Price

5/8", 3/4"

Type CNT Cable Run & Tap to Rod

Cable Size

Price

Code No.

Cable Size

CWX 435

16-35

CNT 335

16-35

CWX 470

50-70

CNT 370

50-70

CWX 4120

95-120

CNT 3120

95-120

CWX 4300

150-300

CNT 3300

150-300

Type CPK Cable to Bar


Code No.

Price

Type CGT Cable Horizontal to Rod

CWT 235

Code No.

Rod

Rod

Price

5/8", 3/4"

Type CXT Cable Cross to Rod

Cable Size

Price

Code No.

Cable Size

CPK 135

16-35

CXT 435

16-35

CPK 170

50-70

CXT 470

50-70

CPK 1120

95-120

CXT 4120

95-120

CPK 1300

150-300

CXT 4300

150-300

Rod

Price

5/8", 3/4"

423

WIRED INTERCOM

MADE IN KOREA
ISO 9002

TYPE

TP - 6AP

6 6
RF 2A

TP - 4KP

4 4
RF 1A

TP - 6KP

TP -10KP

TP - 1K

Choice of 20 or 30
stations capacity,
Selective ringing via
soft-touch membrance
deypad.
Buil-in all-station
paging.
Extra loudspeaker
paging
Optional talkback
paging

PRICE

6 6
RF 1A

10 10
DC 12V
RF 1A

2
1
DC 6 V AP206

TP-30 CN TP-20 CN Private Intercom


, Complete Private

424

DESCRIPTION

MODEL NO : TP-20 CN
19 20
RF-2A, DC 24V, 1A

MODEL NO : TP-30 CN
29 30
RF-2A, DC 24V, 1A

WIRED INTERCOM

MADE IN KOREA
ISO 9002


TYPE

CM-861

CM-805

CM-810

CM-211

DESCRIPTION

CM-206
CM-211

CM-206

CM-206M

CM-200X

5
RF-1A, DC 12V

10
RF-1A, DC 12V

MASTER-REMOTE SYSTEM
11
RF-1A 12V

CM-211M

PRICE

ALL MASTER HANDFREE SYSTEM


Commercial and industrial application
Tremolo call sound
12V DC power source required
Wiring: total number of stations wires
Dimension: 255 (W) 155 (D)55 (H) mm
11 12
RF-1A 12V
Private function
Tremolo call sound
12V DC power source required
Dimension: 255 (W) 155 (D) x 55 (H) mm
6
RF-1A 12V
ALL MASTER HANDFREE SYSTEM
Commercial and industrial application
Tremolo call sound
12V DC power source required
Wiring: total number of stations wires
Dimension: 255 (W) 155 (D) 55 (H)mm
6 7
RF-1A 12V

REMOTE STATION for CM-206M, CM-211M


CM-206M, CM-211M
RF-1A

425

DIGITALIZED INTERCOM
INTERCOM

MADE IN KOREA
ISO 9002

DIGITAL
TYPE & FUNCTIN

DIAGRAME

PRICE

CM-800L

PI-30LN

CM-810M
6

RF-1A 12 V


CM-800S/810
10
10
RF-1A 12 V

CM-800S

CM-810

CM-800/801
1
1
RF-1A 12 V
CM-800

CM-801
426

WIRELESS INTERCOM

MADE IN KOREA
ISO 9002

Designed for almost anywhere in the house, office, store, factory or hospital where AC outlet is available Plug in the AC outlet and go!

INTERCOM

()
TYPE

WI-3SN

DESCRIPTION

Wireless Intercom

Allows for private conversation


Tremolo call sound
No installation : Just plug into an AC outlet
and talk
A, B, & C channel selector 4 stations
operation
Monitoring children room for safety
Dimension: 183 (W) 130 (H) 35 (D) mm

PRICE


3
3

WI-2B

Wireless Intercom

Allows for private conversation


No installation : Just plug into an AC outlet
and talk
A, B, & C channel selector 3 station
operation
Monitoring children room for safety
Dimension: 143 (W) 136 (H) 40 (D) mm


2
2

WI-4C

Wireless Intercomt

Specifications
Model

WI-2B WI-3SN WI-4C

Power
Communication
Frequency

230 VAC
200 - 290 KHz

R.F. output power

0.1W

Audio output power

0.5W

WT-1SB
Wireless Intercom

WT-1SB

230 - 350 KHz

Allows for private conversation


Tremolo call sound
No installation : Just plug into an AC outlet
and talk
A, B, & C channel selector 5 station
operation
Monitoring children room for safety
Dimension: 182 (W) 140 (H) 43 (D) mm


4
4

Handset type 2 station F.M. Full duplex


Built-in paging system
Tremolo call sound


2
220 V

427

INDIVIDUAL & APARTMENT DOORPHONE


DOORPHONE

MADE IN KOREA
ISO 9002

TYPE

DESCRIPTION

DP-201T

(/)
MS-10
220
- DR-2K

DP-TA01

PRICE

DP-201R

(/)
220
- DR-2K

DP-RA01

DR-201D

Surface mount
Plastic housing

DR-201H

Surface mount
Plastic housing

DR-2K

2 wires
Plastic housing
Water proof

RF-1A

Regulated power supply


AC 110/220 V 50/60 Hz
DC 12 V, 1 A
TP-4XP, TP-6XP, TP-10XP,
DP-2T,
DP-6AP, TP-12AP, TP-6AC, TP-12AC,
CM-805, CM-810, TP-6XN, TP-10XN

428

AP-209

Input AC 220 V, 50 Hz
Output DC 9 V, 300 mA
TP-1X, TP-1XF

AP-206

Input AC 220 V, 50 Hz
Output DC 6 V, 300 mA
CM-862, CM-864, CM-866,
CM-866M
TP-1K

NIZING

RS-GE , 200 C

FLEXIBLE CORE SILICONE RUBBER INSULATED CABLE WITH FIBERGLASS

TECHNICAL DATA
Nominal voltage
Temperature range
Braid Colours
0.D. Tolerance
Testing voltage
Conductor

300V
-60C ~ +200C
White-Red-Blue-Black-Brown-Green-Yellow-Yellow/Green
0.2mm
Tinned Copper

The wiring for usage in thermal place where a range of household appliances, illuminative lamps,
industrial machines are operated.
Conductor

Insulator

Electrical characters

Composition
Standard
Nominal cross
No/Diameter of
Outside
section
component
2
Diameter
Area mm
Wire

Thickness
of
insulation

Standard
Length
Maximum
Intense
Thickness Overall
m
conductor
Resistance
at
max1.
of
Diameter
per Roll
20C
170C -AMR
glass fiber
20C/ohm/km

0.3 (22 AWG)

12/0.18 (mm)

0.7 mm

0.35 mm

0.18 mm

1.8 mm

3.0

64.4

100 m

0.5 (20 AWG)

20/0.18 (mm)

1.0 mm

0.4 mm

0.18 mm

2.1 mm

5.0

38.7

100 m

0.75 (18 AWG)

30/0.18 (mm)

1.2 mm

0.4 mm

0.18 mm

2.3 mm

7.0

25.8

100 m

1.0 (17 AWG)

40/0.18 (mm)

1.3 mm

0.40 mm

0.18 mm

2.4 mm

1.25 (16 AWG)

50/0.18 (mm)

1.5 mm

0.4 mm

0.18 mm

2.6 mm

1.5 (15 AWG)

28/0.26 (mm)

1.6 mm

0.50 mm

0.2 mm

2.9 mm

2.0 (14 AWG)

37/0.26 (mm)

1.8 mm

0.5 mm

0.2 mm

3.2 mm

17.0

2.5 (13 AWG)

47/0.26 (mm)

2.0 mm

0.50 mm

0.2 mm

3.4 mm

20.0

3.0 (12 AWG)

57/0.26 (mm)

2.2 mm

0.50 mm

0.2 mm

3.4 mm

3.5 (12 AWG)

45/0.32 (mm)

2.5 mm

0.6 mm

0.2 mm

4.0 mm

100 m
12.0

15.5

100 m
100 m

9.91

100 m
100 m
100 m

23.0

5.38

100 m

3.5

100 m

4.0 (11 AWG)

50/0.32 (mm)

2.6 mm

0.60 mm

0.2 mm

4.3 mm

28.0

5.5 (10 AWG)

35/0.45 (mm)

3.1 mm

0.6 mm

0.2 mm

4.6 mm

35.0

6.0 (10 AWG)

40/0.45 (mm)

3.3 mm

0.60 mm

0.2 mm

5.0 mm

40.0

8.0 (8 AWG)

50/0.45 (mm)

3.7 mm

0.8 mm

0.2 mm

5.7 mm

45.0

10.0 (7 AWG)

64/0.45 (mm)

4.2 mm

0.8 mm

0.25 mm

6.2 mm

55.0

12.0 (6 AWG)

74/0.45 (mm)

4.5 mm

0.90 mm

0.25 mm

6.8 mm

14.0 (6 AWG)

88/0.45 (mm)

4.9 mm

0.9 mm

0.25 mm

7.2 mm

65.0

16.0 (5 AWG)

100/0.45 (mm)

5.2 mm

1.1 mm

0.25 mm

7.9 mm

70.0

22.0 (4 AWG)

7/20/0.45 (mm)

7.0 mm

1.14 mm

0.40 mm

10.1 mm

100 m

25.0 (4 AWG)

7/23/0.45 (mm)

7.5 mm

1.14 mm

0.40 mm

10.5 mm

50 m

35.0 (2 AWG)

7/40/0.40 (mm)

8.9 mm

1.14 mm

0.40 mm

12.0 mm

50 m

38.0 (2 AWG)

7/34/0.45 (mm)

9.2 mm

1.14 mm

0.40 mm

12.3 mm

50 m

1/1.2 (mm)

1.2 mm

0.4 mm

0.18 mm

2.3 mm

50 m

1.2

PRICE

100 m

100 m
2.45

100 m
100 m
100 m

1.39

100 m
100 m

429

ZINC-PLATING METAL HOSE (TF TYPE)


1.

(TF TYPE)
TF TYPE



TF TYPE

TF Type light flexible conduits is a universal product with low self-cost. Crankle the galvanized steel band into
rectangle to lock together, then it can produce conduits. This product is widely used in architecture, mechanism.
The product specification is common specification. If need different specifications, please place an order.
The size can be according to customers requirement (OEM).

IN DIAMETER

CATALOGUE
NO.

SIZE

TF 1/2
TF 3/4

OUT DIAMETER

WEIGHT
g./m.

COIL LENGTH
m.

MIN (MM.)

MAX (MM.)

MIN (MM.)

MAX (MM.)

1/2

12.0

13.0

15.1

15.9

85

50

3/4

19.8

20.1

22.5

23.0

125

50

25.5

26.5

29.5

30.5

180

30

TF 1 1/4

1.1/4

32.3

32.5

36.3

37.6

255

15

TF 1 1/2

1.1/2

39.0

39.5

39.8

44.2

285

15

51.0

51.8

56.5

58.5

435

15

2.1/2

63.2

64.2

68.5

69.5

590

10

TF 3

73.0

74.0

80.0

81.0

704

10

TF 4

101.0

102.0

108.0

109.0

1,000

10

TF 1

TF 2
TF 2 1/2

430

HIGH-GRADE WATERPROOF HOSE-FLAT PIPE TYPE


2.

(FLEXIBLE CONDUIT)
(EF TYPE)

(EF TYPE)
EF PVC
EF


EF TYPE is made of winding galvanized steel strip to rectangle interlock, coated with good character PVC on the chip of
the hose. It can be used as hose in equipment installation in fire power station, atomic power station, chemical factory
etc. It can also be used in low temperature and the places directly shined by the sun. Additionally, to its performance,
the heat aging, oxygen index, anti-tandioactivity and hydrogen chloride gas are in consideration. It can also be made
from PVC if users request.
Best flexibility and absolutely waterproof effect 1/2 to 1 1/4 filled with cotton yarn, 1 1/2 to 4 produced in upside
down structure.
The size can be made according to customers requirement (OEM).

IN DIAMETER

CATALOGUE
NO.

SIZE

EF 1/2"
EF 3/4"

OUT DIAMETER

COIL
LENGTH FT.

MIN (Inch.)

MAX (Inch.)

MIN (Inch.)

MAX (Inch.)

1/2"

0.622

0 6.42

0.732

0.765

200

3/4"

0.820

0.840

0.930

0.960

100

1"

1.041

1.066

1.201

1.226

100

EF 1 1/4"

1.1/4"

1.380

1.410

1.540

1.570

50

EF 1 1/2"

1.1/2"

1.575

1.600

1.735

1.770

50

2"

2.020

2.045

2.180

2.215

50

2.1/2"

2.480

2.505

2.640

2.675

25

EF 3"

3"

3.070

3.100

3.295

3.335

25

EF 4"

4"

4.000

4.040

4.220

4.280

25

EF 1"

EF 2"
EF 2 1/2"

PRICE

431

WATER PROOF TYPE METAL HOSE WAVE PIPE TYPE


3.

(FLEXIBLE CONDUIT)
(BS TYPE)

(BS TYPE)

BS PVC TF PVC

BS

accessories
PVC PVC -45 C.

PVC
30
BS TYPE model light type hose is to cover a lay of PVC for cable on TF TYPE pipe core and tightly stick them along
concave and convex face of the wall core. It applies to any narrow space of its advantages of light weight, good flexibility, connection strength to accessories, electric performance, oil resistance and water splash-proof, etc.
To be used in frigid area, the outer cover can be changed into PVC with shock brittle temperature of -45 C Please give
clear indication when make an order.
To improve the fire resistance when used in special situation you may choose PVC with oxygen-used index 30.
Please give clear indication when make an order. The size can be according to customers requirement (OEM).

SIZE
MM.

INCH

INSIDE
DIAMETER
MIN (MM)

BS-3/8"

12

3/8"

11.65

16.3 0.35

0.35

50

50

BS-1/2"

15

1/2"

14.65

20.0 0.35

0.40

60

50

BS-3/4"

20

3/4"

19.60

25.3 0.40

0.40

80

50

BS-1"

25

1"

24.55

31.3 0.45

0.45

140

50

BS-1 1/4"

32

1 1/4"

31.50

38.0 0.50

0.45

200

25

BS-1 1/2"

38

1 1/2"

37.40

47.2 0.60

0.50

280

25

BS-2"

51

2"

50.00

69.3 1.00

0.50

360

20

BS-2 1/2"

64

2 1/2"

63.50

75.2 1.50

0.55

480

10

BS-3"

75

3"

73.00

86.2 2.00

0.55

560

10

BS-4"

100

4"

97.00

111.2 3.00

0.60

640

10

ITEM NO.

432

OUT
DIAMETER
(MM)

PLASTIC
MIN BENDING
THICKNESS DIAMETER
(MM)
(MM)

COIL
LENGTH
(M)

PRICE

STRAIGHT LIQUID-TIGHT BOX CONNECTOR


Straight liquid-tight box connector


MATERIAL
Die-cast of zine alloy, with zine plated.

APPLYING
This product can used to connect the flexible conduits
with box, and so on

FEATURE
The product has inseparatable constitution. High
intensity, elegant appearance, no blow holes. Can be
conlidenly connected with conduits.

Item no.
Item no.

Size Inch

Metric
screw
thread

DIMENSIONS
S D L

CN-12-G

CN-12-B

12

3/8

M20X1.5

10

30.3

32

CN-15-G

CN-15-B

15

1/2

M24X1.5

12

33.6

34

CN-20-G

CN-20-B

20

3/4

M30X1.5

13

40.0

37

CN-25-G

CN-25-B

25

M36X1.5

14

51.5

44

CN-32-G

CN-32-B

32

1 1/4

M48X1.5

17

67.0

52

CN-38-G

CN-38-B

38

1 1/2

M60X1.5

19

73.0

55

CN-51-G

CN-51-B

51

M75X1.5

23

90.0

65

CN-64-G

CN-64-B

64

2 1/2

M90X1.5

25

107

69

CN-75-G

CN-75-B

75

M90X1.5

25

122

69

CN-100-G

CN-100-B

100

M108X1.5

30

160

83

ABS Straight liquid-tight connector


Item No.

Inch

ABS- 04

1/2

ABS-06

3/4

ABS-08

ABS-10

1 1/4

PRICE

(ABS)

Price

90
90 Angle liquid-tight connector
Item No.

Inch

ABSL- 04

1/2"

ABSL-06

3/4"

ABSL-08

1"

ABSL-10

1 1/4

Price

433

90 ANGLE LIQUID-TIGHT BOX CONNECTOR


90
90 Angle liquid-tight box connector
APPLYING
The connector is applied to connect the flexible.
Conduits with the box and the electric motor at on
angle of 90 degree.
Dimension

Size

Inch

Metric screw
thread

LB-15

15

1/2

M24 x 1.5

12

33.6

54

LB-20

20

3/4

M30 x 2

13

40.0

65

LB-25

25

M36 x 2

14

51.5

71

LB-32

32

1 1/4

M48 x 2

17

63.0

84

LB-38

38

1 1/2

M60 x 2

19

73.0

LB-51

51

M76 x 2

LB-64

64

2 1/2

LB-75

75

LB-100

100

Item no.

PRICE

Female thread liquid-tight combination coupling


APPLYING
The connector is applied to connect the flexible conduits with steel conduits which has a screw thread.

434

Dimension

Size

Inch

Metric screw
thread

CP-15

15

1/2

M24X1.5

12

33.6

34

CP-20

20

3/4

M30X2

13

40.0

37

CP-25

25

M36X2

14

51.5

44

CP-32

32

1 1/4

M48X2

17

63.0

52

CP-38

38

1 1/2

M60X2

19

73.0

55

CP-51

51

M75X2

23

90.0

65

CP-64

64

2 1/2

M90X2

25

107.0

69

CP-75

75

M90X2

25

122.0

69

CP-100

100

M108X2

30

160.0

83

Item no.

PRICE

CONTROLMAX
TE 102 DIGITAl TIMER

TE 102 :
DIGITAL

TIMER

DESCRIPTIONS :
Home safety : plugged in lamp ; light any
darkness room, hallway or passage.
Easy to use for home automation.
Set it and forgot it.
Variation for setting up every day.
Save time and energy.
SPECIFICATION
INPUT :
AC 110-125V 50/60Hz or
AC 220-240V 50/60Hz
OUTPUT :
16A with resistive load
TIME ACCURACY :
+_ minutes / years
WORKING TEMP :
+ 5C ~ 55C
MIN. SETTING TIME :
7 days
MEMORY BACK-UP :
Ni-Cd recharge battery
CAUTION :
Wattage of appliances being controlled should
not exceed the capacity of timer.
FOR INDOOR USE ONLY
TE102 :
Electronic Timer with Multiple program
With Back Light. You can see current time clearly
in darkness.

TM 106 D / TM 106 W MACHANICAL TIMER


DESCRIPTIONS :
Home safety : plugged in lamp ; light any
darkness room, hallway or passage.
Easy to use for home automation.
Set it and forge it.
Variation for setting up every day.
Save time and energy.

TM 106 D
24

SPECIFICATION:
WORKING TEMP :
INPUT :
65C ~ 55C
AC 110-125V 60Hz
MIN. SETTING TIME :
OUTPUT :
30 minutes (for daily type)
7.2 A with resistive load
3.5 hours (for weekly type)
TIME TOLERANCE:
15 minutes / day (for daily type)
3.5 hours / week (for weekly type)
CAUTION :
Wattage of appliances being controlled should
not exceed the capacity of timer.
FOR INDOOR USE ONLY
TM 106 W :
MACHANICAL Timer 24 Hour

TM 106 W
7
435

UNIVERSAL ADAPTER

Type No. AA 006

Type No. AA 019

()

Type No. AA 007

Type No. AA 101-P

Type No. AA 005


Type No. YD-9000 C

@ 830. ,

1,000

436

32

220 V

W-618B

220 V
32
LED



12 V 23 A
100

H-108U

220 V

32


220 V
12 V 23 A (ALKALINE)


LED
100
29 .
A-168

@ 860.-

220 V

32


220 V
12 V 23 A (ALKALINE)
2 2

LED
100
29 .
DELFINO

AC 220V

437

32

W-628B

32
LED



12 V 23 A
3 x 1.5 V AA

Q-238B

1.

(
)
2. 32
3. LED
4.

5. CE (EMC, LVD, R&TTE)
6.
7. 100
8. 12 V 23 A
9. 3 x 1.5 V AA
10.
11.
Q-218B

1. 32
2. LED
3.
4. ,

5. CE (EMC, LVD, R&TTE)


6. 100
7. 12 V 23 A
8. 2 x 1.5 V AA
A-138C

32


1.5 V AA 3
12 V 23 A (ALKALINE)

LED
100
57 .
CE (EMC, LVD, R&TTE)
438

MAXIMUM CURRENT FOR PVC INSULATED WIRE TYPE TW / TW


CABLE
CONSTRUCTION

SIZE

AMPACITY

CABLE
CONSTRUCTION

SIZE

AWG

MM

SQMM

FREE AIR

IN CONDUIT

AWG

14

1/1.63

2.08

16

12

2/0

MM

AMAPACITY

SQMM

FREE AIR

IN CONDUIT

67.67

186

120

19/2.13

12

1/2.1

3.46

20

16

3/0

19/2.40

85.91

220

135

10

1/2.59

5.27

30

24

4/0

19/2.68

107.13

250

158

1/3.25

8.59

42

32

250

37/2.09

126.87

274

1745

14

7/0.61

2.04

16

12

300

37/2.30

153.65

306

194

12

7/0.81

3.61

20

16

350

37/2.50

181.53

340

213

10

7/0.98

5.28

30

24

400

37/2.65

203.97

380

224

7/1.25

8.59

42

32

500

37/2.95

252.76

416

258

7/1.55

13.20

60

44

600

61/2.52

304.09

462

286

7/1.97

21.33

84

59

700

61/2.72

354.27

504

310

7/2.20

26.60

98

66

750

61/2.82

380.80

528

322

7/2.24

33.52

114

78

800

61/2.91

405.49

546

330

19/1.69

42.60

134

88

900

61/3.09

457.21

590

350

1/0

19/1.89

53.28

160

105

1000

61/3.25

505.79

626

364

MAXIMUM CURRENT FOR PVC INSULATED WIRE TYPE THW / THW


CABLE
CONSTRUCTION

SIZE

AMPACITY

AWG

MM

SQMM

FREE AIR

14

1/1.63

2.08

12

1/2.10

3.46

10

1/2.59

SIZE

CABLE CONSTRUCTION

AMAPACITY

IN CONDUIT

AWG

MM

SQMM

FREE AIR

IN CONDUIT

17

11

2/0

19/2.13 (10.7)

67.67

237

156

26

18

3/0

19/2.40 (12.0)

85.91

275

179

5.27

36

25

4/0

19/2.68 (13.4)

107.13

300

205

1/3.25

8.59

58

40

250

37/2.09 (14.6)

126.87

325

225

14

7/0.61 (1.8)

2.04

17

11

300

37/2.30 (16.1)

153.65

363

233

21

7/0.81 (2.4)

3.61

26

18

350

37/2.50 (17.5)

181.53

410

255

10

7/0.98 (3.0)

5.28

36

25

400

37/2.65 (18.8)

203.97

450

270

7/1.25 (3.8)

8.59

58

40

500

37/2.95 (20.7)

252.76

495

305

7/1.55 (4.7)

13.2

80

55

600

61/2.52 (22.7)

304.09

558

340

7/1.97 (6.0)

21.33

110

75

700

61/2.72 (24.5)

354.27

606

370

7/2.20 (6.6)

26.60

126

86

750

61/2.82 (25.4)

380.80

632

383

7/2.24 (7.4)

33.52

147

102

800

61/2.91 (26.2)

405.49

655

395

19/1.69 (8.5)

42.60

170

115

900

61/3.09 (27.8)

457.21

702

417

1/0

19/1.89 (9.5)

53.28

200

133

1000

61/3.25 (29.3)

505.79

754

438

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN CONDUIT OR TUBING /


AWG

1/2

3/4

1 1/4 1 1/2

18

13

24

38

68

16

11

19

31

55

2 1/2

AWG

1/2

3/4

1 1/4 1 1/2

93

152

75

123

176

270

1/0

2 1/2

14

12

14

10

16

29

40

65

93

143

2/0

10

12

13

24

32

53

76

117

3/0

10

11

19

26

43

61

95

4/0

11

15

25

36

56

250

10

16

23

36

300

12

17

27

350

10

16

23

400

13

20

500

439

3
H.TABLE FOR DIMENSIONS FOR MOTOR STARTERS
The figures are based on normal 3-phase motor for a.c. at 50 c.p.s. 1400 - 1450 r.p.m.
HP

A
mm2

0.05

15

0.15 ~ 0.25

1.5

0.1

15

0.25 ~ 0.4

1.5

0.15

15

0.4 ~ 0.65

1.5

0.1

0.2

15

0 ~ 0.65

1.5

0.15

0.25

0.6

15

0.6 ~ 1.0

1.5

0.5

1.0

15

1.0 ~ 1.6

1.5

0.75

1.5

15

1.0 ~ 1.6

1.5

220 V

380 V

HP HP
AMP AMP
0.05

0.25

1.1

0.5

1.8

1.0

1.9

15

1.5 ~ 2.5

15 (10)

1.5

0.75

2.5

1.5

2.6

15

2.5 ~ 4

25 (15)

1.5

1.0

3.2

3.4

15

2.5 ~ 4

25 (15)

1.5

1.5

4.4

2.5

4.2

15

4 ~ 6.5

25 (20)

1.5

2.0

5.8

4.9

15

4 ~ 6.5

25 (20)

1.5

2.5

7.3

6.3

15

6~10

35 (25)

1.5

8.4

7.8

15

6~10

35 (25)

1.5

11

9.3

15

9~14

35

1.5

13.5

7.5

11.5

15

9~14

35

1.5

10

15

25

13 ~ 20

60

2.5

7.5

19.5

15

22

25

16 ~ 25

60

10

26

20

29

60

20 ~ 31

100

15

39

25

36

60

28 ~ 43

125

10

20

51

30

42

60

40 ~ 60

160

16

35

50

60

40 ~ 60

160

16

40

56

60

40 ~ 60

160

16

25

63

50

69

100

50 ~ 75

200

16

25

91

60

83

100

70 ~ 100

200

25

40

100

75

104

200

84 ~ 120

400

35

50

125

100

136

200

105 ~ 150

500

50

75

184

125

167

200

140 ~ 200

500

95

150

200

350

175 ~ 250

600

120

100

245

175

235

350

175 ~ 250

600

120

120

295

200

268

350

210 ~ 300

850

150

150

370

250

335

600

280 ~ 400

850

240

175

425

300

400

600

350 ~ 500

1000

400

200

475

350

470

600

350 ~ 500

1000

400

225

540

400

535

600

420 ~ 600

1000

500

440

También podría gustarte